Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
3606 HARDING ST; ; FPR2020-0140; Permit
Lay of Carlsbad — Print Date: 05/11/2022 Job Address: 3606 HARDING ST, CARLSBAD, CA 92008-5008 Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Residential Work Class: Parcel #: 2041920500 Track #: Valuation: $3,612,085.19 Lot #: Occupancy Group: Project U: #of Dwelling Units: Plan U: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check U: Plan Check #: Permit No: FPR2020-0140 Status: Closed - Finaled Multifamily Fire Sprinkler Applied: 12/22/2020 Issued: 02/26/2021 DEV16005 Finaled Close Out: 05/11/2022 Final Inspection: INSPECTOR: Salcedo, Felix Cheung, Nathaniel Project Title: CARLSBAD VETERANS HOUSING Description: WINDSOR POINTE HARDING -NEW NFPA 13 SPRINKLER SYSTEM (NEW CONSTRUCTION, 26 APARTMENT UNITS, 3 STORIES OV GROUND FLR COVERED PARKING) Applicant: FPContractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION INC DERIK BROOKS 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE, U STE 101 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE SANTEE, CA 92071-4457 SANTEE, CA 92071-4457-SAN DIEGO (619) 593-8200 (619) 593-8200 FEE AMOUNT FIRE Hourly Services (first hour) $175.00 FIRE Hourly Services (first hour) $175.00 FIRE NFPA 13 System > 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $858.00 Total Fees: $1,208.00 Total Payments To Date: $1,208.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 1760-602-8561 f I www.carlsbadca.gov June 15, 2020 Dahling Group 539 South Cedros Avenue Solana Beach, CA 92075 Attn: Jack Gallagher Subject: Alternate Materials and Methods Request Carlsbad Veterans Housing 3606-3618 & 3630 Harding Street 965-967 Oak Avenue Carlsbad, CA Dear Mr. Gallagher: We have reviewed your alternate materials and methods request and are granting approval as requested. A summary of our findings is outlined below and includes your request, proposal, justification, and Carlsbad Fire Department's (CFD) conditions of approval. Request We are hereby requesting the Carlsbad Fire Department to allow construction of the proposed Building Designwhich does not meet the minimum 150' hose pull reach to all exterior portions of the building. Code Requirement: CFC Section 503.1.1 Building and Facilities Code Intent: Section 503.1.1 of the 2013 California Fire Code specifies that a fire apparatus access road shall extend to within '150 feet of all portions of the facility and all portions of the exterior walls of the first story of the building as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the building or facility. However, for this project, the 150 feet distance is exceeded by approximately 50 feet, for a total of approximately 200 feet. Fire Department Fire Prevention 1635 Faraday Ave. I Carlsbad, CA 92008 760-602-4660 1 www.carlsbadca.gov Carlsbad Veterans Housing 06-15-2020 Proposal: In addition to providing an NFPA 13 automatic fire sprinkler system, we propose the addition of a manual horizontal standpipe system (Class I, 2-1/2 inch hose connections) along the exterior perimeter of the building as an alternate equivalent to meeting the 150 feet length fire department access roadway. Justification: Fire department access roadways provide apparatus access for firefighting operations. The 150 feet distance is based on the standard length of pre-connected fire hose carried on fire trucks and is not intended to be measured to any point within the building. Adding a standpipe connection (Class I, 2-1/2 inch hose connections) at a point along the exterior perimeter of the building will eliminate long hose runs and provide additional tactical firefighting operations for exterior firefighting as an alternate to the 150 feet roadway requirement. This approach provides a direct correlation to the code intent to limit the maximum length of hose needed to reach any point along the exterior of the building. Furthermore, Section 503.1.1, Exception 1.1 states that the fire code official is authorized to increase the dimension of 150 feet where the building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, i.e., an NFPA 13 system. CFD's Response The above stated proposal and justification has been evaluated against requirements held in the California Fire Code and local amendments by the City of Carlsbad. After consideration, the above proposal provides a reasonable level of fire safety and meets the intent of the requirements associated with fire department access for commercial and multi -family residential properties. The Carlsbad Fire Department is in agreement that a comparable level of life safety and fire department access could be achieved through the proposed enhancement of adding exterior wet standpipes towards the rear of the property where the access deficiency exists. Although the California Fire Code does give discretion to the Fire Code Official to approve extended fire department access in fully sprinklered. buildings, the Carlsbad Fire Department does not grant this extended access measurement without some form of mitigation. It is the opinion of CFD that the proposed site standpipe enhancements will adequately provide life safety and prpperty protection in lieu strict code compliant fire department access. ' . Carlsbad Veterans Housing 06-15-2020 Respectfully, Randall L. Metz. Fire Marshal Pc.: File Copy I I - INNOVATIVE - 0 FIRE PROTECTION, INC. - - I I IWE'ndoar PoE'nt r= g rdllll I1 3606 & 3630 Harding Street Carlsbad, Ca. 92008 I I ll-llYDliAULliC CALCULATIIONS I U I I I I HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Contract No. : C7835 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3606 & 3630 HARDING STREET Date: 1/8/2021 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name Remote Area Location GARAGE Occupancy Classification NFPA13 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.151 Area of Application (ft2) 2592 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft2) 324 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 8 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 250 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 659.4 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 46.1 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 428 gal I Water Supply Information Date I Location Source Notes I 12/17/2019 3606 HARDING STREET I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IodaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 I I I LI I I I I I I LI I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: I Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Demand Hazen-Williams Water @ 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 68.4 2450 43.2 I Static Pressure I Residual I Flow I Available I Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source (psi) Pressure I (gpm) Pressure I (gpm) I (psi) (psi) (psi) I 1 68.4 43.2 2450 66.2 659.4 46.1 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) 250 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 250 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 409.4 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 409.4 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 40.8 BOR -Flow (gpm) 409.4 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - m - - - - - - m m m - - - = - - Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: I Supply * System Demand 0 Available At Source I 66.2 psi @ 659.4 D21 3 7r 40- 746 0 1000 1500 2000 2500 300 Flow, gpm File: C:\Users\denk\appdata\IocaI\tempC7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: I Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) SI Supply point #1 -Static 0 68.4 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 2450 43.2 DI Elevation Pressure 0 5.4 D2 System Demand 659.4 46.1 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) I I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I I © Flow (gpm) Supply 65.1 ( 811.1 20 1 659.4 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 101 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.163 52.8 22.2 Sprinkler 102 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.168 54.4 23.6 Sprinkler 103 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.158 51.2 20.9 Sprinkler 104 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.154 50 19.9 Sprinkler 105 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.151 48.9 19.1 Sprinkler 106 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.155 50.2 20.1 Sprinkler 107 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.159 51.6 21.2 Sprinkler 108 Overhead 324 11.2 0.15 48.6 19.1 0.155 50.3 20.2 Sprinkler File: C:\Users\derikappdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/ps11/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 105 9.5 11.2 48.9 1.5 16 120 19.1 106 9.5 11.2 48.9 1.728 0 0.0598 0 16 1 106 9.5 11.2 50.2 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 11 120 20.1 037 9.5 99.1 1.728 11.29 0.221 0 22.29 4.9 037 9.5 247.4 3 lx(us.Tee-Br)=22.49 61.78 120 25 032 9.5 346.5 3.334 22.49 0.0915 0 84.271 7.7 032 9.5 62.8 3 8.74 120 32.7 TOR 9.5 409.4 3.334 0 0.1245 0 8.74 1.1 TOR 9.5 0 4 lx(coupling)=1.39 6.76 120 33.8 R1-O 3.8 409.4 4.31 ix(us.90)=13.94 15.33 0.0357 2.5 22.09 0.8 RI-O 3.8 0 4 0.8 0 37 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 3 409.4 0 0 1.1661 0.3 *** 0.8 0.9 Ri-I 3 0 4 lx(us.Tee-Br)=27.87 2 120 38.3 Bi 2 409.4 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 41.81 0.0357 0.4 43.81 1.6 Bi 2 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.26 1 120 40.3 BOR 1 409.4 6.357 1.26 0.0054 0.4 2.26 0.0 BOR 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 10 140 40.8 UG4 -3 409.4 6.4 ix(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0039 1.7 35.92 0.1 UG4 -3 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.53 115 150 42.6 UG3 -3 409.4 6.08 2x(us.45)=21.4 22.92 0.0044 0 137.92 0.6 UG3 -3 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 6.17 140 43.2 BF-0 2 409.4 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0039 -2.2 56.28 0.2 BF-0 2 0 6 1.67 0 41.3 AmesC300N BF-I 2 409.4 0 0 1.2892 0 1.67 2.1 BF-I 2 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 7.83 140 43.4 UG2 -3 409.4 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0039 2.2 57.95 0.2 UG2 -3 0 6 ix(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 18 150 45.8 UG1 -3 409.4 6.08 45.85 0.0044 0 63.85 0.3 UG1 -3 250 6 1 150 46.1 1 -3 659.4 6.08 0 0.0107 0 1 0.0 1 46.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I L I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 2 104 9.5 11.2 50 1.5 16 120 19.9 103 9.5 11.2 50 1.728 0 0.0623 0 16 1 103 9.5 11.2 51.2 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 5 120 20.9 039 9.5 101.2 1.728 11.29 0.2299 0 16.29 3.7 039 9.5 44.3 3 17 120 24.7 037 9.5 145.6 3.334 0 0.0183 0 17 0.3 037 25 Path No: 3 108 9.5 11.2 50.3 1.5 16 120 20.2 107 9.5 11.2 50.3 1.728 0 0.063 0 16 1 107 9.5 11.2 51.6 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 5 120 21.2 037 9.5 101.9 1.728 11.29 0.2326 0 16.291 3.8 037 25 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 4 101 9.5 11.2 52.8 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 9.35 120 22.2 047 9.5 52.8 1.728 11.29 0.0688 0 20.64 1.4 047 9.5 10 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.41 3.57 120 23.6 083 11.5 62.8 1.728 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 18.35 0.095 -0.9 lx(us.90)=5.64 21.921 2.1 083 11.5 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.67 150 24.8 084 20.17 62.8 1.598 1 0.092 -3.8 9.67 0.9 084 20.17 -28.6 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 0.69 150 22 085 20.17 34.2 1.598 16 0.0299 0 16.69 0.5 085 20.17 -9.5 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.22 150 22.5 088 20.17 24.7 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 10 0.0163 0 20.22 0.3 088 20.17 -6 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11.14 150 22.8 089 20.17 18.7 1.598 8 0.0097 0 19.14 0.2 089 20.17 -5.3 1.5 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 84.88 150 23 146 20.17 13.4 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 14 0.0053 0 98.88 0.5 146 20.17 0.0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.37 150 23.5 147 20.17 13.4 1.598 1 0.0053 0 9.371 0.0 147 20.17 6 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 15.07 150 23.6 149 20.17 19.4 1.598 2 0.0105 0 17.07 0.2 149 20.17 -2.9 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 24.34 150 23.7 232 20.17 16.5 1.598 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 19 0.0078 0 43.34 0.3 232 20.17 9.5 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.12 150 24.1 230 20.17 26 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.018 0 15.12 0.3 230 20.17 7.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 1 150 24.3 269 20.17 34 1.598 8 0.0295 0 9 0.3 269 20.17 28.8 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 24.6 270 11.5 62.8 1.598 1.46 0.092 3.8 10.12 0.9 270 11.5 0 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 9.74 120 29.3 032 9.5 62.8 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 16.93 0.095 0.9 26.68 2.5 032 32.7 Path No: 5 102 9.5 11.2 54.4 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 11 120 23.6 039 9.5 44.3 1.728 11.29 0.0498 0 22.29 1.1 039 24.7 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 6 102 9.5 11.2 54.4 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 6.65 120 23.6 047 9.5 10 1.728 11.29 0.0032 0 17.94 0.1 047 23.6 Path No: 7 GPM1 -3 250 6 1 150 46.1 UG1 -3 250 6.08 0 0.0018 0 1 0 UG1 46.1 Path No: 8 084 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 12.18 150 22 308 30.5 28.6 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 24 0.0214 -4.5 36.18 0.8 308 30.5 -8.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.57 150 18.3 310 30.5 20.5 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0116 0 15.57 0.2 310 30.5 -5.5 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 12.31 150 18.4 312 30.5 15 1.598 2 0.0065 0 14.31 0.1 312 30.5 -4.4 1.5 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 106.06 150 18.5 384 30.5 10.6 1.598 2x(BM.90)=16 34 0.0034 0 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 140.06 0.5 384 30.5 0.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.36 150 19 385 30.5 10.6 1.598 1 0.0034 0 9.36 0.0 385 30.5 5.5 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 14.4 150 19 387 30.5 16.2 1.598 2 0.0074 0 16.4 0.1 387 30.5 -1.4 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11.22 150 19.2 439 30.5 14.8 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9 0.0063 0 20.22 0.1 439 30.5 0.7 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.74 150 19.3 275 30.5 15.5 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0069 0 20.74 0.1 275 30.5 8.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.79 150 19.4 273 30.5 23.6 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.015 0 15.79 0.2 273 30.5 5.3 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.93 150 19.7 269 20.17 28.8 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0218 4.5 20.931 1 0.5 269 24.6 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 9 085 20.17 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 62.62 150 22.5 232 20.17 9.5 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 31 0.0171 0 lx(BM.90)=5 93.62 1.6 232 24.1 Path No: 10 088 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 82.11 150 22.8 147 20.17 6 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0074 0 102.11 0.8 147 23.6 Path No: 11 089 20.17 0 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.47 150 23 093 20.17 5.3 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0009 0 29.47 0.0 093 20.17 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 8.61 150 23 097 20.17 5.3 1.101 2 0.0058 0 10.61 0.1 097 20.17 -2.5 1 18x(BM.Tee-Run)=18 126.24 150 23.1 141 20.17 2.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 28 0.0017 0 154.24 0.3 141 20.17 2.3 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 19.16 150 23.3 144 20.17 5 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 7 0.0053 0 26.16 0.1 144 20.17 -2.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 9.42 150 23.5 145 20.17 2.7 1.101 5 0.0016 0 14.42 0.0 145 20.17 0.0 1 12x(BM.Tee-Run)=12 58.37 150 23.5 163 20.17 2.6 1.101 12 0.0016 0 70.37 0.1 163 20.17 2.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 10.41 150 23.6 154 20.17 5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 11 0.0052 0 21.41 0.1 154 20.17 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.78 150 23.7 152 20.17 5 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0009 0 17.78 0.0 152 20.17 2.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.01 150 23.7 209 20.17 7.9 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.002 0 20.01 0.0 209 20.17 0 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 30.63 150 23.8 224 20.17 7.9 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0122 0 lx(BM.90)=5 43.631 1 0.5 224 20.17 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 4.69 150 24.3 230 20.17 7.9 1.598 8 0.002 0 12.69 0.0 230 24.3 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 I I I I I I Li I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 12 149 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 28.11 150 23.7 152 20.17 2.9 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0003 0 38.11 0.0 152 23.7 Path No: 13 308 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 65.7 150 18.3 275 30.5 8.1 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 27 0.0126 0 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 92.7 1.2 275 19.4 Path No: 14 310 30.5 0 1 lox(BM.Tee-Run)=10 79.82 150 18.4 385 30.5 5.5 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 15 0.0063 0 94.82 0.6 385 19 Path No: 15 312 30.5 0 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.06 150 18.5 314 30.5 4.4 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0007 0 20.06 0.0 314 30.5 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 19.75 150 18.6 320 30.5 4.4 1.101 6 0.0042 0 25.75 0.1 320 30.5 -2.1 1 23x(BM.Tee-Run)=23 128.45 150 18.7 378 30.5 2.4 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 33 0.0013 0 161.45 0.2 378 30.5 2.3 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.55 150 18.9 382 30.5 4.7 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 8 0.0046 0 26.55 0.1 382 30.5 -2.3 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 9.86 150 19 383 30.5 2.4 1.101 5 0.0013 0 14.86 0.0 383 30.5 -0.1 1 14x(BM.Tee-Run)=14 66.23 150 19 452 30.5 2.3 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 19 0.0013 0 85.23 0.1 452 30.5 2.3 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 8.24 150 19.1 392 30.5 4.6 1.101 4 0.0045 0 12.24 0.1 392 30.5 1.4 1 4x(BM.Tee-Ruri)=4 11.22 150 19.2 396 30.5 6 1.101 4 0.0073 0 15.22 0.1 396 30.5 -0.7 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 47.43 150 19.3 273 30.5 5.3 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0057 0 67.4.31 0.4 273 19.7 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 16 387 30.5 0 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 36.61 150 19.2 391 30.5 1.4 1.598 4 0.0001 0 40.61 0 391 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6.86 150 19.2 392 30.5 1.4 1.101 5 0.0005 0 1 11.861 0 392 19.2 Path No: 17 097 20.17 0 1 15x(BM.Tee-Run)=15 125.4 150 23.1 132 20.17 2.5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 30 0.0014 0 lx(BM.90)=5 155.4 0.2 132 20.17 -0.2 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 26.96 150 23.3 141 20.17 2.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 11 0.0012 0 37.96 0.0 141 23.3 Path No: 18 144 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 68.67 150 23.5 163 20.17 2.4 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 35 0.0013 0 lx(BM.90)=5 103.67 0.1 163 23.6 Path No: 19 145 20.17 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 8.45 150 23.5 146 20.17 0.0 1.101 10 0 0 18.45 0 146 23.5 Path No: 20 320 30.5 0 1 7x(BM.Tee-Run)=7 26.34 150 18.7 336 30.5 2.1 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 12 0.001 0 38.34 0.0 336 30.5 -0.7 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.01 150 18.7 338 30.5 1.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.0004 0 12.01 0 338 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 4.08 150 18.7 340 30.5 1.3 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0004 0 10.08 0 340 30.5 0.7 1 20x(BM.Tee-Run)=20 92.88 150 18.7 367 30.5 2.1 1.101 20 0.001 0 112.88 0.1 367 30.5 0.2 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 25.26 150 18.8 378 30.5 2.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 15 0.0012 0 40.26 0.0 378 18.9 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 21 Path No: 22 383 30.5 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 8.24 150 19 384 30.5 0.1 1.101 10 0 0 18.24 0 384 19 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations 382 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 76.09 150 19 452 30.5 2.3 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 27 0.0012 0 103.09 0.1 452 19.1 I Path No: 23 396 30.5 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 43.48 150 19.3 439 30.5 0.7 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 16 0.0001 0 59.48 0 439 19.3 Path No: 24 132 20.17 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 25.65 150 23.3 367 30.5 0.2 1.101 4x(BM.90)=20 30 0.0000 -4.5 55.65 0 367 18.8 Path No: 25 336 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 29.17 150 18.7 340 30.5 0.7 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 36 0.0001 0 5x(BM.90)=25 65.17 0 340 18.7 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 15.04 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (TOR-032) *** Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 12 I I I Device Graphs Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 1; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 CL I 'I '3 I I Flow, gpm 1 I I I Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; BFP Ref.: 1293 (AmesC300N, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-l; Outlet Node: BF-0 I I '3 I Flow, gpm I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products I t . H If Page 13 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyiight© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 1; Valve Ref.: 1294 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 4); Inlet Node: RI.1; Outlet Node: RI-O ... .7 f 1- 4. t .7 .. H 1. .f + r .7 1 I H I - I O,9psl@409.49pm . 1 Flow, 91)m gpm I Device Graphs I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 14 I HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Contract No. : C7835 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3606 & 3630 HARDING STREET Date: 1/8/2021 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 2 Remote Area Location 3rd FLOOR RESIDENTIAL Occupancy Classification NFPA13 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.051 Area of Application (ft2) 290 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft2) 256 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 4 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 151.9 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 41 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 419.4 gal Water Supply Information Date 12/17/2019 Location 3606 HARDING STREET Source 1 Notes File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 2 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Demand Hazen-Williams Water @ 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 68.4 2450 43.2 Static Pressure I Residual I I Flow I Available I Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source I (psi) Pressure I (gpm) Pressure I (gpm) I (psi) (psi) (psi) I 1 68.4 43.2 2450 68.3 151.9 41 Hoses Inside Hose Flow/ Standpipe Demand (gpm) 100 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 51.9 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 51.9 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 33.1 BOR -Flow (gpm) 51.9 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170-3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyiight© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - m m - - - - - - - - - - .. - - - Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 2 File: C:\Users\denk\appdata\Iocal\tempC7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright® 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 2 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 51 Supply point #1 -Static 0 68.4 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 2450 43.2 Dl Elevation Pressure 0 14.3 D2 System Demand 151.9 41 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I © Flow (gpm) Supply 68.1 221.9 27.3 1 151.9 Open Heads Required ___________ Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 201 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.05 12.8 7 0.051 13 7 202 Overhead 256 4.9 0.05 12.8 7 0.051 13 7 Sprinkler 203 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.05 12.8 7 0.051 13 7 204 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.05 12.8 7 0.051 13 7.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) Wpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 201 30 4.9 13 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.29 150 7 671 30.5 13 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0304 -0.2 11.29 0.3 671 30.5 13 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 3.12 150 7.1 357 30.5 25.9 1.101 5 0.1097 0 8.12 0.9 357 30.5 -3.9 1 9x(BM.Tee-Run)=9 39.11 150 8 340 30.5 22.1 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 14 0.0814 0 53.11 4.3 340 30.5 -7.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 4.08 150 12.3 338 30.5 14.5 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.0374 0 10.08 0.4 338 30.5 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 6.01 150 12.7 336 30.5 14.5 1.101 2 0.0374 0 8.01 0.3 336 30.5 7.6 1 8x(BM.Tee-Run)=8 26.34 150 13 320 30.5 22.1 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0814 0 39.34 3.2 320 30.5 -2.7 1 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 19.75 150 16.2 314 30.5 19.4 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0638 0 29.751 1.9 314 30.5 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 11.06 150 18.1 312 30.5 19.4 1.598 2 0.0104 0 13.06 0.1 312 30.5 -2.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.31 150 18.3 310 30.5 16.6 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0078 0 21.31 0.2 310 30.5 1.9 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 6.57 150 18.4 308 30.5 18.5 1.598 2 0.0096 0 8.57 0.1 308 30.5 -1.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.18 150 18.5 084 20.17 16.7 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 25 0.0079 4.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 37.18 0.3 084 20.17 5 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 23.3 083 11.5 21.7 1.598 1.46 0.0129 3.8 10.12 0.1 083 11.5 0 1.5 3x(us.Tee-Br)=33.87 21.23 120 27.2 039 9.5 21.7 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 39.51 0.0133 0.9 60.74 0.8 039 9.5 0 3 lx(us.Tee-Br)=22.49 78.78 120 28.8 032 9.5 21.7 3.334 22.49 0.0005 0 101.27 0.1 032 9.5 30.2 3 8.74 120 28.9 TOR 9.5 51.9 3.334 0 0.0027 0 8.74 0.0 TOR 9.5 0 4 lx(coupling)=1.39 6.76 120 28.9 111-0 3.8 51.9 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 15.33 0.0008 2.5 22.09 0.0 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I I I I Li I I I I I I I I I 11 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I R1-O 3.8 0 4 0.8 0 31.4 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 3 51.9 0 0 0.6226 0.3 *** 0.8 0.5 Ri-I 3 0 4 lx(us.Tee-Br)=27.87 2 120 32.2 61 2 51.9 4.31 ix(us.90)=13.94 41.81 0.0008 0.4 43.81 0.0 Bi 2 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.26 1 120 32.7 BOR 1 51.9 6.357 1.26 0.0001 0.4 2.26 0 BOR 1 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 10 140 33.1 UG4 -3 51.9 6.4 ix(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0001 1.7 35.92 0 UG4 -3 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.53 115 150 34.9 UG3 -3 51.9 6.08 2x(us.45)=21.4 22.92 0.0001 0 137.92 0.0 UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.17 140 34.9 BF-0 2 51.9 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0001 -2.2 56.28 0 BF-0 2 0 6 1.67 0 32.7 AmesC300N BF-I 2 51.9 0 0 3.6509 0 *** 1.67 6.1 BF-I 2 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 7.83 140 38.8 UG2 -3 51.9 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0001 2.2 57.95 0 UG2 -3 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 18 150 41 UG1 -3 51.9 6.08 45.85 0.0001 0 63.85 0 UG1 -3 100 6 1 150 41 1 -3 151.9 6.08 0 0.0007 0 1 0 1 41 Path No: 2 202 30 491 13 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 5.01 150 7 671 30.5 13 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.0304 -0.2 11.01 0.3 671 7.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 3 203 30 4.9 13 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.62 150 7 667 30.5 13 1.101 1x(BM.90)=5 10 0.0305 -0.2 11.62 0.4 667 30.5 13 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 3.12 150 7.2 359 30.5 26 1.101 5 0.1102 0 8.12 0.9 359 30.5 3.9 1 8x(BM.Tee-Run)=8 41.28 150 8.1 367 30.5 29.9 1.101 8 0.1424 0 49.28 7 367 30.5 -14 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 25.65 150 15.1 132 20.17 15.9 1.101 4x(BM.90)=20 30 0.0441 4.5 55.65 2.5 132 20.17 -5.5 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 26.96 150 22 141 20.17 10.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 11 0.02 0 37.96 0.8 141 20.17 -2.4 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 19.16 150 22.8 144 20.17 7.9 1.101 1x(BM.90)=5 7 0.0122 0 26.16 0.3 144 20.17 -2.1 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.42 150 23.1 145 20.17 5.8 1.101 1 0.0069 0 10.42 0.1 145 20.17 -1.4 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.45 150 23.2 146 20.17 4.5 1.101 5 0.0042 0 13.45 0.1 146 20.17 1.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.37 150 23.2 147 20.17 6.2 1.598 1 0.0013 0 9.37 0.0 147 20.17 -0.2 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 15.07 150 23.2 149 20.17 6 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0012 0 24.07 0.0 149 20.17 0.7 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 24.34 150 23.3 232 20.17 6.7 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0015 0 35.34 0.1 232 20.17 1.5 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.12 150 23.3 230 20.17 8.2 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0021 0 15.12 0.0 230 20.17 2.7 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 1 150 23.3 269 20.17 10.9 1.598 8 0.0036 0 9 0.0 269 20.17 19.3 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 23.4 270 11.5 30.2 1.598 1.46 0.0237 3.8 10.121_0.2 270 11.5 0 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 9.74 120 27.4 032 9.5 30.2 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 16.93 0.0245 0.9 26.68 0.7 032 28.9 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 I [1 I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 11 Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 4 204 30 4.9 13 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 4.84 150 7.1 667 30.5 13 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.0306 -0.2 10.84 0.3 667 7.2 Path No: 5 GPM1 -3 100 6 1 150 41 UG1 -3 100 6.08 0 0.0003 0 1 0 UG1 41 Path No: 6 357 30.5 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 12.49 150 8 359 30.5 3.9 1.101 2 0.0032 0 14.49 0.0 359 8.1 Path No: 7 340 30.5 0 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 29.17 150 12.3 336 30.5 7.6 1.101 5x(BM.90)=25 31 0.0112 0 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 60.17 0.7 336 13 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 8 320 30.5 0 1 23x(BM.Tee-Run)=23 128.45 150 16.2 378 30.5 2.7 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 33 0.0017 0 161.45 0.3 378 30.5 14 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.55 150 16.5 382 30.5 16.7 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 8 0.0487 0 26.551 1.3 382 30.5 -4.6 1 1x(B1V1.Tee-Run)=1 9.86 150 17.8 383 30.5 12.1 1.101 1 0.0269 0 10.86 0.3 383 30.5 -2.9 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.24 150 18.1 384 30.5 9.3 1.101 5 0.0164 0 13.24 0.2 384 30.5 2.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.36 150 18.3 385 30.5 12 1.598 1 0.0043 0 9.36 0.0 385 30.5 -1.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 14.4 150 18.3 387 30.5 10.1 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0031 0 23.4 0.1 387 30.5 2.6 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.22 150 18.4 439 30.5 12.7 1.598 1 0.0047 0 12.22 0.1 439 30.5 0.9 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.74 150 18.5 275 30.5 13.6 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0054 0 20.741 0.1 275 30.5 1.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.79 150 18.6 273 30.5 15.3 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0068 0 15.79 0.1 273 30.5 4 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.93 150 18.7 269 20.17 19.3 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0104 4.5 20.93 0.2 269 23.4 Path No: 9 312 30.5 0 1.5 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 106.06 150 18.3 384 30.5 2.7 1.598 2x(BM.90)=16 34 0.0003 0 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 140.06 0.0 384 18.3 Path No: 10 308 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 65.7 150 18.5 275 30.5 1.8 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 27 0.0008 0 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 92.7 0.1 275 18.6 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 I I I ri I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 11 367 30.5 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 25.26 150 15.1 378 30.5 14 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 15 0.035 0 40.26 1.4 378 16.5 Path No: 12 132 20.17 0 1 15x(BM.Tee-Run)=15 125.4 150 22 097 20.17 5.5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 30 0.0062 0 lx(BM.90)=5 155.4 1 097 20.17 2.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.61 150 23 093 20.17 7.9 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0123 0 14.61 0.2 093 20.17 0 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 18.47 150 23.2 089 20.17 7.9 1.598 4 0.002 0 22.47 0.0 089 20.17 -1.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.14 150 23.2 088 20.17 6.2 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0013 0 20.14 0.0 088 20.17 0.2 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.22 150 23.2 085 20.17 6.5 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 10 0.0014 0 20.22 0.0 085 20.17 -1.5 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 0.69 150 23.3 084 20.17 5 1.598 16 0.0008 0 16.691 0.0 084 23.3 Path No: 13 141 20.17 0 1 18x(BM.Tee-Run)=18 126.24 150 22.8 097 20.17 2.4 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 28 0.0014 0 154.24 0.2 097 23 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 I Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 14 144 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 68.67 150 23.1 163 20.17 2.1 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 35 0.001 0 lx(BM.90)=5 103.67 0.1 163 20.17 1.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 10.41 150 23.2 154 20.17 3.4 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 11 0.0026 0 21.411 0.1 154 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 8.78 150 23.3 152 20.17 3.4 1.598 2 0.0004 0 10.78 0 152 20.17 -0.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.01 150 23.3 209 20.17 2.7 1.598 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 17 0.0003 0 28.01 0 209 20.17 0 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 30.63 150 23.3 224 20.17 2.7 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0017 0 lx(BM.90)=5 43.63 0.1 224 20.17 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 4.69 150 23.3 230 20.17 2.7 1.598 8 0.0003 0 12.69 0 230 23.3 Path No: 15 145 20.17 0 1 12x(BM.Tee-Run)=12 58.37 150 23.2 163 20.17 1.4 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 17 0.0005 0 75.37 0.0 163 23.2 Path No: 16 147 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 82.11 150 23.2 088 20.17 0.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0000 0 102.11 0 088 23.2 Path No: 17 382 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 76.09 150 17.8 452 30.5 4.6 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 27 0.0044 0 103.09 0.5 452 30.5 2.9 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 8.24 150 18.2 392 30.5 7.4 1.101 4 0.0109 0 12.24 0.1 392 30.5 -2.6 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 11.22 150 18.4 396 30.5 4.9 1.101 4 0.005 0 15.22 0.1 396 30.5 -0.9 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 47.43 150 18.4 273 30.5 4 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0034 0 67.43 0.2 273 18.7 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 18 383 30.5 0 1 14x(BM.Tee-Run)=14 66.23 150 18.1 452 30.5 2.9 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 24 0.0018 0 90.23 0.2 452 18.2 Path No: 19 385 30.5 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 79.82 150 18.3 310 30.5 1.9 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0009 0 99.82 0.1 310 18.4 Path No: 20 089 20.17 0 1.5 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 84.88 150 23.2 146 20.17 1.7 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 14 0.0001 0 98.88 0.0 146 23.2 Path No: 21 085 20.17 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 62.62 150 23.3 232 20.17 1.5 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 31 0.0005 0 lx(BM.90)=5 93.62 0.1 232 23.3 Path No: 22 152 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 28.11 150 23.3 149 20.17 0.7 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0000 0 38.11 0 149 23.3 Path No: 23 392 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.86 150 18.4 391 30.5 2.6 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0015 0 12.86 0.0 391 30.5 0 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 36.61 150 18.4 387 30.5 2.6 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0002 0 47.61 0.0 387 18.4 Path No: 24 396 30.5 0 1r6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 43.48 150 18.4 439 30.5 0.9 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 16 0.0002 0 59.48 0.0 439 18.5 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 12 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 10.06 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (367-359) "" Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. I [1 I LI H I I I I I I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 13 I I I I I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 2; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 75 ..1. ; •t t 45 4 40-:1- 4 + .1. 55 . .4 . 3+ f , 25 . -. 2+ +t - + -- 4 1 + -1- + 1 f -1--• Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 2; BFP Ref.: 1293 (AmesC300N, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-l; Outlet Node: BF-0 5.17 Ij-__ ..—...---...--..— ..... Flow, gpm I Device Graphs I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 2; Valve Ref.: 1294 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 4); Inlet Node: R11; Outlet Node: RI-O Flow, 9pm - - Device Graphs Page 15 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Li I I Li I I j Li I I LI I I I I I I I HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Contract No. : C7835 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3606 & 3630 HARDING STREET Date: 1/8/2021 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 3 Remote Area Location ATTIC Occupancy Classification NFPAI3 Density (gpmlft2) 0.108 Area of Application (ft2) 840 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft2) 120 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 7 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 199.6 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 63.1 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 419.7 gal U Water Supply Information Date Location I Source 12/17/2019 3606 HARDING STREET I I I I Notes File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 3 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Demand Hydraulic Model Hazen-Williams Fluid Name Water © 60F (15.6C) Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 68.4 2450 43.2 I Static Pressure I Residual I I Flow I Available Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source I (psi) Pressure (gpm) I Pressure (gpm) I (psi) (psi) I (psi) I 68.4 43.2 2450 68.2 199.6 63.1 Hoses Inside Hose Flow I Standpipe Demand (gpm) 100 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 99.6 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 99.6 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 55.2 BOR -Flow (gpm) 99.6 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - m - - - Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 3 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 3 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 -Static 0 68.4 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 2450 43.2 Di Elevation Pressure 1 0 15.4 D2 System Demand 199.6 63.1 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I @ Flow (gpm) Supply 68.1 210.8 5.1 199.6 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 301 Overhead Sprinkler 120 4.2 0.1 12 9.6 0.13 15.6 13.8 302 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 9.6 0.13 15.6 13.9 Sprinkler 303 Overhead Sprinkler 120 4.2 0.1 12 9.6 0.109 13.1 9.7 304 Overhead Sprinkler 120 4.2 0.1 12 9.6 0.108 13 9.6 305 Overhead Sprinkler 120 4.2 0.1 12 9.6 0.108 13 9.6 306 Overhead Sprinkler 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.12 14.4 11.7 307 Overhead Sprinkler 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.124 14.8 12.5 File: C:\Users\denk\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 304 32.5 4.2 13 1 4.5 150 9.6 303 32.5 4.2 10.4 1.101 0 0.02 0 4.5 0.1 303 32.5 4.2 13.1 1 ix(BM.Tee-Br)=5 3.87 150 9.7 336 30.5 23.4 1.101 2x(BM.90)=10 15 0.0909 0.9 18.871 1.7 336 30.5 10.3 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 17.36 150 12.3 324 30.5 33.8 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8 0.1786 0 25.36 4.5 324 30.5 31.3 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 8.98 150 16.8 320 30.5 65 1.101 4 0.6014 0 12.98 7.8 320 30.5 -16.1 1 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 19.75 150 24.6 314 30.5 48.9 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.3552 0 29.75 10.6 314 30.5 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 11.06 150 35.2 312 30.5 48.9 1.598 2 0.0579 0 13.06 0.8 312 30.5 -10.4 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.31 150 35.9 310 30.5 38.5 1.598 ix(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0372 0 21.31 0.8 310 30.5 2.8 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 6.57 150 36.7 308 30.5 41.3 1.598 2 0.0424 0 8.57 0.4 308 30.5 -4.4 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.18 150 37.1 084 20.17 36.9 1.598 ix(BM.90)=8 25 0.0343 4.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 37.18 1.3 084 20.17 4.8 1.5 ix(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 42.8 083 11.5 41.7 1.598 1.46 0.043 3.8 10.12 0.4 083 11.5 0 1.5 3x(us.Tee-Br)=33.87 21.23 120 47 039 9.5 41.7 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 39.51 0.0444 0.9 60.74 2.7 039 9.5 0 3 lx(us.Tee-Br)=22.49 78.78 120 50.6 032 9.5 41.7 3.334 22.49 0.0018 0 101.27 0.2 032 9.5 57.9 3 8.74 120 50.8 TOR 9.5 99.6 3.334 0 0.0091 0 8.741 0.1 TOR 9.5 0 4 lx(coupling)=1.39 6.76 120 50.9 Ri-O 3.8 99.6 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 15.33 0.0026 2.5 22.09 0.1 R1-O 3.8 0 4 0.8 0 53.4 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 3 99.6 0 0 0.623 0.3 *** 0.8 0.5 Ri-I 3 0 4 lx(us.Tee-Br)=27.87 2 120 54.2 Bi 2 99.6 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 41.81 0.0026 0.4 43.81 0.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 'Ii I I I I I I] I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations [ii PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I Bi 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.26 1 120 54.8 BOR 1 99.6 6.357 1.26 0.0004 0.4 2.26 0 BOR 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 10 140 55.2 UG4 -3 99.6 6.4 lx(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0003 1.7 35.92 0.0 UG4 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 115 150 57 UG3 -3 99.6 6.08 2x(us.45)=21.4 22.92 0.0003 0 137.92 0.0 UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.17 140 57 BF-0 2 99.6 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 -2.2 56.28 0.0 BF-0 2 0 6 1.67 0 54.9 AmesC300N BF-1 2 99.6 0 0 3.6048 0 *** 1.67 6 BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 7.83 140 60.9 UG2 -3 99.6 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 2.2 57.95 0.0 UG2 -3 0 6 1x(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 18 150 63 UG1 -3 99.6 6.08 45.85 0.0003 0 63.85 0.0 UG1 -3 100 6 1 150 63.1 1 -3 199.6 6.08 0 0.0012 0 1 0 1 63.1 Path No: 2 304 32.5 4.2 13 1 4.5 150 9.6 305 32.5 4.2 2.7 1.101 0 0.0016 0 4.5 0 305 32.5 4.2 13 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 16.3 150 9.6 340 30.5 15.7 1.101 3x(BM.90)=15 17 0.0432 0.9 33.31 1.4 340 30.5 -5.4 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 10.09 150 11.9 336 30.5 10.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 8 0.0199 0 18.09 0.4 336 12.3 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 3 306 30.5 4.2 14.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.58 150 11.7 348 30.5 14.4 1.101 5 0.0368 0 6.58 0.2 348 30.5 5.4 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10 150 12 350 30.5 19.7 1.101 2 0.0661 0 12 0.8 350 30.5 14.8 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 80.4 150 12.8 367 30.5 34.6 1.101 17 0.1868 0 97.4 18.2 367 30.5 -11.5 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 25.65 150 30.9 132 20.17 23.1 1.101 4x(BM.90)=20 30 0.0886 4.5 55.65 4.9 132 20.17 -8 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 26.96 150 40.4 141 20.17 15.1 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 11 0.0402 0 37.96 1.5 141 20.17 -3.5 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 19.16 150 41.9 144 20.17 11.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 7 0.0246 0 26.16 0.6 144 20.17 -3.1 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.42 150 42.5 145 20.17 8.5 1.101 1 0.0138 0 10.42 0.1 145 20.17 -2.1 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.45 150 42.7 146 20.17 6.4 1.101 5 0.0081 0 13.451 0.1 146 20.17 3.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.37 150 42.8 147 20.17 9.4 1.598 1 0.0028 0 9.37 0.0 147 20.17 0.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 15.07 150 42.8 149 20.17 10.2 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0032 0 24.07 0.1 149 20.17 0.7 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 24.34 150 42.9 232 20.17 10.9 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0036 0 35.34 0.1 232 20.17 2.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.12 150 43 230 20.17 13.9 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0056 0 15.12 0.1 230 20.17 4.5 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 1 150 43.1 269 20.17 18.3 1.598 8 0.0094 0 9 0.1 269 20.17 39.6 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 43.2 270 11.5 57.9 1.598 1.46 0.0791 3.8 0.8 270 11.5 0 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 9.74 120 47.7 032 9.5 57.9 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 16.93 0.0817 0.9 26.68 2.2 032 50.8 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 4 301 32.5 4.2 15.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.63 150 13.8 325 30.5 13.3 1.101 3x(BM.90)=15 21 0.0319 0.9 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 32.63 1 325 30.5 17.9 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.78 150 15.8 324 30.5 31.3 1.101 5 0.1549 0 6.781 1.1 324 16.8 Path No: 5 301 32.5 4.2 15.6 1 6 150 13.8 302 32.5 4.2 2.3 1.101 0 0.0012 0 6 0 302 32.5 4.2 15.6 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 3.63 150 13.9 325 30.5 17.9 1.101 2x(BM.90)=10 15 0.0554 0.9 18.63 1 325 15.8 Path No: 6 307 30.5 4.2 14.8 1 1x(BFv1.Tee-Br)=5 1.58 150 12.5 350 30.5 14.8 1.101 5 0.039 0 6.58 0.3 350 12.8 Path No: 7 GPM1 -3 100 6 1 150 63.1 UG1 -3 100 6.08 0 0.0003 0 1 0 UG1 63.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\locaItemp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 8 320 30.5 0 1 23x(BM.Tee-Run)=23 128.45 150 24.6 378 30.5 16.1 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 33 0.0453 0 161.45 7.3 378 30.5 11.5 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.55 150 31.9 382 30.5 27.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 8 0.1227 0 26.55 3.3 382 30.5 -7.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.86 150 35.2 383 30.5 19.7 1.101 1 0.066 0 10.86 0.7 383 30.5 -5.3 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.24 150 35.9 384 30.5 14.5 1.101 5 0.0372 0 13.24 0.5 384 30.5 10.4 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.36 150 36.4 385 30.5 24.9 1.598 1 0.0165 0 9.36 0.2 385 30.5 -2.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 14.4 150 36.5 387 30.5 22 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0132 0 23.4 0.3 387 30.5 3.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.22 150 36.9 439 30.5 25.8 1.598 1 0.0177 0 12.22 0.2 439 30.5 1.3 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.74 150 37.1 275 30.5 27.1 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0194 0 20.74 0.4 275 30.5 4.4 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.79 150 37.5 273 30.5 31.6 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0257 0 15.79 0.4 273 30.5 8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.93 150 37.9 269 20.17 39.6 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0391 4.5 _______________________ 20.93 0.8 269 43.2 Path No: 9 312 30.5 0 1.5 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 106.06 150 35.9 384 30.5 10.4 1.598 2x(BM.90)=16 34 0.0033 0 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 140.06 0.5 384 36.4 Path No: 10 308 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 65.7 150 37.1 275 30.5 4.4 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 27 0.0042 0 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 92.7 0.4 275 37.5 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 I I I I I I I I I I I [1 I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 11 340 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 2.48 150 11.9 348 30.5 5.4 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6 0.0059 0 8.48 0.1 348 12 Path No: 12 367 30.5 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 25.26 150 30.9 378 30.5 11.5 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 15 0.0242 0 40.26 1 378 31.9 Path No: 13 132 20.17 0 1 15x(BM.Tee-Run)=15 125.4 150 40.4 097 20.17 8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 30 0.0125 0 lx(BM.90)=5 155.4 1.9 097 20.17 3.5 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.61 150 42.3 093 20.17 11.5 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0244 0 14.61 0.4 093 20.17 0 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 18.47 150 42.7 089 20.17 11.5 1.598 4 0.004 0 22.47 0.1 089 20.17 -3.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.14 150 42.7 088 20.17 8.4 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0022 0 20.14 0.0 088 20.17 -0.7 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.22 150 42.8 085 20.17 7.7 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 10 0.0019 0 20.22 0.0 085 20.17 -2.9 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 0.69 150 42.8 084 20.17 4.8 1.598 16 0.0008 0 16.691 1 0.0 084 42.8 Path No: 14 141 20.17 0 1 18x(BM.Tee-Run)=18 126.24 150 41.9 097 20.17 3.5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 28 0.0027 0 154.24 0.4 097 42.3 File: C:\Usersderik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 I Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 15 144 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 68.67 150 42.5 163 20.17 3.1 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 35 0.0022 0 lx(BM.90)=5 103.67 0.2 163 20.17 2.1 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 10.41 150 42.7 154 20.17 5.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 11 0.0056 0 21.41 0.1 154 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 8.78 150 42.9 152 20.17 5.2 1.598 2 0.0009 0 10.78 0 152 20.17 -0.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.01 150 42.9 209 20.17 4.5 1.598 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 17 0.0007 0 28.01 0.0 209 20.17 0 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 30.63 150 42.9 224 20.17 4.5 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0042 0 lx(BM.90)=5 43.63 0.2 224 20.17 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 4.69 150 43.1 230 20.17 4.5 1.598 8 0.0007 0 12.691 1 0 230 43.1 Path No: 16 145 20.17 0 1 12x(BM.Tee-Run)=12 58.37 150 42.7 163 20.17 2.1 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 17 0.0011 0 75.37 0.1 163 42.7 Path No: 17 382 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 76.09 150 35.2 452 30.5 7.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 27 0.012 0 103.09 1.2 452 30.5 5.3 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 8.24 150 36.4 392 30.5 13.1 1.101 4 0.0309 0 12.24 0.4 392 30.5 -3.8 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 11.22 150 36.8 396 30.5 9.3 1.101 4 0.0166 0 - 15.22 0.3 396 30.5 -1.3 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 47.43 150 37 273 30.5 8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0124 0 67.43 0.8 273 37.9 Path No: 18 383 30.5 0 1 14x(BM.Tee-Run)=14 66.23 150 35.9 452 30.5 5.3 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 24 0.0057 0 90.23 0.5 452 36.4 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 19 385 30.5 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 79.82 150 36.5 310 30.5 2.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0018 0 99.82 0.2 310 36.7 Path No: 20 089 20.17 0 1.5 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 84.88 150 42.7 146 20.17 3.1 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 14 0.0003 0 98.88 0.0 146 42.8 Path No: 21 088 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 82.11 150 42.8 147 20.17 0.7 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0001 0 102.11 0.0 147 42.8 Path No: 22 085 20.17 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 62.62 150 42.8 232 20.17 2.9 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 31 0.0019 0 lx(BM.90)=5 93.62 0.2 232 43 Path No: 23 152 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 28.11 150 42.9 149 20.17 0.7 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0000 0 38.11 0 149 42.9 Path No: 24 392 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.86 150 36.8 391 30.5 3.8 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0031 0 12.86 0.0 391 30.5 0 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 36.61 150 36.8 387 30.5 3.8 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0005 0 47.611 1 0.0 387 36.9 Path No: 25 396 30.5 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 43.48 150 37 439 30.5 1.3 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 16 0.0005 0 59.48 0.0 439 37.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 12 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 21.91 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (320-324) *** Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. I ri I I I I I I I I I I File: C:\Users\denk\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 13 I I I I I Li File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 3; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 * i 0 :5 - t J..L.U:.., Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 3; BFP Ref.: 1293 (AmesC300N, Size a 6); Inlet Node: BF-I; Outlet Node: BF-0 7 4.1 t L:. iL Flow, 9pm I Device Graphs I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 14 I 6.7' 5.7, 4.7 a. 3.7, a a a. 2.7 .7 0.7 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 3; Valve Ref.: 1294 (GLOBE UMC, Size a 4); Inlet Node: R11; Outlet Node: RI-O Flow, gpm I I I I I I I I Device Graphs LI I I I I I I I I I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDlNG_1_4170-3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Contract No. : C7835 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3606 & 3630 HARDING STREET Date: 1/8/2021 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design - Remote Area Name 4 Remote Area Location CC2 ATTIC Occupancy Classification NFPAI3 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.1 Area of Application (ft2) 960 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft2) 120 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 8 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 209.3 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 56.2 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 421 gal Water Supply Information Date 12/17/2019 Location 3606 HARDING STREET Source Notes File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 4 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (lb/ft) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Demand Hazen-Williams Water © 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 68.4 2450 43.2 I Static Pressure I Residual I Flow I I Available I Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source I (psi) Pressure (gpm) Pressure I (gpm) I (psi) (psi) I I (psi) I I 1 68.4 43.2 2450 68.1 209.3 56.2 Hoses Inside Hose Flow! Standpipe Demand (gpm) 100 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 109.3 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 109.3 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 48.6 BOR -Flow (gpm) 109.3 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - -. - m m - = - - - iii m - - _ - - - - Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 4 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 4 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 -Static 0 68.4 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 2450 43.2 Di Elevation Pressure 0 14.7 D2 System Demand 209.3 56.2 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) i © Flow (gpm) Supply 68.1 239.7 11.9 209.3 Open Heads Required __________ Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 401 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.137 16.5 15.4 Sprinkler 402 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.112 13.5 10.3 Sprinkler 403 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.135 16.2 15 Sprinkler 404 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.102 12.2 8.5 Sprinkler 405 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.1 12 8.2 Sprinkler 406 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.102 12.2 8.4 Sprinkler 407 Overhead Sprinkler 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.105 12.6 9 408 Overhead 120 4.2 0.1 12 8.2 0.117 14 11.1 Sprinkler File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 405 31 4.2 12 1 ix(BM.Tee-Run)=i 7.61 150 8.2 610 30.5 12 1.101 ix(BM.Tee-Br)=5 16 0.0263 0.2 2x(BM.90)=10 23.61 0.6 610 30.5 -4.4 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 9.71 150 9 612 30.5 7.6 1.101 2 0.0113 0 11.711 0.1 612 30.5 12.2 1 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 27.11 150 9.1 617 30.5 19.8 1.101 5 0.0668 0 32.11 2.1 617 30.5 13.5 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 29.3 150 11.3 320 30.5 33.3 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8 0.1742 0 37.3 6.5 320 30.5 14 1 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 19.75 150 17.8 314 30.5 47.3 1.101 ix(BM.90)=5 10 0.3336 0 29.75 9.9 314 30.5 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 11.06 150 27.7 312 30.5 47.3 1.598 2 0.0544 0 13.06 0.7 312 30.5 -8 1.5 ix(BM.Tee-Run)=i 12.31 150 28.4 310 30.5 39.3 1.598 ix(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0386 0 21.31 0.8 310 30.5 4.1 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 6.57 150 29.2 308 30.5 43.4 1.598 2 0.0464 0 8.57 0.4 308 30.5 -4.2 1.5 ix(BM.Tee-Run)=i 12.18 150 29.6 084 20.17 39.2 1.598 ix(BM.90)=8 25 0.0384 4.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 37.18 1.4 084 20.17 6.4 1.5 ix(coupling)=i.46 8.67 150 35.5 083 11.5 45.6 1.598 1.46 0.0509 3.8 10.12 0.5 083 11.5 0 1.5 3x(us.Tee-Br)=33.87 21.23 120 39.8 039 9.5 45.6 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 39.51 0.0526 0.9 60.74 3.2 039 9.5 0 3 lx(us.Tee-Br)=22.49 78.78 120 43.9 032 9.5 45.6 3.334 22.49 0.0021 0 101.27 0.2 032 9.5 63.6 3 8.74 120 44.1 TOR 9.5 109.3 3.334 0 0.0108 0 8.74 0.1 TOR 9.5 0 4 ix(coupling)=1.39 6.76 120 44.2 111-0 3.8 109.3 4.31 ix(us.90)=13.94 15.33 0.0031 2.5 22.09 0.1 Ri-O 3.8 0 4 0.8 0 46.7 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 3 109.3 0 0 0.6233 0.3 0.8 0.5 Ri-I 3 0 4 lx(us.Tee-Br)=27.87 2 120 47.6 BI 2 109.3 4.31 ix(us.90)=13.94 41.81 0.0031 0.4 43.811 0.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I I I [1 I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I Bi 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.26 1 120 48.1 BOR 1 109.3 6.357 1.26 0.0005 0.4 2.26 0 BOR 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 10 140 48.6 UG4 -3 109.3 6.4 lx(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0003 1.7 35.92 0.0 UG4 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 115 150 50.3 UG3 -3 109.3 6.08 2x(us.45)=21.4 22.92 0.0004 0 137.92 0.1 UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.17 140 50.4 BF-0 2 109.3 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 -2.2 56.28 0.0 BF-0 2 0 6 1.67 0 48.2 AmesC300N BF-I 2 109.3 0 0 3.4685 0 *** 1.67 5.8 BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 7.83 140 54 UG2 -3 109.3 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 2.2 57.95 0.0 UG2 -3 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 18 150 56.2 UG1 -3 109.3 6.08 45.85 0.0004 0 63.85 0.0 UG1 -3 100 6 1 150 56.2 1 -3 209.3 6.08 0 0.0013 0 1 0 1 56.2 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 2 406 31 4.2 12.2 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 5.32 150 8.4 600 30.5 12.2 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0271 0.2 15.32 0.4 600 30.5 4.4 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.98 150 9.1 598 30.5 16.6 1.101 2 0.048 0 12.98 0.6 598 30.5 12.6 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 13.02 150 9.7 595 30.5 29.2 1.101 3 0.1368 0 16.02 2.2 595 30.5 14 1 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 24.05 150 11.9 378 30.5 43.2 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 10 0.2825 0 34.05 9.6 378 30.5 -7.8 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.55 150 21.5 382 30.5 35.4 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 8 0.1953 0 26.55 5.2 382 30.5 -9.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.86 150 26.7 383 30.5 25.6 1.101 1 0.1071 0 10.86 1.2 383 30.5 -6.2 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.24 150 27.8 384 30.5 19.4 1.101 5 0.0639 0 13.24 0.8 384 30.5 8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.36 150 28.7 385 30.5 27.4 1.598 1 0.0197 0 9.36 0.2 385 30.5 -4.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 14.4 150 28.9 387 30.5 23.3 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0146 0 23.4 0.3 387 30.5 5.3 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.22 150 29.2 439 30.5 28.5 1.598 1 0.0213 0 12.22 0.3 439 30.5 1.9 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.74 150 29.5 275 30.5 30.4 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.024 0 20.74 0.5 275 30.5 4.2 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.79 150 30 273 30.5 34.6 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0304 0 15.79 0.5 273 30.5 8.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.93 150 30.5 269 20.17 43.5 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0466 4.5 20.93 1 269 20.17 20.1 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 35.9 270 11.5 63.6 1.598 1.46 0.0942 3.8 10.12 1 270 11.5 0 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 9.74 120 40.6 032 9.5 63.6 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 16.93 0.0973 0.9 26.68 2.6 032 44.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 3 404 31 4.2 12.2 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 5.32 150 8.5 612 30.5 12.2 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0273 0.2 15.32 0.4 612 9.1 Path No: 4 407 31 4.2 12.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 5.32 150 9 598 30.5 12.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0289 0.2 15.32 0.4 598 9.7 Path No: 5 402 31 4.2 13.5 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.43 150 10.3 617 30.5 13.5 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 16 0.0325 0.2 2x(BM.90)=10 24.43 0.8 617 11.3 Path No: 6 408 31 4.2 14 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 5.32 150 11.1 595 30.5 14 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0351 0.2 15.32 0.5 595 11.9 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copytight® 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 7 403 31 4.2 16.2 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.04 150 15 351 30.5 16.2 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 17 0.0461 0.2 2x(BM.90)=10 27.04 1.2 351 30.5 2.5 1 15x(BM.Tee-Run)=15 73.14 150 16.4 367 30.5 18.7 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 20 0.0601 0 93.141 5.6 367 30.5 7.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 25.65 150 22 132 20.17 26.6 1.101 4x(BM.90)=20 25 0.1146 4.5 50.65 5.8 132 20.17 -9.2 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 26.96 150 32.3 141 20.17 17.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 11 0.052 0 37.96 2 141 20.17 -4 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 19.16 150 34.3 144 20.17 13.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 7 0.0317 0 26.16 0.8 144 20.17 -3.5 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.42 150 35.1 145 20.17 9.7 1.101 1 0.0179 0 10.42 0.2 145 20.17 -2.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.45 150 35.3 146 20.17 7.4 1.101 5 0.0106 0 13.45 0.1 146 20.17 3.3 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.37 150 35.4 147 20.17 10.6 1.598 1 0.0034 0 9.37 0.0 147 20.17 0.5 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 15.07 150 35.5 149 20.17 11.1 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0037 0 24.07 0.1 149 20.17 1 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 24.34 150 35.6 232 20.17 12.1 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0044 0 35.34 0.2 232 20.17 3.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.12 150 35.7 230 20.17 15.2 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0066 0 15.12 0.1 230 20.17 4.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 1 150 35.8 269 20.17 20.1 1.598 8 0.0112 0 9 0.1 269 35.9 Path No: 8 401 31 4.2 16.5 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 4.66 150 15.4 337 30.5 16.5 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0474 0.2 14.66 0.7 337 30.5 -4.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 3.05 150 16.3 336 30.5 12.1 1.101 1 0.0268 0 4.05 0.1 336 30.5 1.9 1 7x(BM.Tee-Run)=7 26.34 150 16.4 320 30.5 14 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 12 0.035 0 38.34 1.3 320 17.8 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 I I I I I [1] I 1 I I I I I I I I Li I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 9 GPM1 -3 100 6 1 150 56.2 UG1 -3 100 6.08 0 0.0003 0 1 0 UG1 56.2 Path No: 10 610 30.5 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 14.29 150 9 600 30.5 4.4 1.101 2 0.0041 0 16.29 0.1 600 9.1 Path No: 11 312 30.5 0 1.5 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 106.06 150 28.4 384 30.5 8 1.598 2x(BM.90)=16 34 0.002 0 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 140.06 0.3 384 28.7 Path No: 12 308 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 65.7 150 29.6 275 30.5 4.2 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 27 0.0037 0 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 92.7 0.3 275 30 Path No: 13 378 30.5 0 1 9x(BM.Tee-Run)=9 25.26 150 21.5 367 30.5 7.8 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 19 0.0119 0 1x(BM.90)=5 44.26 0.5 367 22 Path No: 14 382 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 76.09 150 26.7 452 30.5 9.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 27 0.0181 0 103.09 1.9 452 30.5 6.2 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 8.24 150 28.6 392 30.5 16 1.101 4 0.045 0 12.24 1 0.6 392 30.5 -5.3 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 11.22 150 29.1 396 30.5 10.8 1.101 4 0.0216 0 15.22 0.3 396 30.5 -1.9 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 47.43 150 29.4 273 30.5 8.9 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0152 0 67.431 1 273 30.5 File: C:\Usersderik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 15 383 30.5 0 1 14x(BM.Tee-Run)=14 66.23 150 27.8 452 30.5 6.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 24 0.0078 0 90.23 0.7 452 28.6 Path No: 16 385 30.5 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 79.82 150 28.9 310 30.5 4.1 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0036 0 99.82 0.4 310 29.2 Path No: 17 132 20.17 0 1 15x(BM.Tee-Run)=15 125.4 150 32.3 097 20.17 9.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 30 0.0162 0 lx(BM.90)=5 155.4 2.5 097 20.17 4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.61 150 34.8 093 20.17 13.3 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0317 0 14.61 0.5 093 20.17 0 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 18.47 150 35.3 089 20.17 13.3 1.598 4 0.0052 0 22.47 0.1 089 20.17 -3.3 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.14 150 35.4 088 20.17 10 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0031 0 20.14 0.1 088 20.17 -0.5 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.22 150 35.5 085 20.17 9.5 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 10 0.0028 0 20.221 1 0.1 085 20.17 -3.1 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 0.69 150 35.5 084 20.17 6.4 1.598 16 0.0013 0 16.69 0.0 084 35.5 Path No: 18 141 20.17 0 1 18x(BM.Tee-Run)=18 126.24 150 34.3 097 20.17 4 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 28 0.0035 0 154.24 0.5 097 34.8 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 I I I I I I Li I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pt per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 19 144 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 68.67 150 35.1 163 20.17 3.5 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 35 0.0027 0 lx(BM.90)=5 103.67 0.3 163 20.17 2.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 10.41 150 35.4 154 20.17 5.9 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 11 0.0071 0 21.41 0.2 154 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 8.78 150 35.5 152 20.17 5.9 1.598 2 0.0012 0 10.78 0.0 152 20.17 -1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.01 150 35.6 209 20.17 4.9 1.598 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 17 0.0008 0 28.01 0.0 209 20.17 0 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 30.63 150 35.6 224 20.17 4.9 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0051 0 lx(BM.90)=5 43.63 0.2 224 20.17 0 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 4.69 150 35.8 230 20.17 4.9 1.598 8 0.0008 0 12.69 0.0 230 35.8 Path No: 20 145 20.17 0 1 12x(BM.Tee-Run)=12 58.37 150 35.3 163 20.17 2.4 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 17 0.0013 0 75.37 0.1 163 35.4 Path No: 21 337 30.5 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 7.05 150 16.3 340 30.5 4.4 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 7 0.0041 0 14.05 0.1 340 30.5 -1.9 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 19.74 150 16.4 351 30.5 2.5 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 9 0.0014 0 28.741 1 0.0 351 16.4 Path No: 22 392 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.86 150 29.1 391 30.5 5.3 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0057 0 12.86 0.1 391 30.5 0 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 36.61 150 29.2 387 30.5 5.3 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0009 0 47.61 0.0 387 29.2 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 12 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 23 396 30.5 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 43.48 150 29.4 439 30.5 1.9 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 16 0.0008 0 59.48 0.0 439 29.5 Path No: 24 089 20.17 0 1.5 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 84.88 150 35.4 146 20.17 3.3 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 14 0.0004 0 98.88 0.0 146 35.4 Path No: 25 088 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 82.11 150 35.5 147 20.17 0.5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0001 0 102.11 0 147 35.5 Path No: 26 085 20.17 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 62.62 150 35.5 232 20.17 3.1 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 31 0.0021 0 lx(BM.90)=5 93.62 0.2 232 35.7 Path No: 27 152 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 28.11 150 35.6 149 20.17 1 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0000 0 38.11 0 149 35.6 Path No: 28 340 30.5 0 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 29.17 150 16.4 336 30.5 1.9 1.101 5x(BM.90)=25 31 0.0009 0 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 60.17 0.1 336 16.4 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 15.94 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (314-320) """ Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 13 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco, Fire Protection Products Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 4; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 t 1 iiTr4 oft.. 11 jVf . o.f± ° rt t .. + .0 4 . Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function lesign Area: 4; BFP Ref.: 1293 (AmesC300N, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-l; Outlet Node: BF-0 Flow, gpm Device Graphs I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 4; Valve Ref.: 1294 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 4); Inlet Node: RI.I; Outlet Node: RI-O I05 psi 093m1' 7 - - Flow, gpm - - Device Graphs Page 15 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 TYCO Fire Protection Products I HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS I for Job Information I Project Name: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Contract No. C7835 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3606 & 3630 HARDING STREET Date: 1/8/2021 I Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET 1 Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY I Design Remote Area Name 5 I Remote Area Location 3rd FLOOR CORRIDOR Occupancy Classification NFPA13 I Density (gpm/ft') Area Application (if2) of 0.1 430 Coverage per Sprinkler (if2) 256 I Number of Calculated Sprinklers 4 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 202.8 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 59 I Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 418.7 gal Water Supply Information I Date 12/17/2019 Location 3606 HARDING STREET I Source 1 Notes I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 5 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Demand Hazen-Williams Water © 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 68.4 2450 43.2 I Static Pressure Residual I Flow I I Available Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source I (psi) Pressure I I (gpm) Pressure (gpm) I (psi) (psi) I (psi) I 1 68.4 43.2 2450 68.1 202.8 59 Hoses Inside Hose Flow/ Standpipe Demand (gpm) 100 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 102.8 lnRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 102.8 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 51.2 BOR - Flow (gpm) 102.8 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Users\denkappdata\locaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copynght© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 5 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILD ING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 5 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) SI Supply point #1 -Static 0 68.4 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 2450 43.2 Dl Elevation Pressure 0 14.3 D2 Isystern Demand 202.8 59 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I @ Flow (gpm) Supply 68.1 224.1 9.1 1 202.8 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 501 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.101 25.9 27.9 502 Overhead 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.1 25.6 27.3 Sprinkler 503 Overhead 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.1 25.6 27.3 Sprinkler 504 Overhead Sprinkler 256 4.9 0.1 25.6 27.3 0.1 25.7 27.4 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_41 70_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyght© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Hydraulic Calculations Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 503 30 4.9 25.6 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.52 150 27.3 571 30.5 25.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.107 -0.2 11.52 1.2 571 30.5 -10 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 16 150 28.3 572 30.5 15.6 1.598 1 0.007 0 17 0.1 572 30.5 25.7 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 49.89 150 28.4 312 30.5 41.3 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 20 0.0422 0 lx(BM.90)=8 69.89 3 312 30.5 -4.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.31 150 31.4 310 30.5 36.4 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0335 0 21.31 0.7 310 30.5 7.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.57 150 32.1 308 30.5 44.1 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0477 0 15.57 0.7 308 30.5 -0.2 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.18 150 32.8 084 20.17 43.9 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 17 0.0474 4.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 29.18 1.4 084 20.17 -1.3 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 38.7 083 11.5 42.6 1.598 1.46 0.0448 3.8 10.12 0.5 083 11.5 0 1.5 3x(us.Tee-Br)=33.87 21.23 120 42.9 039 9.5 42.6 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 39.51 0.0463 0.9 60.74 2.8 039 9.5 0 3 lx(us.Tee-Br)=22.49 78.78 120 46.6 032 9.5 42.6 3.334 22.49 0.0019 0 101.27 0.2 032 9.5 60.2 3 8.74 120 46.8 TOR 9.5 102.8 3.334 0 0.0096 0 8.74 0.1 TOR 9.5 0 4 ix(coupling)=1.39 6.76 120 46.9 Ri-O 3.8 102.8 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 15.33 0.0028 2.5 22.09 0.1 111-0 3.8 0 4 0.8 0 49.4 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 3 102.8 0 0 0.6231 0.3 *** 0.8 0.5 Ri-I 3 0 4 lx(us.Tee-Br)=27.87 2 120 50.2 Bi 2 102.8 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 41.81 0.0028 0.4 43.81 0.1 Bi 2 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.26 1 120 50.8 BOR 1 102.8 6.357 1.26 0.0004 0.4 2.26 0 BOR 1 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 10 140 51.2 UG4 -3 102.8 6.4 ix(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0003 1.7 35.92 0.0 UG4 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.53 115 150 53 UG3 -3 102.8 6.08 2x(us.45)=21.4 22.92 0.0003 0 137.92 0.0 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1-4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.17 140 53 BF-0 2 102.8 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 -2.2 56.28 0.0 BF-0 2 0 6 1.67 0 50.9 AmesC300N BF-I 2 102.8 0 0 3.5652 0 1.67 5.9 BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 7.83 140 56.8 UG2 -3 102.8 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0003 2.2 57.95 0.0 UG2 -3 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 18 150 59 UG1 -3 102.8 6.08 45.85 0.0003 0 63.85 0.0 UG1 -3 100 6 1 150 59 1 -3 202.8 6.08 0 0.0012 0 1 0 1 59 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I I I ii I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 2 502 30 4.9 25.6 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.52 150 27.3 570 30.5 25.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.1072 -0.2 11.52 1.2 570 30.5 10 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 16 150 28.4 568 30.5 35.6 1.598 2 0.0321 0 181 0.6 568 30.5 25.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.17 150 28.9 384 30.5 61.5 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0884 0 17.17 1.5 384 30.5 -15.3 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.36 150 30.5 385 30.5 46.2 1.598 1 0.052 0 9.36 0.5 385 30.5 -7.7 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 14.4 150 30.9 387 30.5 38.5 1.598 2 0.0372 0 16.4 0.6 387 30.5 -4.6 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11.22 150 31.6 439 30.5 33.9 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9 0.0294 0 20.22 0.6 439 30.5 2.4 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.74 150 32.1 275 30.5 36.3 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0333 0 20.74 0.7 275 30.5 0.2 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.79 150 32.8 273 30.5 36.5 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0336 0 15.79 0.5 273 30.5 10.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.93 150 33.4 269 20.17 46.6 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0529 4.5 20.93 1.1 269 20.17 13.6 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 39 270 11.5 60.2 1.598 1.46 0.0849 3.8 10AZI 1 0.9 270 11.5 0 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 9.74 120 43.6 032 9.5 60.2 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 16.93 0.0877 0.9 26.68 2.3 032 46.8 Path No: 3 504 30 4.9 25.7 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.52 150 27.4 572 30.5 25.7 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.1075 -0.2 11.52 1.2 572 28.4 Path No: 4 501 30 4.9 25.9 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 1.52 150 27.9 568 30.5 25.9 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.1092 -0.2 11.52 1.3 568 28.9 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 5 GPM1 -3 100 6 1 150 59 UG1 -3 100 6.08 0 0.0003 0 1 0 UG1 59 Path No: 6 571 30.5 0 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Run)=1 16 150 28.3 570 30.5 10 1.598 1 0.0031 0 17 0.1 570 28.4 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 TYCO Fire Protection Products Page 8 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) - Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 7 312 30.5 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.06 150 31.4 314 30.5 4.9 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 9 0.0008 0 20.06 0.0 314 30.5 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 19.75 150 31.4 320 30.5 4.9 1.101 6 0.0049 0 25.75 0.1 320 30.5 -0.8 1 7x(BM.Tee-Run)=7 26.34 150 31.5 336 30.5 4.1 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 12 0.0036 0 38.341 0.1 336 30.5 -1.5 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.01 150 31.7 338 30.5 2.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.0016 0 12.01 0.0 338 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 4.08 150 31.7 340 30.5 2.6 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0016 0 10.08 0.0 340 30.5 1.5 1 19x(BM.Tee-Run)=19 92.88 150 31.7 367 30.5 4.1 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 24 0.0036 0 116.88 0.4 367 30.5 8.1 1 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 25.65 150 32.1 132 20.17 12.2 1.101 4x(BM.90)=20 25 0.0273 4.5 50.65 1.4 132 20.17 -4.2 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 26.96 150 38 141 20.17 8 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 11 0.0125 0 37.96 0.5 141 20.17 -1.7 1 2x(BM.Tee-Rün)=2 19.16 150 38.5 144 20.17 6.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 7 0.008 0 26.16 0.2 144 20.17 -1.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.42 150 38.7 145 20.17 4.5 1.101 1 0.0043 0 10.42 0.0 145 20.17 -1.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.45 150 38.7 146 20.17 3.1 1.101 5 0.0022 0 13.45 0.0 146 20.17 3.3 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.37 150 38.7 147 20.17 6.4 1.598 1 0.0013 0 9.37 0.0 147 20.17 1.3 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 15.07 150 38.7 149 20.17 7.7 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0019 0 24.07 0.0 149 20.17 -0.1 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 24.34 150 38.8 232 20.17 7.7 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0019 0 35.34 0.1 232 20.17 2.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.12 150 38.9 230 20.17 10.4 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0033 0 15.12 0.0 230 20.17 3.2 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 1 150 38.9 269 20.17 13.6 1.598 8 0.0054 0 9 0.0 269 39 File: C:\Users\derikappdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 [1 I I I I Li I I I I I I I I I I I I Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 8 308 30.5 0 1 16x(BM.Tee-Run)=16 65.7 150 32.8 275 30.5 0.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 31 0 0 lx(BM.90)=5 96.7 0 275 32.8 Path No: 9 084 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 0.69 150 38.7 085 20.17 1.3 1.598 16 0.0001 0 16.69 0 085 20.17 1.4 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 62.62 150 38.7 232 20.17 2.7 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 31 0.0017 0 lx(BM.90)=5 1 93.62 0.2 232 38.9 I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations Path No: 10 384 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.24 150 30.5 383 30.5 15.3 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0413 0 14.24 0.6 383 30.5 -4.8 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.86 150 31 382 30.5 10.5 1.101 1 0.0204 0 10.86 0.2 382 30.5 -3.1 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.55 150 31.3 378 30.5 7.4 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 8 0.0107 0 26.55 0.3 378 30.5 0.8 1 9x(BM.Tee-Run)=9 25.26 150 31.6 367 30.5 8.1 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 19 0.0128 0 1x(BM.90)=5 1 44.26 0.6 367 32.1 Path No: 11 385 30.5 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 79.82 150 30.9 310 30.5 7.7 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0115 0 99.82 1.1 310 32.1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 TYCO Fire Protection Products Page 10 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 12 387 30.5 0 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 36.61 150 31.6 391 30.5 4.6 1.598 4 0.0007 0 40.61 0.0 391 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6.86 150 31.6 392 30.5 4.6 1.101 5 0.0044 0 11.86 0.1 392 30.5 7.9 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 11.22 150 31.6 396 30.5 12.5 1.101 4 0.0285 0 15.22 0.4 396 30.5 -2.4 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 47.43 150 32.1 273 30.5 10.1 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0193 0 67.43 1.3 273 33.4 Path No: 13 320 30.5 0 1 23x(BM.Tee-Run)=23 128.45 150 31.5 378 30.5 0.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 33 0.0002 0 161.45 0.0 378 31.6 Path No: 14 336 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 29.17 150 31.7 340 30.5 1.5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 36 0.0005 0 5x(BM.90)=25 65.17 0.0 340 31.7 Path No: 15 132 20.17 0 1 15x(BM.Tee-Run)=15 125.4 150 38 097 20.17 4.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 30 0.0038 0 lx(BM.90)=5 155.4 0.6 097 20.17 1.7 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.61 150 38.6 093 20.17 5.9 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0072 0 14.61 0.1 093 20.17 0 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 18.47 150 38.7 089 20.17 5.9 1.598 4 0.0012 0 22.47 0.0 089 20.17 -2.7 1.5 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 84.88 150 38.7 146 20.17 3.3 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 14 0.0004 0 98.88 0.0 146 38.7 Path No: 16 141 20.17 0 1 18x(BM.Tee-Run)=18 126.24 150 38.5 097 20.17 1.7 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 28 0.0007 0 154.24 0.1 097 38.6 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 17 144 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 68.67 150 38.7 163 20.17 1.8 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 35 0.0008 0 lx(BM.90)=5 103.67 0.1 163 20.17 1.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 10.41 150 38.7 154 20.17 3.2 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 11 0.0022 0 21.41 0.0 154 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 8.78 150 38.8 152 20.17 3.2 1.598 2 0.0004 0 10.78 0 152 20.17 0.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.01 150 38.8 209 20.17 3.2 1.598 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 17 0.0004 0 28.01 0.0 209 20.17 0 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 30.63 150 38.8 224 20.17 3.2 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0023 0 lx(BM.90)=5 43.63 0.1 224 20.17 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 4.69 150 38.9 230 20.17 3.2 1.598 8 0.0004 0 12.691 1 0 230 38.9 Path No: 18 145 20.17 0 1 12x(BM.Tee-Run)=12 58.37 150 38.7 163 20.17 1.4 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 17 0.0005 0 75.37 0.0 163 38.7 Path No: 19 149 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 28.11 150 38.8 152 20.17 0.1 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0 0 38.11 0 152 38.8 Path No: 20 383 30.5 0 1 14x(BM.Tee-Run)=14 66.23 150 31 452 30.5 4.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 24 0.0049 0 90.23 0.4 452 30.5 3.1 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 8.24 150 31.5 392 30.5 7.9 1.101 4 0.0122 0 12.241 0.1 392 31.6 Path No: 21 382 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 76.09 150 31.3 452 30.5 3.1 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 27 0.0021 0 103.09 0.2 452 31.5 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 12 I I iH I I] I I] I Ii Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING PIPE INFORMATION Hydraulic Calculations Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (9pm/ps11/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 22 396 30.5 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 43.48 150 32.1 439 30.5 2.4 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 16 0.0013 0 59.48 0.1 439 32.1 Path No: 23 089 20.17 0 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.14 150 38.7 088 20.17 2.7 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0003 0 20.14 0 088 20.17 -1.3 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.22 150 38.7 085 20.17 1.4 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 10 0.0001 0 20.22 0 085 38.7 Path No: 24 088 20.17 0 1 lox(BM.Tee-Run)=10 82.11 150 38.7 147 20.17 1.3 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0004 0 102.11 0.0 147 38.7 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 9.84 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (384-568) " Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. I I I 1 I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 13 I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 5; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 ro f I so- )0 -- 5 t 4 30 -' 5 f + 01 t________________ i Flow, gpni Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 5; BFP Ref.: 1293 (AmesC300N, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-I; Outlet Node: BF-0 54 +4 + 4 4~ - Flow, gpm I Device Graphs I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 14 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 5; Valve Ref.: 1294 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 4); Inlet Node: Ril; Outlet Node: RI-O f f . . I I Date 1/8/2021 File: C:\Users\derikappdata\IccaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products IL 0.5 psi © 102.8gpm ---j--.--4 - - Flow, gpin Device Graphs Page 15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Job Information Project Name: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Contract No. : C7835 City: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Project Location: 3606 & 3630 HARDING STREET Date: 1/8/2021 Contractor Information Name of Contractor: INNOVATIVE FIRE PROTECTION Address: 8779 COTTONWOOD AVE. City: SANTEE, CA 92071 Phone Number: (619) 593-8200 E-mail: DERIK@IFPINC.NET Name of Designer: DERIK BROOKS Authority Having Jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE AUTHORITY Design Remote Area Name 6 Remote Area Location 2nd FLOOR MEETING SPACE Occupancy Classification NFPAI3 Density (gpm/ft2) 0.1 Area of Application (ft2) 654 Coverage per Sprinkler (ft) 196 Number of Calculated Sprinklers 8 In-Rack Demand (gpm) 0 Special Heads Hose Streams (gpm) 100 Total Water Required (incl. Hose Streams) (gpm) 273.3 Required Pressure at Source (psi) 59.3 Type of System Wet Volume - Entire System (gal) 423.3 gal Water Supply Information -- Date 12/17/2019 Location 3606 HARDING STREET Source Notes File: C:\Users\derikappdata\locaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 1 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 6 Calculation Info Calculation Mode Hydraulic Model Fluid Name Fluid Weight, (lb/ft3) Fluid Dynamic Viscosity, (lbs/ft2) Water Supply Parameters Supply 1: 1 Supply Analysis Demand Hazen-Williams Water © 60F (15.6C) N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. N/A for Hazen-Williams calculation. Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) 0 68.4 2450 43.2 I Static Pressure I Residual I I I I Available I Total Demand I Required Pressure Node at Source (psi) I Pressure I (gpm) ) I Pressure I (gpm) I (psi) (psi) I (psi) I I 68.4 43.2 2450 68 273.3 59.3 Hoses Inside Hose Flow / Standpipe Demand (gpm) 100 Outside Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Additional Outside Hose Flow (gpm) Other (custom defined) Hose Flow (gpm) 0 Total Hose Flow (gpm) 100 Sprinklers Ovehead Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 173.3 InRack Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Other (custom defined) Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 0 Total Sprinkler Flow (gpm) 173.3 Other Required Margin of Safety (psi) 0 BOR - Pressure (psi) 53.7 BOR -Flow (gpm) 173.3 Demand w/o System Pump(s) N/A File: C:\Usersderik\appdatalocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUlLDlNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 6 Supply * System Demand 0 Available At Source 9 R t . 68 psi @273.3 gpm 4 7 4 D2 I 1 I CL :: i .________ 4 S2 40 -- IL 30 0 1000 1500 2000 2500 300 Flow, gpm P1 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 3 Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Analysis for: 6 Graph Labels Label Description Values Flow (gpm) Pressure (psi) Si Supply point #1 -Static 0 68.4 S2 Supply point #2 - Residual 2450 43.2 Di Elevation Pressure 1 0 9.8 D2 ISystern Demand 273.3 59.3 Curve Intersections & Safety Margins Curve Name Intersection I Safety Margin I Pressure (psi) I Flow (gpm) I Pressure (psi) I @ Flow (gpm) Supply 67.9 298 8.7 1 273.3 Open Heads Required Calculated Head Ref. Head Type Coverage K-Factor Density Flow Pressure Density Flow Pressure (ft2) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) (gpm/ft2) (gpm) (psi) 601 Overhead 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.1 19.6 12.2 Sprinkler 602 Overhead Sprinkler 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.103 20.2 13 603 Overhead Sprinkler 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.107 20.9 14 604 Overhead 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.11 21.6 14.8 Sprinkler 605 Overhead Sprinkler 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.11 21.6 14.9 606 Overhead 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.114 22.3 15.8 Sprinkler 607 Overhead Sprinkler 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.118 23.2 17.1 608 Overhead Sprinkler 196 5.6 0.1 19.6 12.3 0.122 23.9 18.2 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 4 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I 601 19.67 5.6 19.6 1 lx(BM.Tee-Run)=i 13.34 150 12.2 212 20.17 19.6 1.101 2x(BM.90)=10 11 0.0653 -0.2 24.34 1.6 212 20.17 20.2 1 lx(BM.Tee-Run)=1 13.64 150 13.6 210 20.17 39.8 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.2422 0 19.64 4.8 210 20.17 42.5 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.41 150 18.4 209 20.17 82.3 1.598 1 0.1517 0 7.41 1.1 209 20.17 -39.3 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 30.63 150 19.5 224 20.17 43 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 18 0.2801 0 lx(BM.90)=5 48.63 13.6 224 20.17 0 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 4.69 150 33.1 230 20.17 43 1.598 8 0.0456 0 12.69 0.6 230 20.17 51.8 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 1 150 33.7 269 20.17 94.8 1.598 8 0.197 0 9 1.8 269 20.17 8.3 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 35.5 270 11.5 103 1.598 1.46 0.23 3.8 10.12 2.3 270 11.5 0 1.5 lx(us.Tee-Br)=11.29 9.74 120 41.6 032 9.5 103 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 16.93 0.2376 0.9 26.68 6.3 032 9.5 70.2 3 8.74 120 48.8 TOR 9.5 173.3 3.334 0 0.0253 0 8.74 0.2 TOR 9.5 0 4 lx(coupling)=1.39 6.76 120 49 111-0 3.8 173.3 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 15.33 0.0073 2.5 22.09 0.2 111-0 3.8 0 4 0.8 0 51.6 GLOBE UMC Ri-I 3 173.3 0 0 0.6244 0.3 *** 0.8 0.5 Ri-I 3 0 4 ix(us.Tee-Br)=27.87 2 120 52.5 Bi 2 173.3 4.31 lx(us.90)=13.94 41.81 0.0073 0.4 43.81 0.3 Bi 2 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.26 1 120 53.2 BOR 1 173.3 6.357 1.26 0.0011 0.4 2.26 0 BOR 1 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.73 10 140 53.7 UG4 -3 173.3 6.4 ix(us.90)=24.19 25.92 0.0008 1.7 35.92 0.0 UG4 -3 0 6 ix(coupling)=1.53 115 150 55.4 UG3 -3 173.3 6.08 2x(us.45)=21.4 22.92 0.0009 0 137.92 0.1 UG3 -3 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 6.17 140 55.5 BF-0 2 173.3 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0008 -2.2 56.28 0.0 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 5 I I Li I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 Job WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: I BF-0 2 0 6 1.67 0 53.4 AmesC300N BF-1 2 173.3 0 0 2.1557 0 *** 1.67 3.6 BF-I 2 0 6 lx(coupling)=1.73 7.83 140 57 UG2 -3 173.3 6.4 2x(us.90)=48.39 50.11 0.0008 2.2 57.95 0.0 UG2 -3 0 6 lx(us.Tee-Br)=45.85 18 150 59.2 UG1 -3 173.3 6.08 45.85 0.0009 0 63.85 0.1 UG1 -3 100 6 1 150 59.3 1 -3 273.3 6.08 0 0.0021 0 1 0 1 59.3 Path No: 2 602 19.67 5.6 20.2 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 2.34 150 13 212 20.17 20.2 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0689 -0.2 12.34 0.9 212 13.6 Path No: 3 603 19.67 5.6 20.9 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 13.43 150 14 216 20.17 20.9 1.101 2x(Bfr1.90)=10 11 0.0738 -0.2 24.43 1.8 216 20.17 21.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 5.22 150 15.6 210 20.17 42.5 1.101 5 0.2739 0 10.22 2.8 210 18.4 Path No: 4 604 19.67 5.6 21.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 2.43 150 14.8 216 20.17 21.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0779 -0.2 12.43 1 216 15.6 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\locaItemp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 6 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi'/2) Wpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 5 605 19.67 5.6 21.6 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 13.41 150 14.9 737 20.17 21.6 1.101 2x(BM.90)=10 11 0.0784 -0.2 24.41 1.9 737 20.17 22.3 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 5.22 150 16.6 208 20.17 43.9 1.101 5 0.2907 0 10.22 3 208 20.17 39.3 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9.54 150 19.6 152 20.17 83.2 1.598 8 0.1547 0 17.54 2.7 152 20.17 14.6 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 28.11 150 22.3 149 20.17 97.8 1.598 3 0.2088 0 31.11 6.5 149 20.17 -34.3 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 24.34 150 28.8 232 20.17 63.5 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 12 0.0938 0 36.34 3.4 232 20.17 -11.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.12 150 32.2 230 20.17 51.8 1.598 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=16 17 0.0642 0 23.12 1.5 230 33.7 Path No: 6 606 19.67 5.6 22.3 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 2.41 150 15.8 737 20.17 22.3 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0827 -0.2 12.41 1 737 16.6 F I I I I I I File: C:\Users\denk\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 7 I I I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 7 607 19.67 5.6 23.2 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 7.02 150 17.1 156 20.17 23.2 1.101 2x(BM.90)=10 11 0.089 -0.2 18.02 1.6 156 20.17 23.9 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 5.11 150 18.5 154 20.17 47.1 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 6 0.3308 0 11.11 3.7 154 20.17 -14.6 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.41 150 22.2 163 20.17 32.4 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 7 0.1659 0 17.41 2.9 163 20.17 -14.8 1 11x(BM.Tee-Run)=11 58.37 150 25.1 145 20.17 17.6 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 16 0.0535 0 74.37 4 145 20.17 -5.4 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.45 150 29.1 146 20.17 12.2 1.101 5 0.0273 0 13.45 0.4 146 20.17 20.5 1.5 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 84.88 150 29.4 089 20.17 32.7 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 21 0.0275 0 lx(BM.90)=8 105.88 2.9 089 20.17 5.9 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 11.14 150 32.3 088 20.17 38.7 1.598 1 0.0374 0 12.14 0.5 088 20.17 13.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10.22 150 32.8 085 20.17 52.4 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 17 0.0658 0 lx(BM.90)=8 27.22 1.8 085 20.17 11.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 0.69 150 34.6 084 20.17 64.2 1.598 8 0.0958 0 8.69 0.8 084 20.17 6 1.5 lx(coupling)=1.46 8.67 150 35.4 083 11.5 70.2 1.598 1.46 0.1131 3.8 10.12 1.1 083 11.5 0 1.5 3x(us.Tee-Br)=33.87 21.23 120 40.3 039 9.5 70.2 1.728 lx(us.90)=5.64 39.51 0.1168 0.9 60.74 7.1 039 9.5 0 3 lx(us.Tee-Br)=22.49 78.78 120 48.3 032 9.5 70.2 3.334 22.49 0.0048 0 101.271 1 0.5 032 48.8 Path No: 8 608 19.67 5.6 23.9 1 lx(BM.Tee-130=5 0.5[ 150 18.2 156 20.17 23.9 1.101 sl 0.0943 -0.2 5.5[ 0.5 156 18.5 Path No: 9 GPM1 -3 100 6 1 150 59.3 UG1 -3 100 6.0 8 0 0.0003 0 1 0 UG1 59.3 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 8 I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 10 209 20.17 0 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 1.47 150 19.5 208 20.17 39.3 1.598 1 0.0385 0 2.47 0.1 208 19.6 Path No: 11 149 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 15.07 150 28.8 147 20.17 34.3 1.598 2 0.03 0 17.07 0.5 147 20.17 -13.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.37 150 29.3 146 20.17 20.5 1.598 1 0.0116 0 9.37 0.1 146 29.4 Path No: 12 232 20.17 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 62.62 150 32.2 085 20.17 11.8 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 31 0.0253 0 lx(BM.90)=5 93.62 2.4 085 34.6 Path No: 13 154 20.17 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 8.78 150 22.2 152 20.17 14.6 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0062 0 18.78 0.1 152 22.3 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 9 I I I I I I I LI Li] I I I I I I I I I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/p5i½) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 14 163 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 68.67 150 25.1 144 20.17 14.8 1.101 4x(BM.Tee-Br)=20 35 0.039 0 lx(BM.90)=5 103.67 4 144 20.17 5.4 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 19.16 150 29.1 141 20.17 20.2 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 7 0.069 0 26.16 1.8 141 20.17 -6.4 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 26.96 150 30.9 132 20.17 13.8 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 11 0.034 0 37.96 1.3 132 20.17 0.5 1 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 25.65 150 32.2 367 30.5 14.3 1.101 4x(BM.90)=20 30 0.0364 -4.5 55.65 2 367 30.5 -4.9 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 25.26 150 29.8 378 30.5 9.4 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 15 0.0169 0 40.26 0.7 378 30.5 -1.8 1 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.55 150 30.4 382 30.5 7.6 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 8 0.0113 0 26.55 0.3 382 30.5 -2.1 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.86 150 30.7 383 30.5 5.5 1.101 1 0.0062 0 10.86 0.1 383 30.5 -1.3 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 8.24 150 30.8 384 30.5 4.2 1.101 5 0.0038 0 13.24 0.1 384 30.5 0.5 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 8.36 150 30.9 385 30.5 4.7 1.598 8 0.0008 0 16.36 0.0 385 30.5 -0.7 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 14.4 150 30.9 387 30.5 4 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0006 0 23.4 0.0 387 30.5 1.1 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11.22 150 30.9 439 30.5 5.2 1.598 8 0.0009 0 19.22 0.0 439 30.5 0.6 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 10.74 150 30.9 275 30.5 5.8 1.598 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=8 10 0.0011 0 20.74 0.0 275 30.5 0.8 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 6.79 150 30.9 273 30.5 6.6 1.598 2 0.0014 0 8.79 0.0 273 30.5 1.6 1.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11.93 150 30.9 269 20.17 8.3 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 16 0.0021 4.5 27.931 1 0.1 269 35.5 Path No: 15 145 20.17 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 9.42 150 29.1 144 20.17 5.4 1.101 1 0.0059 0 10.42 0.1 144 29.1 File: C:\Users\denk\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I] Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations I PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 16 147 20.17 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 82.11 150 29.3 088 20.17 13.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 20 0.0341 0 102.11 3.5 088 32.8 Path No: 17 141 20.17 0 1 18x(BM.Tee-Run)=18 126.24 150 30.9 097 20.17 6.4 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 28 0.0083 0 154.24 1.3 097 20.17 -0.5 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 8.61 150 32.2 093 20.17 5.9 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0071 0 14.61 0.1 093 20.17 0 1.5 3x(BM.Tee-Run)=3 18.47 150 32.3 089 20.17 5.9 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 11 0.0012 0 29.47 0.0 089 32.3 Path No: 18 367 30.5 0 1 19x(BM.Tee-Run)=19 92.88 150 29.8 340 30.5 4.9 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 24 0.0049 0 116.88 0.6 340 30.5 -1.7 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 4.08 150 30.3 338 30.5 3.2 1.101 1x(BM.90)=5 6 0.0023 0 10.08 0.0 338 30.5 0 1 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 6.01 150 30.4 336 30.5 3.2 1.101 2 0.0023 0 8.01 0.0 336 30.5 1.7 1 8x(BM.Tee-Run)=8 26.34 150 30.4 320 30.5 4.9 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 13 0.0049 0 39.34 0.2 320 30.5 1.8 1 5x(BM.Tee-Run)=5 19.75 150 30.6 314 30.5 6.7 1.101 lx(BM.90)=5 10 0.0089 0 29.75 0.3 314 30.5 0 1.5 2x(BM.Tee-Run)=2 11.06 150 30.8 312 30.5 6.7 1.598 2 0.0015 0 13.06 0.0 312 30.5 -0.5 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.31 150 30.9 310 30.5 6.2 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0013 0 21.31 0.0 310 30.5 0.7 1.5 1x(B1V1.Tee-Run)=1 6.57 150 30.9 308 30.5 6.9 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 9 0.0015 0 15.57 0.0 308 30.5 -0.8 1.5 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 12.18 150 30.9 084 20.17 6 1.598 lx(BM.90)=8 17 0.0012 4.5 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 29.18 0.0 084 35.4 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 11 Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES I frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psi1/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 19 378 30.5 0 1 23x(BM.Tee-Run)=23 128.45 150 30.4 320 30.5 1.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 33 0.0008 0 161.45 0.1 320 30.6 Path No: 20 382 30.5 0 1 17x(BM.Tee-Run)=17 76.09 150 30.7 452 30.5 2.1 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 27 0.001 0 103.09 0.1 452 30.5 1.3 1 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 8.24 150 30.8 392 30.5 3.4 1.101 4 0.0025 0 12.24 0.0 392 30.5 -1.1 1 4x(BM.Iee-Run)=4 11.22 150 30.9 396 30.5 2.2 1.101 4 0.0012 0 15.22 0.0 396 30.5 -0.6 1 11x(BM.Tee-Run)=11 47.43 150 30.9 273 30.5 1.6 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 16 0.0007 0 63.43 0.0 273 30.9 Path No: 21 383 30.5 0 1 14x(BM.Tee-Run)=14 66.23 150 30.8 452 30.5 1.3 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 24 0.0004 0 90.23 0.0 452 30.8 Path No: 22 385 30.5 0 1 10x(BM.Tee-Run)=10 79.82 150 30.9 310 30.5 0.7 1.101 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 15 0.0001 0 94.82 0.0 310 30.9 Path No: 23 097 20.17 0 1 15x(BM.Tee-Run)=15 125.4 150 32.2 132 20.17 0.5 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 30 0.0001 0 lx(BM.90)=5 155.4 0.0 132 32.2 Path No: 24 340 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Br)=5 29.17 150 30.3 336 30.5 1.7 1.101 5x(BM.90)=25 31 0.0007 0 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 60.17 0.0 336 30.4 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco, Fire Protection Products Page 12 I Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Hydraulic Calculations PIPE INFORMATION Node 1 Elev 1 K-Factor 1 Flow added (q) Nominal ID Fittings L C Factor total (Pt) Node 2 Elev 2 K-Factor 2 Total flow (Q) Actual ID quantity x (name) = length F Pf per ft elev (Pe) NOTES T frict (Pf) (ft) (gpm/psil/2) (gpm) (in) (ft) (ft) (psi) (psi) Path No: 25 312 30.5 0 1.5 9x(BM.Tee-Run)=9 106.06 150 30.9 384 30.5 0.5 1.598 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=8 33 0.0000 0 2x(BM.90)=16 139.06 0 384 30.9 Path No: 26 308 30.5 0 1 16x(BM.Tee-Run)=16 65.7 150 30.9 275 30.5 0.8 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 31 0.0002 0 lx(BM.90)=5 96.7 0.0 275 30.9 Path No: 27 392 30.5 0 1 1x(BM.Tee-Run)=1 6.86 150 30.9 391 30.5 1.1 1.101 lx(BM.Tee-Br)=5 6 0.0003 0 12.86 0 391 30.5 0 1.5 4x(BM.Tee-Run)=4 36.61 150 30.9 387 30.5 1.1 1.598 4 0.0001 0 40.61 0 387 30.9 Path No: 28 396 30.5 0 1 6x(BM.Tee-Run)=6 43.48 150 30.9 439 30.5 0.6 1.101 2x(BM.Tee-Br)=10 16 0.0001 0 59.48 0 439 30.9 * Pressures are balanced to a high degree of accuracy. Values may vary by 0.1 psi due to display rounding. * Maximum Velocity of 16.48 ft/s occurs in the following pipe(s): (270-269) 'p" Device pressure loss (gain in the case of pumps) is calculated from the device's curve. If the device curve is printed with this report, it will appear below. The length of the device as shown in the table above comes from the CAD drawing. The friction loss per unit of length is calculated based upon the length and the curve-based loss/gain value. Internal ID and C Factor values are irrelevant as the device is not represented as an addition to any pipe, but is an individual item whose loss/gain is based solely on the curve data. File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\local\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Page 13 W-1 I I I I I I I I I TI I I I I I I I File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\IocaI\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDNG_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright © 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure vs. Flow Function Design Area: 6; Supply Ref.: 1; Supply Name:1 75 . -f _+I1I1 l. 4 s 557 o "T +4- +.1 t 4. 35 + 30 +-f+1- 23 20+4- 4..f -+ 10 4- 3 t -t - 4- o Flow, gpm Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 6; BFP Ref.: 1293 (AmesC300N, Size = 6); Inlet Node: BF-I; Outlet Node: BF-0 I I ' + Flow, gpm .1 Device Graphs I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page 14 .1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Device Graphs Job: WINDSOR POINT - HARDING Pressure Loss Function Design Area: 6; Valve Ref.: 1294 (GLOBE UMC, Size = 4); Inlet Node: RI-I; Outlet Node: RI-O i fit + t t - t . 0.5 psi @ 1733 gpm I I Flow, gpm - - a. Page 15 File: C:\Users\derik\appdata\Iocal\temp\C7835 WINDSOR POINT - HARDING - BUILDING_1_4170_3913.sv$ Date 1/8/2021 Copyright© 2002-2012 Tyco Fire Protection Products I - i €' INNOVATIVE = FIRE PROTECTION, INC. = - Ck I I WR'ndsoir PoE'nt = lffhardR'ng I I 3606 & 3630 Harding Street I Carlsbad, Ca. 92008 I I I I MATEIIUAL SUBMITTAL I I I I P1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - — : zo CO CD INNOVATIVE —4M FIRE PROTECTION, INC. Alarm Devices Sprinklers Pipe Fittings Valves 11-Hangers Sway Bracing Accessories 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAx: 619.593.9133 ifpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 I I INNOVATIVE I - FIRE PROTECTION, INC. I I I I n Li I F~ I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAX: 619.593.9133 1 ifpinc.net - CA License #C.16.711148 These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (101mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. @POTTER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8" (200mm) and 10" (250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120 VAC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -400 to 150°F (400 to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells -4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox Notes: Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30° to 150°F (-340 to 660C). Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at loft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6(150) 12VDC MBA-6-12 1750070 .12A 85 76 8(200) 12VDC MBA-8-12 1750080 .12A 90 77 10 (250) 12VDC MBA-10-12 1750060 .12A 92 78 6(150) 24VDC MBA-6-24 1750100 .06A 87 77 8(200) 24VDC MBA-8-24 1750110 .06A 91 79 10 (250) 24VDC MBA-10-24 1750090 .06A 94 80 6(150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8(200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10 (250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .1 7A 94 78 6(150) I20VAC PBAI2O6 1806120* .05A 92 83 8(200) I20VAC PBAI2O8 1808120* .05A 99 84 10 (250) 120VAC PBAI20I0 1 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. I àWARNING I In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or BBX-1. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO, • Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. S5400776 - REV Y-I PAGE I OF 2 01/13 I I I I I I I I I I I Li I I I Pi Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. 2 Box has one threaded 1/2 conduit entrance r L~ 53/4.' (146) 4 114" (108) DWG# 776-2 OR DWG# 776-I (P)POTTER BELLS The Symbol of Protection PBA-AC & MBA-DC Bells Dimensions Inches (mm) Wiring (rear view) Fig. 1 Fig. 3 Th 10" (2 0) (210) 6" (ISO) 2 11/16" - (68) DWG# 776.1 A.C. BELLS WHITE (IN) WHITE(OUT) FROM CONTROL PANEL OR PRECEDING BELL BLACK )) BLACK (OUT) CAUTION: WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. NOTES: I. WHEN USING AC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL. 2. END-OF-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS. I I I I I I Installation The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90° AFF and not less than 6° below the ceiling. Remove the gong. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down). Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). I I I I I I I I WARNING Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y-1 PAGE 2 OF 2 01/13 I I H I Svs1/En lll $ Ss® WFD Series U Waterfiow Detector I I with The System Sensor WFD series is compatible schedule 10 through 40 steel pipe, sizes I 2"through 8' and can be mounted in a vertical or horizontal position. I I I Features -Two-inch mounting hole provided in new WFD30-2 models UL-listed models are NEMA 4 rated Sealed retard mechanism immune to dust and other contaminants -Visual switch activation Field-replaceable retard mechanism and SPDT switches Rugged, dual SPDT switches enclosed in a durable terminal block Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire Designed for both indoor and outdoor use 100 percent synchronization activates both alarm panel and local bell Tamper-resistant cover screws Agency Listings S @ 0 MEA LISTED approved PROVED 5739 C5169 7770-1653:114 167-93-6 3006195 Robust Construction. The WFD series consists of a rugged, NEMA 4-rated enclosure. Designed for both indoor and outdoor use, the WFD series operates across a wide temperature range, from 32°F to 120°F. Reliable Performance. UL-listed models are equipped with tamper-resistant cover screws to prevent unauthorized entry. Inside, two sets of SPDT (Form C) synchronized switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block to assure reliable performance. False Alarm lmmunity.The WFD series incorporates a mechanical retard feature, which minimizes the risk of false alarm due to pressure surges or air trapped in the sprinkler system. In addition, the mechanical retard's unique sealed design is immune to dust and other contaminants. Simplified Operation.The WFD series is designed to simplify installation. Two conduit openings permit easy attachment to the local alarm system. The retard mechanism and dual SPDT switches are field-replaceable. I I I I I [1 I I I' _ \\ 4_ OSYSU-1 9-2 (E)POTTER OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH UL, cUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE r Marked .1 Dimensions: 6.19"LX 2.25°WX 5.88H 15,7cm LX 5,7cm W X 14,6cm H Weight: 2 lbs (0,9 kg) Enclosure: Cover - Die-Cast Finish- Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Zinc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes I E I LI I Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws Optional Cover Tamper Switch Available Contact Ratings: OSYSU-1: One set of SPDT (Form C) OSYSU-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.5 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40017 to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (IP67) Indoor or outdoor use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See Bulletin No. 5400705 OSYS-U-EX for hazardous locations). Conduit Entrances: 2 knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 I I H I General Information NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having The OSYSU is used to monitor the open position of an OS&Y jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more (outside screw and yoke) type gate valve. This device is frequently). available in two models; the OSYSU-1, containing one set of SPDT (Form C) contacts and the OSYSU-2, containing Ordering Information two sets of SPDT (Form C) contacts. These switches mount conveniently to most OS&Y valves ranging in size from 2" to 12" (50mm to 300mm). They will mount on some valves as small as V2' (12,5mm). The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and should be left with the building owner or responsible party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. See Ordering Information. Optional Cover Tamper Switch A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See Ordering Information. Testing The OSYSU and its associated protective monitoring system should be inspected and tested in accordance with applicable Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada: 888-882-1833 www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. 45400979 - REV S-I PAGE 1 OF 4 11/10 I I I H I I I Model Description Stock No. OSYSU-1 Outside Screw & Yoke 1010106 Supervisory Switch (Single switch) OSYSU-2 Outside Screw & Yoke 1010206 Supervisory Switch (Double switch) Cover Screw 5490424 Hex Key for Cover Screws and 5250062 Installation Adjustments Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090131 I Li POTTER OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE I The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH FIG. 1 SMALL VALVE INSTALLATION - 1/2" THRU 2 1/2" SIZES I These switches mount conveniently to most 2" to 12" OS&Y valves. They will mount on some valves as small as 1/2". J-hooks may be required on valves with limited clearance. Li I I CLAMP BAR Li CARF I I SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES MAY BE USED FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCH ON BRACKET BRACKET I SMALL VALVE INSTALLATION I. Remove and discard "C" washer and roller from the trip rod. and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve I packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the 2. With the valve in the FULL OPEN position locate the OSYSU groove as the valve is operated. across the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland, so that the trip rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve Mount the OSYSU with the trip rod centered in groove. I stem. Final adjustment is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. 1) and 3. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem I extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp groove and that the switches activate when the trip rod moves out bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place. of the groove. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw 9. Tighten the adjustment screws and all mounting hardware. Check and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the I the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from and repeat Step 3 procedure. the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. I 4. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. On valves with limited clearance use i-hooks supplied NOTE: CLOSE THE VALVE FULLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE STEM THREADS DONOTACTIVATE THE SWITCH. THE SWITCH instead of the carriage bolts and clamp bar to mount the OSYSU. BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COULD RESULT IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDICATION. 5. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. I 6. Remove the OSYSU. File a 1/8 deep groove centered on the mark on the valve stem utilizing a 3/16' diameter straight file. Round I PRINTED IN USA MFG. 45400979 - REV S-i PAGE 2 OF 4 U 11/10 I (E)POTTER OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH FIG. 2 LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION -3" THRU 12" SIZES I I I 3" THRU 12" (76mm THRU 300mm) VALVES USE CARRIAGE BOLTS. BOLTS MOUNT ON INSIDE OF YOKE, IF THERE IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE. BRACKET - CLAMP BAR CARRIAGE BOLTS (2 REQUIRED) ROLLER GROOVE YOKE SLOTTED MOUNTING HOLES. MAY BE USED FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SWITCH ON BRACKET. I I Li I VALVE STEM I ROD I DWG# 979.4 I LARGE VALVE INSTALLATION With the valve in the FULL OPEN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far as possible from the valve gland, so that the trip rod lays against the non-threaded portion of the valve stem. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 4). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to hold the trip rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 5). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. Remove the OSYSU. File a 1/8" deep groove centered on the mark of the valve stem utilizing a 3/8' diameter straight file. Round and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the trip rod centered in groove. Final adjustment is made by loosening 2 screws (see Fig. 2) and sliding the OSYSU on the bracket. Adjustment is correct when switches are not activated with the trip rod seated in the valve stem groove and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. Tighten the adjustment screws and mounting hardware. Check to insure that the rod moves out ofthe groove easily and that the switches activate within one turn when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. NOTE: CLOSE THE VALVE FULLY TO DETERMINE THAT THE STEM THREADS DONOTACTI VATE THE SWITCH. THE SWITCH BEING ACTIVATED BY THE STEM THREADS COULD RESULT IN A FALSE VALVE OPEN INDICATION. I I I L L PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400979 - REV S-I 11/10 P ~ I AGE3OF4 I l.56_ Th,OCM ROD EXTENDED ),j I93VO 919.9 POTTER OUTSIDE YOKE The Symbol of Protection VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH FIG. 3 DIMENSIONS FIG. 4 PARTS COVER TAMPER 619 SWITCH (OPTIONAL) (157CM) 4,75 ______________ _2.25................ (12,1CM) (5,7CM) 2 (RED)N 0 GROUND SCREW - J (9M) (WHITE) COM (BLACK) NC. TRIP ROD 3.00 (7,6CM) LOCKING SCREW I I KNOCKOUTS FOR - I I ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ROD #979-6 U U [1 U U I TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS LOCAL CIRCUIT NO. TO POWER FOR CO N.C. INDICATING INDICATING DEVICE DEVICE TO SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT END OF OF CONTROL PANEL COM. N LINE RESISTOR DWG# 979-I Contacts shown in normal (valve open) condition. TYPICAL SWITCH ACTION OPEN VALVE CLOSED VALVE POSITION POSITION COM COM r— '' NO NO. SW#I SW #I NC. I COM. COM NO. C'N. SW #2SW#2 DWG# 979-2 I U U I BREAKING EXCESSIVE ROD LENGTH 979-7 SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL çO 46 6W67 923.7 CAUTION: An uninsulated section of a single Conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400979 - REV S-I PAGE 4 OF 4 11/10 (E)POTTER PCVS-19 -2 The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts for 1/2' conduit provided. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-1 3 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-1 3R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 The Model PCVS is a weather proof and tamper resistant switch for monitoring the open position of fire sprinkler control valves of the post indicator, butterfly and other types. Depending on the model, one or two SPDT (Form C) contacts are provided which will operate when the valve position is altered from an open state. The unit mounts in a 1/2" NPT tapped hole in the post indicator or butterfly valve housing. The device is engaged by the indicating assembly of the post indicator or the operating mechanism of the butterfly valve, actuating switch(es) when the valve is fully open. The unit should be installed where it is accessible for service. The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYMEA Accepted, CE Marked Dimensions: 4.75"L x 2.25W x 8.2"H (stem extended) 12, 1 cm L x 5,7cm W x 18,3cm H Weight: 1.35 lb. (0,61 kg.) Enclosure: Cover - Die-cast Finish - Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Zinc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes. Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws, Optional cover tamper switch kit available Mounting: 1/2" NPT Contact Rating: PCVS-1: One set of SPDT (Form C) PCVS-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.5 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (IP67) when used with appropriate watertight conduit fittings. Indoor or Outdoor Use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See bulletin no. 5400694 PIVS-U-EX for hazardous locations.) should be left with the building owner or responsible party. Replacement or additional cover screws and hex keys are available. See ordering information. Optional Cover Tamper Switch Afield installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate removal of the cover. See ordering information. Testing The PCVS and its associated protective monitoring system should be tested in accordance with applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). I I I I I I I I I I I I Ordering Information Model Description Stock No. PCVS-1 Potter Control Valve Switch (single switch) 1010107 PCVS-2 Potter Control Valve Switch (double switch) 1010207 -- Cover Screw 5490424 -- Hex Key for Cover Screws and Installation Adjustments 5250062 PBK-S Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - Up to 12" (300mm) 0090133 PBK-L Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - 14" (355mm) and Up 0090132 PVK Pratt Valve Kit 1000060 -- Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090131 KBK Kennedy Butterfly Valve Kit 0090143 For pressure reducer type valve installation kits (if required) contact valve manufacturer. Potter Electric Signal Company • St. Louis. MO • Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400980 - REV V-I PAGE I OF 4 11/10 I I I I I LI 11 [1 SPOTTER PCVS-11 -2 CONTROL VALVE The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Fig. 1 Dimensions Fig. 2 Parts 4.75 ______________ .- 2.25 -. (12,1cm) (5,7cm) ___________ c 3.62 ___________ ,0- m) COVER TAMPER - r (9,2cm) - SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 3.00 o 0 (WHITE) CODI. (7,6cm) GROUNDSCREW 520 ___________ (RFD) N.& - ___________ BLACK ____________ TRIP ROD (13,2cm) L_ _____________________ _________ LOCKING 8.20 (1,9cm) , O(2,2cm CD (20,8cm) .75 I .85 I I 1112 s SCREW KNOCKOUTS FOR ELECTRICAL 0 ROD RETRACTED AND (3,0cm) .12 -- (2,2cm) CONNECTIONS 1.20 III BREAKAWAY SECTION , I SOCKETISEAD 1(0,30cm) - REMOVED SCREW NIPPLE 4,0cm) 3.12 I (7,9cm) II LOCKNUT DWG#980-2 I TRIP ROD ROD EXTENDED I U DWOR 980.) Typical Installations On Post Indicator Valve Housings (See Figs. 3 Thru 6) Refer to Fig. 2 for the location of parts described in the following instructions. Note: Ifthe sprinkler system is in service the owner or authorized representative should be notified, before any work is done on the system, that the valve controlling the water supply to the system may be closed for periods of time during the installation and testing of this device, resulting in all or portions of the system being inoperative during these periods. If the system is not in service and valve is closed, be sure that opening the valve will not allow any unwanted water flow due to openings in the system, such as heads off, broken or incomplete piping, etc. I. Position the valve to fully open ("OPEN" should appear in the window of the housing). Partially close the valve while observing the direction that the target assembly moves. Reopen the valve. If the valve housing is predrilled with a 1/2" NPT for installation of a monitoring switch, remove the 1/2" plug and fully open the valve. Make sure that "OPEN" appears in the window of the housing. GO TO STEP NO. 6. Remove the head and target assembly (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). If the target assembly moved up as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the lower part of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 3). This is usually a plate or bar on the target assembly, on a side adjacent to the "OPEN/SHUT" plates. Subtract 1/8" from the measurement. If the target moved down as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to the upper portion of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 4). Add 1/8" (3.2mm) to this measurement. Mark the housing at the proper location. Using a 23/32" (18,2mm) drill bit, drill and then tap a 1/2" NPT in the housing on the side that coincides with the portion of the target assembly that will engage the trip rod of the PCVS. Replace the head and target assembly. Loosen the socket head screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the locknut that is provided onto the nipple. Screw the nipple into the 1/2" NPT hole in the valve housing - hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against the valve housing to secure the nipple firmly in place. Insert a scale or probe thru the nipple to measure the distance from the PRINTED IN USA open end of the nipple to the target assembly. Subtract 1/2" (12,5mm) from this measurement. NOTE: In some cases, it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length, from the end of the collar to the end of the rod, using the dimension determined in Step 9. Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 11 procedure. Partially close the valve (3 to 4 revolutions of the handle/hand wheel). Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate the switches when the valve is open. Tighten the socket head screw in the collar. Carefully open the valve to the fully open position. As the target moves to the open position it should engage the trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel of 1/2 revolution of the handle/ hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Slowly close the valve. The switch must operate during the first two revolutions of the handle/hand wheel or during 1/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. NOTE: Small adjustments of the target position may be necessary (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and the signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. Alternative installation for other post indicator valve housing shown in Fig. 5 and 6. PAGE 2 OF 4 I I I I I I I I I I I MFG. #5400980 - REV V-I 11/10 (E)POTTER PCVS-19 -2 The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 METAL PLATE REPLACES GLASS OCK— LOCKNUT TARGET 0 STEEL TRIPPING MOVES UP BLOCK- AS VALVE TAMPER REPLACES IS S UT SWITCH OPEN MARKER 4 TAMPER C 0 OPEN . 1 SWITCH TARGET TAMPER MOVES SWI1H OWN AS SHUT VALVE IS SHUT MARKER CONDUIT TARGET FLEXIBLE 113/8 ASSEMBLY (25.9cm) HOOD MOVES TARGET DOVE AS MOVES UP VAL IS SHUT AS VALVE IS SHUT DWGII 980-30 Fig. 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Notes: 1. Subject to the approval of the "authority having jurisdiction" the alternate method of installation shown in Fig. 5 may be used. In this method, one of the glass windows of the housing is replaced with a 1/4" thick metal plate that is cut to fit in place of the glass and drilled and tapped to receive the 1/2" NPT pipe nipple. In some cases it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. Typical Installation On A Butterfly Valve (See Figs. 9 And 10) Refer to Fig. 2 for location of parts described in the following instructions: BI. Remove the 1/2' NPT plug from the gear operator case. B2. Loosen the set screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the lockout that is provided onto the nipple. Screwthe nipple into the 1/2"NPThole in the gear operator -hand tighten. Tighten the locknut against the case, to secure the nipple firmly in place. Partially close the valve (3 or 4 revolutions of the hand wheel or crank). Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place. Estimate trip rod length required and extend slightly past that point. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate switches when valve is open. Note: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 137 procedure. Remove device from nipple and withdraw trip rod 1/32' (0,80mm) (this dimension is important). Tighten the locking screw to hold the 2. If the target is stationary and a hood arrangement is used, such as is shown in Fig. 6, the hood must be drilled with a 23/32' drill and tapped with a 1/2' NPT. The center line of this hole should be 1/8" below the portion of target assembly that strikes the PCVS trip rod. The 113/8" dimension shown is for a Clow Valve. Flexible conduit must be used for this type of installation. rod in place. Re-install the device on the nipple. Tighten the screw in the collar against the nipple. Note: In some cases it may be necessary to remove the gear box cover to ensure correct operation (consultation with the valve manufacturer is recommended). Carefully open the valve to its full open position, as the boss on the gear hub moves to the open position it must engage the PCVS trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel or revolution of the crank or hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Note: Slightadjuslmentofgearstopsmaybe necessary topreventoverlravel of the trip rod (consultation with valve manufacture is recommended). BI O. Carefully close the valve. The switch(es) must operate during the first two revolutions of the crank or hand wheel or during 1/5 ofthe travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections are secure. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. Fig. 7 Breaking Excessive Rod Length Fig. 8 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal A CAUTION An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing Supervision of the connection in the event that the wire o' becomes dislodged from under the terminal. DWG98S-13 __________________________________________________________________________________ PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400980- REV V-I PAGE 3 OF 4 11/10 ITT Grinnell/Kennedy Indicating Dresser Indicating Butterfly Valve Butterfly Valve Fig. 10 Fig. 9 (13mm) DWG# 985-7 VALVE OPEN DWG# 980-6 @POTTER The Symbol of Protection PCVS-1, -2 CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH Typical Pressure Reducer Type Valve Installation Fig. 11 COLLAR LOCKNUT NIPPLE PCVS I/I6"(I,6mm) MIN. GAP DWG#980-10 This figure shows the Model PCVS mounted on the valve yoke, with a bracket supplied by the valve manufacturer, to supervise a pressure reducer type valve. Note: This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PBK Pratt IBV Butterfly PVK - Pratt PIVA Post Typical Electrical Connections Valve Kit Indicator Valve Kit Please Note: This device should be wired in Fig. 12 (Stock No. 1000060) accordance with the applicable parts of the National Fig. 13 Electrical Code, all state and local codes, applicable NFPA Standards and the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Fig. 14 0. 2CAL CIRCUILi__fJ INDICATING TO POWER FOR DEVICE INDICATING DEVICE TO SUPERVISORY tl;0 I CIRCUIT OF CONTROL - END OF LINE PANEL COM. NC. RESISTOR condition. Contacts shown in normal (valve open) Model PBK-L N ) Stock No. 0090132 (MDT-45 Actuator) Model PBK-M Stock No. 0090146 (MDT-3S Actuator) Model PBK-S Stock No. 0090133 Pratt Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt (MDT-25 Actuator) Model PIVA Valve. Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model IBV Valve Kit contains: Instructions, template, screw and nut. Kits contain: Bracket, nuts and instructions Note: This application is subject to the approval of the Note: This application is subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction, authority having jurisdiction. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400980 - REV V-I It/to LOCI BOTH BRACKE AND LOCHNL SUPPLIE WITH Pt MOUNT] KIT MACHINE SCREW #8-32 Typical Switch Action OPEN VALVE POSITION CLOSED VALVE POSITION COM CDM. SW #1 SW #I h~N C Co No COM. I NO SW #2 SW #2 DWG# IN- Il Switches Shown in Valve Open Position PAGE 4 OF 4 - INNOVATIVE CIO -- 'm 'm FIRE PROTECTION, INC. I I I I I H I M 11 131MBE I I I I I I I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAx: 619.593.9133 ifpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 I I i or ii SENJU SPRINKLER CO., LTD. _ID ____ Residential Lead Free Flat Concealed Sprinkler. Pendent. Il Model: RC-RES, K-Factor: 4.9. SIN: SS8464 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Model RC-RES Residential Flat Concealed Sprinklers are automatic sprinklers of the compressed fusible solder type. They are decorative and fast responding. The Cover Plate Assembly hides the Deflector, Heat Responsive Element etc., which is concealed above the ceiling. The cover plate has a flat profile, and its diameter is extremely small (2-5/8 inch, 68mm). The push-on and/or thread-on, thread-off design of the concealed cover plate assembly allows for easy installation of the cover plate. Therefore, the Model RC-RES should be your first choice when aesthetics is the major consideration for ultimate appeal and unbeatable performance is desired. The Model RC-RES is designed for residential occupancies and is perfect for use in homes, hotels and other living quarters. The Model RC-RES is to be used in wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for One- and Two- Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes per NFPA 13D; wet pipe residential sprinkler systems for Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height per NFPA 13R; or, wet pipe sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occupancies per NFPA 13. The Model RC-RES has a 4.9 (70.6 LPM/bar112) K-factor that meets the required residential flow rates with minimal residual pressure, which allows for smaller pipe sizes and water supply requirements. For extended installation flexibility, the Model RC-RES provides 1/2 inch (12.8mm) vertical adjustment. This adjustment in installation decreases the need for precise cutting of the pipe that drops to the sprinkler and allows for a perfect fit with a range of pipe lengths. The heat sensitivity and water distribution design of Model RC-RES allows for an increased chance of residents to escape or evacuate in case of a fire. However, residential fire sprinkler systems are not a substitute for fire safety awareness or fire safety construction required by building codes. "Lead Free" is defined in the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (S.3874) endorsed by AWWA's Water Utility Council, and California Assembly Bill #1953 as having less than or equal to a weighted average of 0.25% lead in wetted surface of pipes, plumbing fittings and fixtures. WARNINGS The Model RC-RES must be installed and maintained in accordance with the rules stated herein as well as in compliance with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association regulations and the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. In the event of this condition, consult the authorities having jurisdiction for guidance and approval. Failure to do so may impair the integrity of these devices. I It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to provide a copy of this document to the owner or their representative, and in turn, it is the obligation of the owner to provide a copy of this document to a succeeding owner. The owner is responsible for maintaining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any related questions. I I I I Document No. U085166 Date . Jul/08/2019 I I I I I I I I I I I L I Page :2of8 I TECHNICAL DATA 2-1/16' (4 52mm) N2I ____ - Marking I Year of Manufacture -SIN: SS8464 : bk-factor: K4.9 Temperature Rating: 162F/72C or 175 Ffl9C 2 _UL Ma or 205 F/96 C -Control No. 6P3? ra 6 [NSF Mirb:NSF-61-0 --- RES SPKR —1 ® Body (Copper Atop) I (2) Deflector (Phosphorus Bronze) I Gasket (PTFE) 2-5/8 (068mm) () Fusible Metal (Solder) or 3-1/4 (083mm) I Heat Collector (Copper) or 2-5/8sauare (066mm) ,I (6) cover Plate Assembly FIGURE 1. Model RC-RES K=4.9 Marking (Deflector) SIN: SS8464 K-factor: K4.9 Color Cade Temperature Ruling: 162 F/72C or 176Ffl9C UL Mark or 20S'F/96'C COVER PLATE SPRINKLER (Top view) (Bottom view) FIGURE 1-1. Marking (Color Code) Approvals: UL.. Listed, NSF-61 -G Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN): SS8464 Maximum Working Pressure: 175psi (12.1 bar) Discharge Coefficient (Nominal K-Factor): K4.9 GPMIpsi112 (70.6 LPMIbar112) Temperature Rating: 162°F (72°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 175°F (79°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 175°F (79°C) Sprinkler with 162°F (72°C) Cover Plate 205°F (96°C) Sprinkler with 162°F (72°C) Cover Plate Color Code (Sprinkler) 162°F (720C): Uncolored 175°F (790C): White 205°F (96°C): White Color Code (Cover Plate) 140°F (60°C): No Mark 162°F (72°C): White-Colored Mark Vertical Adjustment: 1/2 inch (12.8 mm) Cover Plate Finishes: Standard Finishes- White, Ivory, Beige, Brown, Black, Nickel, Wood Grain Custom Finishes- Custom color and custom pattern cover plates are available on special order. Contact a Senju Sprinkler representative with any custom orders. Please see chart on Page 8 for more detail. Physical Characteristics: Ref. Figures 1 and 1-1 OPERATION I I I I I L ri I I In case of fire, the solder component that holds together the Cover Plate and the Retainer melts. Then the Cover Plate is released at once. As a result, the Deflector drops down to the intended position. Two Heat Collectors are exposed to fire, and when sufficient heat from the fire is reached, internal components of the sprinkler fall apart. This leads to the water flow to be distributed on the affected fire area. (Ref. Figure 2) H1*!Jrj1t u# If__ Normal Condition Cover Plate Operation Sprinkler Operation Water Discharge FIGURE 2. OPERATION PROCESS (The Agure is for illustrative ipurposes only Document No. U085166 Date : Jul/08/2019 I I I I I I I I I 1 DESIGN CRITERIA Page : 3 of 8 The herein stated rules for use and installation of Model RC-RES are provided by the manufacturer and must be strictly implemented for safe and full results. NOTES Residential Fire Sprinkler Systems should only be designed and installed by individuals who are completely familiar with automatic sprinkler system design, installation procedures, and techniques. Several criteria may apply to the installation and usage of each sprinkler. Consequently, it is recommended that the sprinkler system designer review and develop a working understanding of the complete list of criteria prior to initiating the design of the sprinkler system. Questions concerning sprinkler installation and usage criteria, which are not covered by the following instructions, should be submitted to your contracted company. Include sketches and technical details, as appropriate. In some instances, the requirements of this document may concern specifications which are more stringent, and which take precedence over those specified in NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, or by the authority having jurisdiction. The Model RC-RES must not be used in applications where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Inspect all sprinklers after installation to ensure that both the gap between the cover plate, ceiling and the 6 slots in the cup are open and free from any air flow impediment. The spray from the sprinkler is distributed radially outward and downward from the sprinkler deflector. Consequently, the sprinklers must be located such that there will be no blind spaces shielded from spray by partitions, room dividers, overhangs or other parts of the dwelling structure. The number of sprinklers within each compartment (as defined by NFPA 13, 13D, or 13R) must be kept as few as possible. Do NOT use more sprinklers than necessary to cover a particular space. Use only the Cover Plate provided for the Model RC-RES. The sprinkler must be secured in place by firmly fastening the sprinkler system piping to the structure. If the sprinkler is not properly secured in position, reaction forces resulting from sprinkler operation could alter its orientation and its water distribution pattern. Obstruction to Water Distribution Locations of sprinklers must follow the obstruction rules of NFPA 13, 13D and 13R for Residential Sprinklers. General Service Conditions The Model RC-RES must only be utilized in WET PIPE sprinkler systems. Heat Source Criteria Refer to NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 for the requirements relating to the prevention of possible activation of the Heat Responsive Element of Model RC-RES, due to the exposure of a heat source other than an actual fire. Available Sprinkler Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Rating Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature Temperature Rating of the Cover Plate Assembly Ordinary 162°F (72°C) 100°F (38°C) 140°F (60°C) Intermediate 175°F (79°C) 150°F (66°C) 140°F (60°C) 1) Intermediate 175°F (79°C) 150°F (66°C) 162°F (72°C) Intermediate 205°F (96°C) 150°F (66°C) 162°F (72°C) 1) Maximum ambient temperature for the Cover Plate Assembly is 100°F (38°C). Precautionary Warnings for Corrosive Environments Model RC-RES sprinklers should not be installed where they may be subjected to a corrosive environment including the following: Chlorine ion and Chloride environment. Stress corrosion cracking may be caused by exposure to environments with Chlorine ion and Chloride. Exposure to this environment may result in sprinklers operating under Non-Fire conditions or Not Operating when exposed to an actual fire. Sprinkler system piping with Copper. Sprinkler systems should be constructed in compliance with the applicable standards and the requirements for copper piping when copper piping is used in the sprinkler system. (Reference standards NFPA 13, ASTM B813, B828, and CDA (Copper Development Association) - Solder Joint) All residual flux must be removed from the interior and exterior of the copper piping by thoroughly flushing before installation of the Sprinkler Heads. Otherwise, residues of flux may cause corrosion and/or leakage in the sprinkler system. Document No. U085166 Date . Jul/08/2019 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page :4of8 I Hydraulic Design Criteria The minimum required sprinkler flow rates for systems designed to NFPA 13D or 13R are given in TABLE A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage area. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from the most hydraulically demanding sprinkler from each of the total number of design sprinklers" as specified in NFPA 13D or 13R. For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of designed sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required discharge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: The flow rates given in TABLE A for NFPA 13D and 13R as a function of temperature rating and maximum allowable coverage area. A minimum discharge of 0.1GPM/sq.ft. [4.07LPM/sq.m] over the "design area" comprised of the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers for the actual coverage area being protected by the four sprinklers. TABLE A. NFPA 13D & 13R WET PIPE HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA for Model SS8464 For systems with ceiling types smooth flat horizontal, or beamed, or sloped, in accordance with NFPA 13D, 13R or 13 as applicable. Ordinary Intermediate Intermediate Maximum Maximum Temperature Rating Temperature Rating Temperature Rating Deflector Minimum Covera e g Spacing 162°F (72°C) 175°F (79°C) 205°F (96°C) Installation Spacing Area Ft. x Ft. Ft. to Ceiling Type Ft. Flow Pressure FIow Pressure Flow Pressure (mxm) (m) GPM PSI GPM PSI GPM PSI (m) (LPM) (bar) (LPM) (bar) (LPM) (bar) 12x12 12 13 7.0 13 7.0 13 7.0 Smooth (3.7x3.7) (3.7) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) Ceilings 3/8 to 7/8 1414 14 13 7.0 13 7.0 13 7.0 Inches. (4.3x4.3) (4.3) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) (49.2) (0.48) Beamed Ceilings 1606 16 13 7.0 13 7.0 per NFPA 13D, 13R Concealed 8 (4.9x4.9) (4.9) (49.2) (0.48) - - (49.2) (0.48) or 13 (2.4) Installed in 18x18 18 17 12.0 17 12.0 beam (5.5x5.5) (5.5) (64.4) (0.83) - - (64.4) (0.83) 3/8 to 718 inches below 20x20 20 21 18.4 21 18.4 bottom of (6.1x6.1) (6.1) (79.5) (1.27) - - (79.5) (1.27) beam. For coverage area dimensions less than the above mentioned, it needs to use the minimum required flow for the Next Higher Coverage Area listed. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM (LPM) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-Factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design Criteria Section for details. Sprinkler Spacing Criteria The minimum spacing between sprinklers is 8 feet (2.4m). The maximum spacing between sprinklers cannot go beyond the coverage area calculated by using the specific hydraulic factors. (Ref. TABLE A) I I Document No. U085166 Date . Jul/08/2019 Eli 1 I fl Li I I I I I I I I I I I INSTALLATION Page 5 of 8 The Model RC-RES must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: NOTES Do not use any sprinklers which have been subjected to potential mechanical damage. Do not use any sprinklers which show deformation or cracking in either the Sprinkler or the Protective Cap. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to the sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. The Protective Cap must remain on the sprinkler during installation. After the installation is completed, the Protective Cap must be removed to place the sprinkler in service. Use a torque of 7 to 14 ft1bs (9.5 to 19.0 Nm) to achieve a 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint. If you exceed the recommended maximum torque, this could result in damage to the sprinkler inlet, which may lead to leakage from the sprinkler. Use only NR-H model wrench socket for installation of RC-RES sprinklers. Use of any other wrench or socket is prohibited and may cause damage to the sprinkler. In case of insufficient adjustment in Cover Plate installation, do not try to overly tighten, screw the sprinkler too loosely or make any modification to the cover plate assembly. Readjust the sprinkler fitting for a better fit. Do not rotate the Cap Remover RC to the left with force when placing the two hook arms into place. The installed sprinkler may become loosened, which may cause water leakage. Installing Procedure Step The installation requirements for the sprinkler are as follows: to be installed only in the pendent position with the waterway perpendicular to the ceiling. Install the sprinkler fitting so that the distance from the face of the fitting to the mounting surface will be nominally 2 inches (50.8mm) as shown in Figure 3. Step 2 With pipe thread sealant applied to the threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Then tighten it with the Socket NR-H or Ratchet (3/8" drive) & Socket NR-H Combination (Ref. Figure 4). The teeth of the Socket must fit perfectly with the grooves on the Sprinkler for proper installation (Ref. Figure 4). Step 3 If desired, the Protective Cap may also be used to locate the center of the clearance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material against the center point of the Protective Cap. Before the installation of the ceiling, the sprinkler installation can be started with a 2-3/8 inch (60mm) diameter clearance hole (Ref. Figure 3). Use the Vertical Adjustment" indicator on the Protective Cap to check for proper installation height (Ref. Figure 3). Step 4 Use the Cap Remover RC to remove the Protective Cap (Ref. Figure 5), and then push or screw a Cover Plate Assembly on the Cup of the Sprinkler by hand until its flange just has contact with the ceiling (Ref. Figure 6 and Figure 7). Stop tightening the Cover Plate Assembly once the flange has contact with the ceiling. If the ceiling has been lifted from its normal position in the process of tightening the Cover Plate Assembly, readjust the cover plate assembly as necessary. If the flange of the Cover Plate Assembly cannot contact the ceiling sufficiently, readjust the sprinkler fitting as necessary. When properly installed, there is a nominal 1/16 inch (1.6mm) air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling, as shown in Figure 6. Mute a Space Here DO Not Ave. 1/4' (6Amm) iinti I Over-Tighten Mm 1/8' (:32mm) \J/ _ J Groove on the Sprinkler \ / I lYI7* ET'l,- Vertical Protective Cap JF I • _____ ;thonthacke Mounting Surface Ratchet Mounting 2-3/8 C 95 6Ornri) I / Surface Ceiling Hole Diameter ICORRECTI INCORRECTI 1i1Ii1._ TL FIGURE 3. INSTALLATION FIGURE 4. RATCHET & SOCKET Document No. U085166 Date .' Jul/08/2019 I I I I I I I I I I I I Hook Sprinkler Head Protective Cap, I Pull down Step I Step 2 Step 3 FIGURE 5. PROTECTIVE CAP REMOVAL Page : 6 of 8 IM 11 Cover Plate Assembly or 3-I/4 (083moi) or 2-5/8"equaro (068mm) FIGURE 6. INSTALLATION (COVER PLATE ASSEMBLY) INCORRECT ICORRECT I INCORRECT Document No. U085166 Date : Jul/08/2019 I I CARE AND MAINTENANCE I The following instructions must be implemented for the maintenance and service of the Model RC-RES. NOTES I Wet pipe sprinkler systems must be maintained at a minimum temperature of 40°F/4°C to prevent freezing and bursting of the pipe and/or sprinklers. Automatic sprinklers are not to be tested with a heat source. Operation of the heat responsive element can result. Absence of a Cover Plate Assembly may delay the response time of the sprinkler in case of a fire. I Install the cover plate assembly properly, as shown in Figure 6. Improper installation of the cover plate assembly may cause improper operation or non-operation. If the ceiling is to be repainted after the installation of the Sprinkler, care must be exercised to ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. I Factory painted Cover Plates must not be repainted. They should be replaced, if necessary, by factory painted cover plates. Non-factory applied paint may adversely delay or prevent sprinkler operation in case of a fire. Do not pull the Cover Plate. Separation may result. In preparation for maintenance of the fire protection system, permission to close the main control valve must be I obtained from the proper authorities, and all affected parties by this action, and must be informed before the maintenance session can commence. Do NOT enclose any sprinklers within drapes, curtains, or valances. Do NOT hang anything from the sprinklers. I Do NOT clean the sprinklers with soap and/or water, detergents, ammonia, cleaning fluids, or other chemicals. Remove dust, lint, cobwebs, cocoons, insects, and larvae by gently brushing with a feather duster or gently vacuuming with a soft bristle (i.e., dusting) brush attachment. Exercise suitable safety precautions in the use and storage of highly flammable materials. The rapid rate of fire I development and spread of these materials can reduce the ability of the sprinkler system to aid in the control of a fire involving such hazards. Leaking or corroded sprinklers must be replaced. Automatic Sprinklers must be kept in a cool and dry place. Automatic sprinklers must never be physically altered, such as painted, plated, or coated, once shipped from the factory. If the sprinklers have been in any way modified, they must be replaced. Great caution must be applied to prevent damage to the sprinklers at all stages - before, during, and after installation. Damaged units because of dropping, hitting, over-tightening, or wrench slippage, must be replaced. The Model RC-RES must only be replaced with pendent sprinklers which are listed for residential fire protection service and which have the same nominal K-Factor, the same coverage area, and the same or lower flow ratings (as indicated under TABLE A "Hydraulic Design Criteria"). When remodeling, such as by adding false beams or light fixtures or changing the location of compartment walls, first verify that the new construction will not violate the installation requirements of the applicable standards of NFPA. After the new construction and/or the sprinkler system to suit the requirements of this document and the applicable NFPA regulations. The owner is responsible for the maintenance of the sprinkler system, including inspection and testing of its compliance with this document, as well as the standards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), and the regulations of any other authorities having jurisdiction. The owner should direct any questions regarding the above rules and regulations to the installing contractors or the sprinkler manufacturer. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with NFPA 25. Limited Warranty For details of warranty, refer to Sales Contract. I 1 Document No. U085166 Date : Jul/08/2019 I I 1 ri I I I I Page . 8 of 8 ORDER PROCEDURE When placing an order, please contact a local distributor with the following information (Model Name, Temperature Rating and Finish). Sprinkler Model: RC-RES (SIN: SS8464, Residential Flat Concealed Sprinkler, Pendent, K4.9, Temperature: 162°F (72°C) or 175°F (79°C) or 205°F (96°C)) Cover Plate Assembly 2-5/8 inch (q5 68mm) or 3-1/4 inch (0 83mm) or 2-5/8 inch square (068mm), Order Separately from Sprinkler Please refer to the chart below for available sizes, temøerature, and finishes. Standard Finishes Custom Finishes White Ivory Beige Brown Black Nickel Copper Wood Grain Custom Color Custom Pattern 2-5/8° Round, 140°F o o - - - - - - o 0 3-1/4° Round, 140°F 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2-5/8" Square, 140°F 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 2-5/8° Round, 162°F 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 3-1/4° Round, 162°F 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 Tools for Installation of Model RC-RES Socket NR-H For use with a 3/8" drive ratchet (not included) Socket NR-H Plastic For use with a 1/2" drive ratchet (not included) Cap Remover RC Document No. U085166 Date . Jul/08/2019 n I I r] I Of I SENJU SPRINKLER CO., LTD. Commercial Flat Concealed Sprinkler, Pendent, Quick Response, Standard Coverage, Model: RC-QR. K-Factor: 5.6. SIN: S59561 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Model RC-QR Commercial Flat Concealed Sprinklers are automatic sprinklers of the compressed fusible solder type. They are decorative and quick responding. The Cover Plate Assembly hides the Deflector, Heat Responsive Element etc., which is concealed above the ceiling. The cover plate has a flat profile, and its diameter is extremely small (2-5/8 inch, 68mm). The push-on and/or thread-on, thread-off design of the concealed cover plate assembly allows for easy installation of the cover plate. Therefore, the Model RC-QR should be your first choice when aesthetics is the major consideration for ultimate appeal and unbeatable performance is desired. They are to be installed per NFPA 13 guidelines. The Model RC-QR has a 5.6 (80.6 LPM/bar112) K-factor. For extended installation flexibility, the Model RC-QR provides 1/2 inch (12.8mm) vertical adjustment. This adjustment in installation decreases the need for precise cutting of the pipe that drops to the sprinkler and allows for a perfect fit with a range of pipe lengths. The heat sensitivity and water distribution design of Model RC-QR allows for an increased chance of occupants to escape or evacuate in case of a fire. However, fire sprinkler systems are not a substitute for fire safety awareness or fire safety construction required by building codes. WARNINGS The Model RC-QR must be installed and maintained in accordance with the rules stated herein as well as in compliance with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association regulations and the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. In the event of this condition, consult the authorities having jurisdiction for guidance and approval. Failure to do so may impair the integrity of these devices. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor to provide a copy of this document to the owner or their representative, and in turn, it is the obligation of the owner to provide a copy of this document to a succeeding owner. The owner is responsible for maintaining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any related questions. I Eli I [I n I Document No. U036889 Date . Jan/11/2019 I I I I I I I TECHNICAL DATA Approvals: UL8 Listed /as Quick Response FM Approved I as Standard Response Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN): SS9561 Maximum Working Pressure: 175psi (12.1 bar) Discharge Coefficient (Nominal K-Factor): K=5.6 GPMIpsi112 (80.6 LPM/bar112) Temperature Rating: 162°F (72°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 205°F (96°C) Sprinkler with 140°F (60°C) Cover Plate 205°F (96°C) Sprinkler with 162°F (72°C) Cover Plate Color Code (Sprinkler) 162°F (72°C): Uncolored 205°F (96°C): White Color Code (Cover Plate) 140°F (60°C): No Mark 162°F (720C): White-Colored Mark Vertical Adjustment: 1/2 inch (12.8 mm) Cover Plate Finishes: Standard Finishes- White, Ivory, Beige, Brown, Black, Nickel, Wood Grain Custom Finishes- Custom color and custom pattern cover plates are available on special order. Contact a Senju Sprinkler representative with any custom orders. Please see chart on page 7 for more detail. Physical Characteristics: Ref. Figures 1 and 1-1 I Page :2of7 I II 8mm -Lot No -g L Year of Manufacture LSIN SS9581 K-factor K5.6 -Temperature Rating: 162F/72C or 205F/96C -Control No. : I77R LUL Mark : FM Malt (f) Body (Copper Alloy) m) (l Deflector (Phosphorus Bronze) () Gasket (PTFE) ® Fusible Motel (Solder) or 3-I/4 83m () Heat Collector (Cower) () Cover Plate Assembly or UL only: 2-5/6eauare (068mm) FIGURE 1. Model RC-QR K5.6 Marking (Deflector) SIN:SS9S6I I K-factor: K5.6 Temperature Rating: I C&orCod fl 162 F/72C or 205F196C I -UL Mark I _FM Mark I I COVER PLATE SPRINKLER (Top view) (Bottom view) FIGURE 1-1. Marking (Color Code) I I D I 1] I OPERATION In case of fire, the solder component that holds together the Cover Plate and the Retainer melts. Then the Cover Plate is released at once. As a result, the Deflector drops down to the intended position. Two Heat Collectors are exposed to fire, and when sufficient heat from the fire is reached, internal components of the sprinkler fall apart. This leads to the water flow to be distributed on the affected fire area. (Ref. Figure 2) I OT-r— CZ _ Normal Condition Cover Plate Operation Water Discharge FIGURE 2. OPERATION PROCESS ___oure is for _oses _ Document No. U036889 Date Jan/1 1/2019 I I I I I I I I I DESIGN CRITERIA Page .• 3 of 7 The Model RC-QR sprinklers are listed by I.JL and C-UL as quick response I standard coverage for use in accordance with NFPA. Also the Model RC-QR is FM Approved as a Standard Response for Non-Corrosive Atmospheres. The herein stated rules for use and installation of the Model RC-QR are provided by the manufacturer and must be strictly implemented for safe and full results. NOTES Fire Sprinkler Systems should only be designed and installed by individuals who are completely familiar with automatic sprinkler system design, installation procedures, and techniques. Several criteria may apply to the installation and usage of each sprinkler. Consequently, it is recommended that the sprinkler system designer review and develop a working understanding of the complete list of criteria prior to initiating the design of the sprinkler system. Questions concerning sprinkler installation and usage criteria, which are not covered by the following instructions, should be submitted to your contracted company. Include sketches and technical details, as appropriate. In some instances, the requirements of this document may concern specifications which are more stringent, and which take precedence over those specified in NFPA 13 or by the authority having jurisdiction. The Model RC-QR must not be used in applications where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below. Inspect all sprinklers after installation to ensure that both the gap between the cover plate, ceiling and the 6 slots in the cup are open and free from any air flow impediment. The spray from the sprinkler is distributed radially outward and downward from the sprinkler deflector. Consequently, the sprinklers must be located such that there will be no blind spaces shielded from spray by partitions, room dividers, overhangs or other parts of the dwelling structure. The number of sprinklers within each compartment (as defined by NFPA 13) must be kept as few as possible. Do NOT use more sprinklers than necessary to cover a particular space. Use only the Cover Plate provided for the Model RC-QR. The sprinkler must be secured in place by firmly fastening the sprinkler system piping to the structure. If the sprinkler is not properly secured in position, reaction forces resulting from sprinkler operation could alter its orientation and its water distribution pattern. Obstruction to Water Distribution Locations of sprinklers must follow the obstruction rules of NFPA 13. General Service Conditions The Model RC-QR must only be utilized in sprinkler systems per NFPA 13 guidelines. Operational Sensitivity Criteria For proper operational sensitivity, the Model RC-QR must be installed beneath a solid ceiling having a smooth or textured surface. Heat Source Criteria Refer to NFPA 13 for the requirements relating to the prevention of possible activation of the Heat Responsive Element of Model RC-QR. due to the exoosure of a heat source other than an actual fire. Available Sprinkler Temperature Ratings Sprinkler Temperature Classification Sprinkler Nominal Temperature Rating Maximum Ambient Ceiling Temperature Temperature Rating of the Cover Plate Assembly Ordinary 162°F (72°C) 100°F (38°C) 140°F (60°C) Intermediate 205°F (96°C) 150°F (66°C) 140°F (60°C) 1> Intermediate 205°F (96°C) 150°F (66°C) 162°F (72°C) 1) Maximum ambient temperature for the Cover Plate Assembly is 100°F (38°C). I 1 I Document No. U036889 Date Jan/11/2019 I I n H H H H I I I H I H I I Page 4 of 7 Precautionary Warnings for Corrosive Environments Model RC-QR sprinklers should not be installed where they may be subjected to a corrosive environment including the following: Chlorine ion and Chloride environment. Stress corrosion cracking may be caused by exposure to environments with Chlorine ion and Chloride. Exposure to this environment may result in sprinklers operating under Non-Fire conditions or Not Operating when exposed to an actual fire. Sprinkler system piping with Copper. Sprinkler systems should be constructed in compliance with the applicable standards and the requirements for copper piping when copper piping is used in the sprinkler system. (Reference standards NFPA 13, ASTM B813, B828, and CDA (Copper Development Association) - Solder Joint) All residual flux must be removed from the interior and exterior of the copper piping by thoroughly flushing before installation of the Sprinkler Heads. Otherwise, residues of flux may cause corrosion and/or leakage in the sprinkler system. INSTALLATION The Model RC-QR must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: NOTES Do not use any sprinklers which have been subjected to potential mechanical damage. Do not use any sprinklers which show deformation or cracking in either the Sprinkler or the Protective Cap. Prior to installation, sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging until used to minimize the potential for damage to the sprinklers that could cause improper operation or non-operation. The Protective Cap must remain on the sprinkler during installation. After the installation is completed, the Protective Cap must be removed to place the sprinkler in service. Use a torque of 7 to 14 ftlbs (9.5 to 19.0 Nm) to achieve a 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint. If you exceed the recommended maximum torque, this could result in damage to the sprinkler inlet, which may lead to leakage from the sprinkler. Use only NR-H model wrench socket for installation of RC-QR sprinklers. Use of any other wrench or socket is prohibited and may cause damage to the sprinkler. In case of insufficient adjustment in Cover Plate installation, do not try to overly tighten, screw the sprinkler too loosely or make any modification to the cover plate assembly. Readjust the sprinkler fitting for a better fit. Do not rotate the Cap Remover RC to the left with force when placing the two hook arms into place. The installed sprinkler may become loosened, which may cause water leakage. Installing Procedure Step I The installation requirements for the sprinkler are as follows: to be installed only in the pendent position with the waterway perpendicular to the ceiling. Install the sprinkler fitting so that the distance from the face of the fitting to the mounting surface will be nominally 2 inches (50.8mm) as shown in Figure 3. Step 2 With pipe thread sealant applied to the threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Then tighten it with the Socket NR-H or Ratchet (3/8" drive) & Socket NR-H Combination (Ref. Figure 4). The teeth of the Socket must fit perfectly with the grooves on the Sprinkler for proper installation (Ref. Figure 4). Step 3 If desired, the Protective Cap may also be used to locate the center of the clearance hole by gently pushing the ceiling material against the center point of the Protective Cap. Before the installation of the ceiling, the sprinkler installation can be started with a 2-3/8 inch (60mm) diameter clearance hole (Ref. Figure 3). Use the "Vertical Adjustment" indicator on the Protective Cap to check for proper installation height (Ref. Figure 3). Step 4 Use the Cap Remover RC Tool to remove the Protective Cap (Ref. Figure 5), and then push or screw a Cover Plate Assembly on the Cup of the Sprinkler by hand until its flange just has contact with the ceiling (Ref. Figure 6 and Figure 7). Stop tightening the Cover Plate Assembly once the flange has contact with the ceiling. If the ceiling has been lifted from its normal position in the process of tightening the Cover Plate Assembly, readjust the cover plate assembly as necessary. If the flange of the Cover Plate Assembly cannot contact the ceiling sufficiently, readjust the sprinkler fitting as necessary. When properly installed, there is a nominal 1/16 inch (1.6mm) air gap between the lip of the Cover Plate and the ceiling, as shown in Figure 6. Document No. U036889 Date . Jan/11/2019 I I I LII I I I I I I L I I I I I I I I U I I I I U I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I Page 5 of 7 Make a Space Here "'•/\_ 0 Not Ave. /4' (64mm) I .min, l83.2p6L. \/ , )3rooee on the Sprinkler E Vertical Protective Cup Mounting Surface Tooth Ratchet ket NR-H Mounting2 3/8 (6Om) Surface Ceiling Hole Diameter ICORRECTI INCORRECT I I _L_ "l FIGURE 3. INSTALLATION FIGURE 4. RATCHET & SOCKET Hook up Sprinkler Head Protective Cap H Cap Remover RC I Pull down Step I Step 2 Step 3 FIGURE 5. PROTECTIVE CAP REMOVAL 4 - Cover Plate Assembly f 2-5/8' 4(068mm) Or 3-1/4" (r2r83mm) or UL only: 2-5/8"oqunrc (068mm) Document No. U036889 Date Jan/11/2019 I 6of7 I I I I IINCORRECTI ICORRECTI IINCORRECTI CARE AND MAINTENANCE The following instructions must be implemented for the maintenance and service of the Model RC-QR. NOTES Wet pipe sprinkler systems must be maintained at a minimum temperature of 40°F/40C to prevent freezing and bursting of the pipe and/or sprinklers. Automatic sprinklers are not to be tested with a heat source. Operation of the heat responsive element can result. Absence of a Cover Plate Assembly may delay the response time of the sprinkler in case of a fire. Install the cover plate assembly properly, as shown in Figure 6. Improper installation of the cover plate assembly may cause improper operation or non-operation. If the ceiling is to be repainted after the installation of the Sprinkler, care must be exercised to ensure that the new paint does not seal off any of the air gap. Factory painted Cover Plates must not be repainted. They should be replaced, if necessary, by factory painted cover plates. Non-factory applied paint may adversely delay or prevent sprinkler operation in case of a fire. Do not pull the Cover Plate. Separation may result. In preparation for maintenance of the fire protection system, permission to close the main control valve must be obtained from the proper authorities, and all affected parties by this action, and must be informed before the maintenance session can commence. Do NOT enclose any sprinklers within drapes, curtains, or valances. Do NOT hang anything from the sprinklers. Do NOT clean the sprinklers with soap and/or water, detergents, ammonia, cleaning fluids, or other chemicals. Remove dust, lint, cobwebs, cocoons, insects, and larvae by gently brushing with a feather duster or gently vacuuming with a soft bristle (i.e., dusting) brush attachment. Exercise suitable safety precautions in the use and storage of highly flammable materials. The rapid rate of fire development and spread of these materials can reduce the ability of the sprinkler system to aid in the control of a fire involving such hazards. Leaking or corroded sprinklers must be replaced. Automatic Sprinklers must be kept in a cool and dry place. Automatic sprinklers must never be physically altered, such as painted, plated, or coated, once shipped from the factory. If the sprinklers have been in any way modified, they must be replaced. Great caution must be applied to prevent damage to the sprinklers at all stages - before, during, and after installation. Damaged units because of dropping, hitting, over-tightening, or wrench slippage, must be replaced. When remodeling, such as by adding false beams or light fixtures or changing the location of compartment walls, first verify that the new construction will not violate the installation requirements of the applicable standards of NFPA. Alter the new construction and/or the sprinkler system to suit the requirements of this document and the applicable NFPA regulations. The owner is responsible for the maintenance of the sprinkler system, including inspection and testing of its compliance with this document, as well as the standards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), and the regulations of any other authorities having jurisdiction. The owner should direct any questions regarding the above rules and regulations to the installing contractors or the sprinkler manufacturer. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with NFPA 25. Document No. U036889 Date Jan/11/2019 LI I LI I I I H I LII I I I I Page : 7 of 7 ORDER PROCEDURE When placing an order, please contact a local distributor with the following information (Model Name, Temperature Rating and Finish). Sprinkler Model: RC-QR (SS9561, Quick Response, Standard Coverage, Flat Concealed Sprinkler, Pendent, K5.6, Temperature: 162°F (72°C) or 205°F (96°C)) Cover Plate Assembly Listed :2-5/8 inch (68mm) or 3-1/4 inch (83mm) or 2-5/8 inch square (068mm), Order Separately from Sprinkler FM Approved :2-5/8 inch ('j 68mm) or 3-1/4 inch (<j' 83mm) , Order Separately from Sprinkler Please refer to the chart below for available sizes, and finishes. Standard Finishes Custom Finishes White Ivory Beige Brown Black Nickel Copper Wood Grain Custom Color Custom Pattern 2-5/8" Round, 140°F o o - - - - - - 0 0 3-1/4" Round, 140°F 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2-5/8" Square, 140°F 1 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 2-5/8" Round, 162°F 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 3-1/4" Round, 162°F 0 - - - - - - - 0 0 2-5/8" Square, 162°F 1 0 0 Xj: listed only Tools for Installation of Model RC-QR Socket NR-H For use with a 3/8" drive ratchet (not included) Socket NR-H Plastic For use with a 1/2" drive ratchet (not included) Cap Remover RC I I I I I I I Document No. U036889 Date Jan/11/2019 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 TFP6IO I tqca Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com I I I Models BB, SD, HIP, and AP Specific Application Sprinklers For Protecting Attics H General Description The TYCO Models Back to Back Dual Directional (BB), Single Directional (SD), HIP, and Attic Plus (AP) Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics are fire sprinklers for combus- tible and non-combustible sloped attic spaces. While Models BB, SD, and HIP are specific application attic sprinklers, the Model AP is a specific application combustible concealed-space sprin- kler with specific application criteria for use with Models BB, SD, and HIP in attic spaces. Specific Application Attic Sprinklers provide superior fire protection in attic spaces. When compared to Stan- dard Spray Sprinklers, cost savings are achieved by eliminating branchline materials and the associated installa- tion labor. Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics have undergone the most extensive fire testing ever per- formed for sloped attic spaces. They are UL Listed with their specific appli- cation guidelines for use as special sprinklers as defined by the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (N FPA). Specific Application Attic Sprinklers provide an extended coverage spacing alternative to the restricted spacing of Standard Spray Sprinklers. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 28 The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers are the first sprinklers to be: Listed for extended coverage in com- bustible construction Full-scale fire tested in both wet and dry system scenarios Full-scale tested for use in wood truss construction Listed for specific roof slopes (Ref. Table A) The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers provide cost control with the best level of protection by eliminat- ing the need for additional sprinklers and branchline piping. In many cases, an attic can be entirely protected with just one line of piping located below the peak of the roof using Model BB Sprin- klers. If Model SD Sprinklers or Model HIP Sprinklers are needed, one line of either at each area being covered is sufficient. For example, while using Standard Spray Sprinklers, a system in a 60 ft (18,3 m) wide attic with up to a 12:12 roof pitch designed to NFPA 13, could require seven branchlines to cover the main portion of the attic and several additional branchlines to cover the hip areas. With Specific Application Attic Sprinklers, the required coverage can be obtained with just one branchline running below the peak and one down each slope of the hip beam. This would result in approximately 90% less pipe needed for installation. This reduction in the number of branchlines saves the cost of the pipe, fittings, hangers, and associated labor by eliminating up to five branchlines. Another important aspect of the Spe- cific Application Attic Sprinkler technol- ogy, which also allows for cost savings, is the reduction in system volume. This volume reduction may result in reduc- ing the size of a dry pipe valve and air compressor, and possibly allows for quicker water delivery times, eliminat- ing the need for an accelerator. AUGUST 2018 TFP6IO Page 2 of 28 I Components: I I 1-Frame 4-Bulb I I 2 - Button 5 - Compression I I3 - Sealing Screw I Assembly 6 - Deflector 2-1/4' 1-5/8" (57,2 mm) (41,3 mm)H 1-1/8 13/16" (28,6 mm) mm) \5FLO! 6 T /16 T' - 2-1/8" 2 (54,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 3/4" NPT NOMINAL MAKE-IN WRENCH FRAME CROSS FLATS ARMS SECTION ELEVATION FIGURE A MODELS BB1, BB2, AND BB3 WITH 8.0 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS Components: 1 - Frame 4 - Bulb 2 - Button 5 - Compression 3 - Sealing Screw Assembly 6 - Deflector 2-1/4' ________ •_ 1-5/8" (57,2 mm) (41,3 mm) 13/16 (28,6 mm) '1(20,6 mm)h FLOW \ FLOW - 5 /8" 2-1 2 (54,0 mm) THREAD RELIEF / mm)] / 1/2" NPT / NOMINAL MAKE-IN WRENCH FRAME FLATS ARMS CROSS SECTION ELEVATION FIGURE C MODELS BBI, BB2, AND BB3 WITH 4.2 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS I I U I I I I I I I I 1 I I I Components: 1 - Body 5 - Compression 8 - Deflector 2 - Cap Screw 9 - Rivet 3 - Sealing 6 - Lever 10 - Diffuser Assembly 7 - Deflector 11 - Link 4 - Saddle Frame Assembly 1-9/16" j 2-1/4" [(39,7 mm)'] (57,2 mm) 10 11 9 7 FLOW FLOW 2.i/2 6 FRAME ARMS 2 3 WRENCH 1/2' 7/16' HEX NPT (11,1 mm) NOMINAL CROSS MAKE-IN SECTION ELEVATION FIGURE B MODELS BBI, BB2, AND BB3 WITH 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS Components: 1 - Body 5 - Compression 8 - Deflector 2 - Cap Screw 9 - Rivet 3 - Sealing 6 - Lever 10 - Link Assembly 7 - Deflector Assembly 4 - Saddle Frame 1-5/16' 2-1/8" (33,3 mm) (54,0 mm) FLOW 10 .011 7 FRAME r1 ARMS 6 (76,2 mm) :i1 '' 7/16" (11,1 mm) WRENCH 1/2" 2 1 NOMINAL HEX NPT CROSS MAKE-IN SECTION ELEVATION FIGURE D MODELS SD1, SD2, AND SD3 WITH 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS I U Components: 1 - Frame 4 - Bulb 2 - Button 5 - Compression 3 - Sealing Screw Assembly 6 - Deflector 2-1/8 2' (54,0 mm) r(50,8 mm) 1-1/16' 1-1/4 (27,0 mm) (31.8 mm) 3 W ~E FLOW THREAD ELIEF 7/16 (11.1mm)] 1/2 NPT NOMINAL WRENCH FRAME MAKE-IN FLATS ARMS CROSS SECTION ELEVATION FIGURE E MODEL HIP WITH 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION ATTIC SPRINKLERS I TFP6IO Page 3of28 i Components: 1 - Frame 5 - Compression 2 - Sealing Screw Assembly 6 - Deflector 3 - Button 7 - Ejection 4 - Bulb Spring - 1-11/16' (42,9 mm) INKLER RAME RMS 2-1/4' / (57,2 mm) 7 H 7/16' (11,1 mm) J NOMINAL MAKE-IN CROSS SECTION ELEVATION FIGURE F MODEL AP WITH 4.2 OR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED SPACE SPRINKLERS I I I I 1 Another cost reduction is the Listing of BLAZEMASTER CPVC for use in attic spaces to feed the wet system Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protect- ing Attics, as well as to feed the wet system sprinklers below the ceiling. Traditionally, BLAZEMASTER CPVC has been used on the lower floors in the joist space above a ceiling that do not require sprinklers. The cost of using CPVC on those floors can now be translated to the upper floor even if sprinklers are required in the attic. There are four models of the Specific Application Attic Sprinklers used for protecting attics: BB, SD, HIP, and AR The Model BB and Model SD Sprinklers have three separate versions used for different roof pitches. The pitches, as applicable, can vary from a minimum of 3:12 to a maximum of 12:12. For more information, refer to Table A. BB Sprinkler (Back to Back Dual Directional) The Model BB Specific Application Attic Sprinkler, as seen in Figure A, B and C, throws a narrow and long pattern. The narrow spacing along the ridge serves two purposes: the response time is reduced by placing the sprinklers no farther than 6 ft (1,8 m) apart, and the spray can be concentrated in the throw direction to obtain a pattern that will cover up to 30 ft (9,1 m) in each direction when measured horizontally. There are three different models that account for different roof slopes: 13131, 13132, and 13133. Each model is provided in one of three different orifice sizes: K=4.2, 5.6, or 8.0. SD Sprinkler (Single Directional) The Model SD Specific Application Attic Sprinkler, as seen in Figure D, throws a narrow but long pattern like the Model BB. However, unlike the Model BB, the Model SD only throws in one direction. Model BB Sprinklers are primarily used where shear walls or draft curtains have been installed within an attic space. Model BB Sprinklers are also used when the framing direction is parallel with the outside wall in the hip area. For more information, refer to Figure 13. In this case, the SD Model Sprinkler would be used on one side of the slope and AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers would be used to protect the other side. The Model SD Sprinklers must be installed in a vertical upright orientation and not angled with the slope. Achiev- ing the vertical upright orientation may require the use of a swing joint if the SD Sprinklers are being fed from a line running along and parallel to the roof hip. There are three different models that account for different roof slopes: SD1, SD2, and SD3. HIP Sprinkler The Model HIP Specific Application Attic Sprinkler, as seen in Figure E, covers the area of the hip in the attic. This is a slightly different concept than the BB Model or SD Model Sprinklers. The HIP Sprinkler is located along the slope running down the hip, and throws a 900 pattern toward the outside eaves. This pattern allows the water to "corner" and control the fire. The HIP does not throw much water directly up or down the hip, but rather it throws most of the pattern out to each side (900) down the slope of the roof. This sprinkler is typically spaced 6 ft (1,8 m) to 3 ft (0,9 m) on center down the slope. To use the HIP Sprinkler, the framing must be perpendicular to the outside wall (refer to Figure 12) and the maximum throw cannot exceed 28 ft (8,5 m) measured horizontally. The HIP, unlike the BB Model and SD Model, is installed with the deflector parallel with the slope. There is only one model with flows and pressures for two different spacings. I I I I I r I I TFP6IO Page 4 of 28 AP Sprinkler (Attic Plus) The AP Specific Application Attic Sprin- kler are to be installed in the upright orientation with their deflector parallel to the roof. The Model AP Sprinklers, as seen in Figure F, are intended to be used to provide protection of attic areas outside the scope of applica- tions for the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers. The AP Sprinklers must only be used in conjunction with other Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinklers (BB, SD, and HIP), or as permitted in other sections of this document. The AP Sprinklers will provide a hydraulic advantage over Standard Spray Sprinklers for the pro- tection of attic areas outside the scope of application for the BB Model, SD Model, or HIP Model Sprinklers. NOTICE The Specific Application Attic Sprin- klers for Protecting Attics described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of NFPA, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- mance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY4180* 13131 K=8.0 TY4181* 13132 K=8.0 TY4182* 13133 K=8.0 TV3180* BB1 K=5.6 TY3181* 13132 K=5.6 TY3182* 13133 K=5.6 TY2180 13131 K=4.2 TY2181 13132 K=4.2 TY2182 13133 K=4.2 1Y3183* SD1 K=5.6 TY3184* SD2 K=5.6 TY3185* SD3 K=5.6 TY3187* HIP K=5.6 TY3190 APK=5.6 TY2190 APK=4.2 * The "TV" prefix is a re-designation of the previous "C" prefix. For example, TY4180 is a re-designation for C4180. Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed These Approvals only apply to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section on Page 6 and the Design Guidelines section on Page 8. Pipe Thread Connection 1/2 inch NPT for K=4.2 and 5.6 3/4 inch NPT for K=8.0 Discharge Coefficient K = 4.2 GPM/psi/2 (60,5 LPM/bar½) K = 5.6 GPM/p514 (80,6 LPM/bar") K = 8.0 GPM/p5i½ (115,5 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating Intermediate Temperature as follows: -200°F (93°C) for BB (K4.2 and K8.0), HIP, AP -212°F (100°C) for BB (K5.6), SD Finish Natural Brass Physical Characteristics (Figures A, C and E) Frame ............................Bronze Button .....................Bronze/Copper Sealing Assembly.. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb.....................Glass (3 mm dia.) Link .............................MONEL Compression Screw ..................Brass Deflector ....................Brass/Bronze Physical Characteristics (Figures B and 0) Body ..............................Brass Cap ..............................Bronze Sealing Assembly.. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Saddle.............................Brass Link Assembly......................Nickel Compression Screw ..................Brass Deflector ....................Brass/Bronze Lever .....................Bronze Deflector Frame ............................Bronze Diffuser ............................Brass Rivet ..............................Brass Physical Characteristics (Figure F) Frame .............................Brass Button ............................Bronze Sealing Assembly.. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb.....................Glass (3 mm dia.) Compression Screw ..................Brass Deflector ..........................Bronze Operation BB (K=8.0 and 4.2), HIP (K=5.6) and AP (5.6 and 4.2) The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. BB (K=5.6) and SD (K=5.6) The fusible link assembly is comprised of two link halves which are joined by a thin layer of solder. When the rated temperature is reached, the solder melts and the two link halves separate, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Installation The TYCO Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics must be installed in accordance with this section. NOTICE Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 155°F (68°C) and 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 200°F (93°C) tem- perature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a min- imum-to-maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N.m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. To install the Specific Application Attic Sprinklers, complete the following: Step 1. Sprinklers must be oriented correctly as follows: Model BB Sprinklers are to be installed in the upright vertical posi- tion with the flow arrows on the deflector pointing down the two opposing slopes. Model SD Sprinklers are to be installed in the upright vertical posi- tion with the flow direction arrow on the deflector pointing down the slope. The Model HIP Sprinklers are to be installed with the deflector at the top, the sprinkler centerline perpendicular to the ridge of the hip roof, and the flow direction arrows on the deflec- tor pointing down the two oppos- ing slopes. Unlike the Model BB and Model SD, the Model HIP is installed angled so that its deflector is paral- lel with the slope of the hip ridge line. The Model AP Sprinklers are to be installed in the upright position with the deflector parallel to the roof slope. There are no flow arrows on the deflector to consider; however, a good piping practice is to position all the Model AP Sprinklers so that their frame arms are in the same direction. ,_7' WRENCH FLATS ENGAGEr SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH JAW FLANGES WRENCH USE END \ JAW FLANGE MARKED A ONLY FIGURE H W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH FOR USE WITH BB (K=8.0) SPRINKLERS' WRENCH FLATS ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH JAW FLANGES WRENCH USE END \ JAW FLANGE MARKED- A ONLY FIGURE J W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH For Use with BB (K=4.2) Sprinklers Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Note: With reference to Figure G, do not grasp the sprinkler by the deflector. Step 3. Wrench-tighten the sprin- kler using only the wrenches shown in Figures H through M. Wrenches are only to be applied to the sprin- kler wrench flats or wrench hex, as applicable. I TFP6IO Page 5of28 i WRENCH FLATS ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH 7"A"ONLY N JAW FLANGES WRENCH D \ JAW FLANGE D / FIGURE K W-TYPE 20 SPRINKLER WRENCH For Use with HIP (K=5.6) Sprinklers WRENCH HEX APPLY WRENCHIX4 TO WRENCH HEX ONLY ADJUST WRENCH JAW TO FIT WRENCH HEX FIGURE L ADJUSTABLE WRENCH For Use with BB (K=5.6) and SD (K=5.6) Sprinklers I WRENCH FLATS ENGAGE SPRINKLER THREAD RELIEF WITH WRENCH N JAW FLANGES 'N WRENCH USE END \ JAW FLANGE MARKED A ONLY FIGURE M W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH For Use with AP (K=4.2 and 5.6) Sprinklers I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I TFP6IO Page 6 of 28 Design Criteria Area of Use The TYCO Specific Application Attic Sprinklers are designed for use in roof structures and combustible and non-combustible sloped attic spaces, including wood joist/rafters and wood trussed attics with a ceiling below. System Type for BB, SD, HIP, or AP Sprinklers Wet using CPVC pipe Wet or dry using steel pipe Note: Use of the 4.2 K sprinklers in dry pipe systems is permitted by NFPA 13 where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. Hazard Light Hazard. BB, SD, or HIP Allowable Roof Span (Coverage) and Roof Pitch Refer to Table A for allowable roof spans and roof pitches, and for the associated minimum sprinkler flows and pressures. Figures 1, 2, 11 and 12 illustrate where the roof span is to be measured. Coverage Beyond BB, SD or HIP Allowable Roof Spans Up to 10 ft (3,1 m) of coverage at the eave(s) beyond the allowable roof spans for BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers may be obtained by using a single row of AP Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 14A, 1413, and 15. BB, SD, HIP, or AP Minimum Distance Between Sprinklers 4 ft (1,2 m) as measured along the branchline for BB and SD. For more information, refer to Figure 3. 3 ft (0,9 m) as measured along the branchline for HIP. For more informa- tion, refer to Figure 12. 7 ft (2,1 m) between AP Sprinklers. BB, SD, HIP, or AP Maximum Distance Between Sprinklers 6 ft (1,8 m) on center along the branch- line for BB, SD, and HIP. For more infor- mation, refer to Figure 3 and 12. For AP, the maximum spacing is 10 ft (3,1 m) perpendicular to slope and 12 ft (3,6 m) parallel to slope. When there is more than one row of AP Sprin- klers, the sprinklers must be staggered as seen in Figure 20-13-3. BB, SD, HIP, or AP Minimum Distance to AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers As measured along the peak/ridge direction, 6 ft (1,8 m) from BB, SD, and HIP to Standard Spray Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 4. As measured along the peak/ridge direction, 7 ft (2,1 m) from AP to Stan- dard Spray Sprinklers. For more infor- mation, refer to Figure 4. In the slope direction, 26 ft (7,9 m) from BB or HIP Sprinklers to AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 6. BB, SD, or HIP Deflector Installation Position Below Peak/Ridge or Deck For roof pitches of 4:12 (33%) to 12:12 (100%), 22 in. (558,8 mm) maximum and 16 in. (406,4 mm) minimum. For more information, refer to Figure 2 and 5. For roof pitches of 3:12 (25%) up to 4:12 (33%), (only 4.2K Model BB), 12 in. (304,8 mm) maximum below the peak and a minimum of 1 in. (25,4 mm) below the bottom of the top chord or solid wood rafter. AP Deflector Position and Roof Pitch 1 to 3 in. (25,4 to 75,6 mm) below the bottom of the top chord or bottom of solid wood rafter, where the roof pitch is 3:12 to 12:12 and the top chord or solid wood rafter is a nominal 12 in. (600 mm) or less. BB or SD Deflector Installation Position Above Scissor Truss 18 in. (457,2 mm) minimum. For more information, refer to Figure 5. BB, SD, or HIP Minimum Distance Away from Trusses Attic Sprinklers must be installed 6 in. (152,4 mm) away from the face of trusses. For more information, refer to Figure 7. SD Distance from Shear Wall or Draft Curtain 4 to 6 in. (101,6 to 152,4 mm) from face, and a minimum of 8 in. (203,2 mm) above the bottom of the draft curtain. For more information, refer to Figure 2. Draft Curtains Draft curtains installed to permit the installation of Attic Sprinklers shall be constructed so as to not allow heat to escape through or above the draft curtain. The draft curtain may be con- structed of 1/2 in (12,7 mm) plywood. BB or HIP Maximum Distance from the Center Line of the Ridge 6 in. (152,4 mm) with the deflector located 16 to 22 in. (406,4 mm to 558,8 mm) from the peak. For more informa- tion, refer to Figure 8. Use of UL Listed BLAZEMASTER CPVC Piping with Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics (Wet Systems Only) BLAZEMASTER CPVC piping may be used in a combustible concealed attic space requiring sprinklers when installed in accordance with the follow- ing guidelines: Note: Where the use of non-com- bustible insulation is specified, verify with the insulation manufacturer as to the non-combustibility of the insula- tion. The non-combustible insulation (fiberglass) may be faced or unfaced. Where faced, the facing need not be non-combustible. The insulation is to have a flame spread index of not more than 25. Verify chemical compatibility of the insulation with BLAZEMASTER CPVC by consulting www.lubrizol.com. BLAZEMASTER CPVC may be used to feed the wet system ceiling sprin- klers on the floor below. There must be 6 in. (152,4 mm) of non-combus- tible insulation covering the horizon- tal or vertical pipe extending 12 in. (304,8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the pipe. Refer to Figures 9A, 913, and 9C. The area above the pipe must be protected by BB, SD, HIP, or AP Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 9A. If the pipe is located inside the ceil- ing joist, the joist channel must be covered or filled with 6 in. (152,4 mm) of non-combustible insulation on top of the pipe and the area above must be protected by BB, SD, HIP, or AP Sprinklers. For more information, refer to Figure 913. Insulation is for fire protection purposes. It is not freeze protection. BLAZEMASTER CPVC must be installed in accordance with the BLAZEMASTER installation guide instructions. With reference to Figure 19, BLAZE- MASTER CPVC may be used exposed to feed wet system BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers where: Risers are vertical and protected by BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers locat- ed at a maximum lateral distance of 12 in. (304,8 mm) from the riser centerline. BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are di- rectly mounted on the branchline. BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are on arm-overs and located at a max- imum lateral distance of 6 in. (152,4 mm) from the branchline centerline. BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are on vertical sprigs attached to the branchline. I I I S I S I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I TFP6IO Page 7 of 28 DRY PIPE ALLOWABLE ROOF SPAN MINIMUM MINIMUM SYSTEM MAXIMUM MODEL K SIN 1a 'b' e ' FLOW, GPM (LPM) PRESSURE, psi (bar) Over Run Rise n WATER DELIVERY Feet (m) TIME, Seconds BB1 8.0 TY4180 !~60 (18,3) 38 (144) 22.6 (1,5) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) (c) BB2 8.0 1Y4181 i~60 (18,3) 38 (144) 22.6 (1,5) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) (C) B133 8.0 1Y4182 560 (18,3) 40 (152) 25.0 (1,7) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) (c) BB1 5.6 TY3180 >40(12,2) to !g60 (18,3) 38 (144) 46.0(3,2) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) (c) BB2 5.6 TY3181 >40(12,2) to 60(18,3) 38 (144) 46.0(3,2) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) (c) BB3 5.6 1Y3182 >40(12,2) to 60 (18,3) 38(144) 46.0 (3,2) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) (c) BB1 5.6 TY3180 :g40 (12,2) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) (c) B132 5.6 TY3181 !g40 (12,2) 25(95) 20.0(1,4) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) (c) BB3 5.6 TY3182 540 (12,2) 25 (95) 20.0(1,4) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) (c) BB1 4.2 TY2180 520 (6,1) 13 (49) 9.6 (0,7) 3:12 (25) to less than 7:12 (58) 45 (d) B132 4.2 TY2181 20 (6,1) 13 (49) 9.6 (0,7) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) 45 (d) BB3 4.2 1Y2182 1520 (6,1) 13 (49) 9.6 (0,7) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) 45 (d) SD1 5.6 1Y3183 >30 (9,1) to !g40 (12,2) 35 (132) 39.0 (2,7) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) (c) SD2 5.6 TY3184 >30 (9,1) to !g40 (12,2) 35 (132) 39.0(2,7) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) (c) SD3 5.6 TY3185 >30 (9,1) to :g40 (12,2) 35 (132) 39.0 (2,7) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) (c) SD1 5.6 TY3183 >10 (3,0) to!530 (9,1) 25(95) 20.0 (1,4) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) (c) SD2 5.6 1Y3184 >10 (3,0) to !g30 (9,1) 25(95) 20.0(1,4) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12(83) (c) SD3 5.6 TY3185 >10 (3,0) to !g30 (9,1) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) (C) SD1 5.6 TY3183 !00 (3,0) 19 (72) 11.5 (0,8) 4:12 (33) to less than 7:12 (58) (c) SD2 5.6 TY3184 !00 (3,0) 19 (72) 11.5 (0,8) 7:12 (58) to less than 10:12 (83) (C) SD3 5.6 TY3185 510 (3,0) 19 (72) 11.5 (0,8) 10:12 (83) to 12:12 (100) (c) HIP 5.6 TY3187 >20(6,1) to !928 (8,5) 34 (129) 36.9 (2,5) 4:12 (33) to 12:12 (100) (c) HIP 5.6 TY3187 520 (6,1) 25 (95) 20.0 (1,4) 4:12 (33) to 12:12 (100) (c) AP 5.6 1Y3190 10 (3,1) x 12 (3,6) -See note 'e' 1 TY2 190 Minimum 7si (0,48,r) Minimum .10 gpm (4,1 mm/mm.) Design Density 3:12 (25) to 12:12 (100) 60 (d) AP 4.2 3:12 (25) to 12:12 (100) 60 (d) NOTES The BB and SD roof span is measured horizontally (not along the slope) as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2. The HIP roof span is measured horizontally as shown in Figure 2. Refer to NFPA 13. Maximum water delivery time for all system sizes. The AP roof span is measured along the slope. Maximum 10 ft (3, m) perpendicular to slope by maximum 12 ft (3,6 m) parallel to slope. TABLE A ALLOWABLE ROOF SPAN, FLOW, PRESSURE, AND PITCH FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION SPRINKLERS FOR PROTECTING ATTICS I I I I I I 1 I 1] I I I I 1 I I I 1 LI TFP6IO Page 8 of 28 BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers are on arm-over or angled sprigs, and lo- cated at a maximum lateral dis- tance of 6 in. (152,4 mm) from the branchline centerline. A minimum lateral distance of 18 in. (450 mm) is maintained be- tween the CPVC pipe and a heat producing device such as heat pumps, fan motors, and heat lamps. BLAZEMASTER CPVC may be used exposed to provide wet system, ver- tical or angled, sprigs to AP Sprin- klers (refer to Figures 17A and 17B) where: The exposed portion of an angled sprig is a maximum length of 3 ft (0,9 m), the sprig is supported ad- jacent to the AP Sprinkler, and ver- tical restraint is provided using the CPVC hanger support for horizon- tal pipe runs. Vertical sprigs have a maximum exposed length of 10 ft (3,05 m), the AP Sprinkler is located at a maximum lateral distance of 12 in. (3304,8 mm) from the sprig center- line, and the sprig is supported at the swing joint to the AP Sprinkler. A minimum 6 in. (152,4 mm) deep of non-combustible insulation ex- tending 12 in. (304,8 mm) on each side away from the centerline of the CPVC branchline feeding the AP sprigs (refer to Figure 17A). If the CPVC branchline is located in- side the ceiling joist, the joist chan- nel must be covered or filled with a minimum of 6 in. (152,4 mm) deep of noncombustible insulation on top of the branchline feeding the AP sprigs (refer to Figure 17B). In- sulation is for fire protection pur- poses. It is not freeze protection. Additional depth of non-combusti- ble insulation may be added to re- duce the exposed length of the AP sprigs. A minimum lateral distance of 18 in. (450 mm) is maintained be- tween the CPVC pipe and a heat producing device such as heat pumps, fan motors, and heat lamps. Mismatched Slopes Refer to Figure 10. Obstructions For BB, SD, and HIP, refer to Figure 16. For AP Sprinklers, refer to Figure 18. BB, SD, HIP, and AP Sprinklers may be installed directly on maximum 2-1/2 inch NPS (DN65) branch lines without the need for sprigs. See NFPA 13 for requirements when installed on pipe greater than 2-1/2 inch NPS (DN65). Hydraulic Requirements Refer to Figure 20. Determine the Correct Flow and Pressure For BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers, deter- mine the roof span (measured horizon- tally) and the slope of the roof, and then refer to Table A. There is no interpola- tion of the flow and pressure shown. Round all cases to the next higher spacing. For example, a 45 ft (13,7 m) span with the BB1 (K=8.0) would be calculated at the 60 feet (18,3 m) span. For the AP Sprinklers, the minimum design pressure is 7 psi, and the minimum design density is 0.10 gpm/ft2 (4,1 mm/mm). The NFPA 13, 20 psi (1,4 bar) minimum operating pressure for Standard Spray Sprinkler spacings parallel to the ridge that are above 8 ft (2,4 m) does not apply to the AR Coverage Area Coverage area for the BB Sprinklers is determined by twice the distance of the furthest throw measured along the slope multiplied by the distance along the branchline. The maximum distance along branchline is 6 ft (1,8 m) regardless of the length of the throw. Note: The distance along the branch- line may have to be reduced to less than the maximum of 6 ft (1,8 m) to remain under 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) maximum depending on the slope and the span. In no case can the span exceed 60 ft (18,3 m) without additional Standard Spray Sprinklers. Coverage area for the SD (Single Directional) Sprinklers is the distance along the branchline multiplied by the distance of the throw down the slope. Regardless of the throw, the maximum distance along the branch- line is 6 ft (1,8 m), the maximum throw measured horizontally is 40 ft (12,2 m), and the maximum coverage per sprinkler is 400 ft2 (37,2 m2). Coverage area for the HIP Sprinklers is the distance down the larger slope multiplied by two, and multiplied by the distance between the sprinklers as measured along the slope of the hip. Coverage area for the AP (Attic Plus) Sprinklers is the distance along the branchline multiplied by the distance between the branchlines. The max- imum spacing is 10 ft (3,1 m) per- pendicular to the slope and 12 ft (3,6 m) parallel to slope, and as mea- sured on the slope. When there is more than one row of AP Sprinklers, the sprinklers must be staggered per Figure 20-B-3. The maximum spac- ing per sprinkler is 120 ft2 (11,1 m2). Design Guidelines To design a project with the TYCOSpe- cific Application Attic Sprinklers, use these steps as a guideline: Determine if single, dual directional or hip sprinkler is needed. Determine the roof slope is between 3:12 to 12:12. If more than one slope is being used on a project, select the correct sprinkler for each area. Follow the guidelines for each type of sprinkler. Calculate the sprinkler system in accordance with the appropriate flow and pressure information provided in Table A, as well as Figure 20. There is no interpolation of the flows and pressures shown on the chart. For BB Sprinklers (Back to Back Dual Directional) Verify the framing direction is per- pendicular to the outside wall (refer to Figure 12). If not, cover that area with AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers (refer Figure 13). Determine the throw needed. For more information, see the spac- ing requirements in Table A. If over 20 ft (6,1 m) and up to 60 ft (18,3 m) is required, use the 8.0 K-factor, BB Sprinklers to reduce the pressure required. If pressure is not a concern, use the 5.6 K-factor, BB Sprinklers to minimize over discharge. If less than 20 ft (6,1 m) is required, use the 4.2 K-factor, Back to Back Dual Directional to minimize pressure and flow requirements. Determine the distance along the slope. If the distance is not equal, use the longer side. Multiply the lon- ger side by two to determine the spacing down the slope. Four hun- dred divided by this value will deter- mine the maximum spacing along the ridge. The maximum distance is 6 ft (1,8 m). For example, a 12:12 slope at the maximum span of 60 ft (18,3 m) will produce a slope length of approximately 42.5 ft (13,0 m). That number multiplied by two pro- duces an 85 ft (25,9 m) throw. A 400 ft2 maximum divided by an 85 ft (25,9 m) throw only allows a 4 ft 8 in. (1,4 m) spacing along the ridge. Using the maximum spacing, space the sprinklers along the ridge. Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16. If necessary, add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. I LI I I I I I I I I I 1 I H I I I I For SD Sprinklers (Single Directional) Determine the throw needed. As the 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) is not a factor with the SD Sprinklers, the maximum spacing is 6 ft (1,8 m) and the mini- mum is 4 ft (1,2 m). For more infor- mation, refer to Figures 2 and 11. The reason 400 ft2 is not an issue with the single directional is because, at its maximum spacing, 6 ft (1,8 m) on center / covering 40 ft (12,2 m) flat / a 12:12 slope / and the throw being 56.5 ft (17,2 m), the 400 ft2 (3712 m2) maximum would not be exceeded. Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16. If necessary, add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. For HIP Sprinklers Verify framing direction is perpendic- ular to outside wall (refer to Figure 12). If not, cover that area with AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers (refer to Figure 13). From the intersection of the top of the hip and the ridge, the maximum distance down the slope of the hip is 3 ft (0,9 m). Start the layout with the first sprinkler as close to that point as possible, but no further, while staying 6 in. (152,4 mm) away from the face of the trusses. Remember the slope of the hip is not equal to the slope of the roof from the ridge to the out- side wall. Continue to space sprin- klers down the hip at a maximum of 6 ft (1,8 m) on center as measured along the slope of the hip. When the bottom of the hip is encountered, the last sprinkler must be within 7-1/2 ft (2,3 m) of the outside wall as mea- sured flat (plan view). If this pipe is "cut to fit", remember to account for the different slopes of the hip and the roof, as well as distances measured along the slope verses horizontal in plan view must be accounted for. Avoid obstructions as shown in Fig- ure 16. If necessary, add Model AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprin- klers to maintain coverage around obstructions. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Specific Application Attic Sprinklers for Protecting Attics must be maintained and serviced in accor- dance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protec- tion system from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NFPA, such as NFPA25. In addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manu- facturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national code. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modi- fied sprinklers must be replaced. Over-heated solder type sprinklers must be replaced. Bulb-type sprin- klers that have been exposed to cor- rosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. For more informa- tion, refer to the Installation Section. TFP6IO Page 9 of 28 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Model (specify), K-factor (specify), SIN (specify), Specific Appli- cation Attic Sprinkler, P/N (specify): BB1 (K=8.0), TY4180 ......................51 -623-1-200 13132 (K=8.0), TY4181 ......................51-621-1-200 BB3 (K=8.0), TY4182 ......................51-622-1-200 1131311 (K=5.6), 1Y3180 ......................50-601-1-212 BB2 (K=5.6). 1Y3181 ......................50-602-1-212 BB3 (K=5.6), 1Y3182 ...................... 50-603-1 -212 BB1 (K=4.2), TY2180 ...................... 50-620-1 -200 BB2 (K=4.2), TY2181 ......................50-621-1-200 BB3 (K=4.2), 1Y2182 ...................... 50-622-1 -200 SD1 (K=5.6), 1Y3183 ......................50-611-1-212 SD2 (K=5.6), 1Y3184 ......................50-612-1-212 SD3 (K=5.6), TY3185 ...................... 50-613-1-212 HIP (K=5.6), TY3187 ...................... 51-620-1 -200 AP (K=5.6), TY3190 ...................... 50-625-1 -200 AP (K=4.2), TY2190......................50-624-1-200 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Specify: W-Type 20 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-1-106 Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I n I TFP6IO Page 10 of 28 ROOF SPAN -. (COVERAGE) - SEE FIG. 11 I BACK TO BACK STANDARD SPRINKLER TRUSS SCISSOR 12 TRUSS FIGURE 1 6-0' (183 m) MAXIMUM________ 4-0" (1,22 m) MINIMUM II 7 71 BBorSDAUIC II 11SPRINKLERS11 U I RIDGE BRANCH U ii I I LINE Ii TRUSS CEILING FIGURE 3 22" (558,8 mm) MAX. BB, SD or HIP ATTIC 16" (406,4 mm) MIN. SPRINKLER -or- STANDARD FOR A ROOF PITCH TRUSS 18" MIN. LESS THAN 4:12(33%), (457,2 mm) 12" (304,8 mm) MAXIMUM BELOW PEAK AND 1 (25,4 mm) MINIMUM /t BELOW BOTTOM OF TOP CHORD OR N RAFTER SCISSOR TRUSS FIGURE 5 I I I I I I I 1 I I H I 6" (152,4 mm) MAX. ROOF SPAN 4" (101,6 mm) MIN. H rAP (COVERAGE) I DECK FROM WALL or STANDARD k. tIN(LE DIRECTIONAL I SPRAY SPRINKLER I SPRINKLERS I SEE I BOUOM OF SHEATHINGRA 8" 22' (558,8 mm) MAX. 16' (406,4 mm) MIN.____ IN CURTAIN FULL WALL TO DECK TO DECK (203,2 mm) FIGURE 2 7-0" (2,1 m) MIN. FOR AP SPRINKLERS 6-0" (1,8 m) MINIMUM FOR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS -TT- I II II II \ II II AP0rSTANDARD II ATTIC II II SPRAY SPRINKLER SPRINKLER RIDGE BRANCH II II II I LINE II II II II II I II TRUSS-A' CEILING 1 II II II II / II II II II II / II FIGURE 4 BB, SDorHIP ATTIC SPRINKLER 26-0" (7,92 AP or STANDARD SPRAY MINIMUM SPRINKLERS FIGURE 6 I I I I 6" (152,4 mm) MINIMUM II BB, SDorHIP II SPRINKLER RIDGE II II II BRANCH II II II LINE I TRUSS- II CEILING II I/I FIGURE 7 6" (152,4 mm) MAXIMUM 22" (558,8 mm) MAX. 16" (406,4 mm) MIN. BOTTOM OF SHEATHING FIGURE 8 BB or HIP ATTIC SPRINKLER I I I TFP6IO Page 11 of 28 MIN. -I- 12" MIN. (304,8 mm) f (304,8 mmT SPRINKLER ATTIC PROTECTED 6 MIN. SPACE VAX/I'yX.yXyX (152,4 mm) CEILING / / INSULATION FOR FIRE JOIST //' T NON-COMBUSTIBLE PROTECTION OF CPVC CPVC PIPE CEILING PIPE, NOT FREEZE & FITTINGS SPRINKLER PROTECTION FIGURE 9A NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION ATTIC FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE, SPRINKLER NOT FREEZE PROTECTION PROTECTED OPTION B SPACE 6" MIN. I/\I (152 '4 CPVC PIPE CEILING JOIST & FITTINGS SPRINKLER CEILING FIGURE 9B NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION ATTIC FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE, SPRINKLER NOT FREEZE PROTECTION PROTECTED SPACE VERTICAL RISE _ 6 MIN. (152,4 mm) CEILING JOIST CEILING CPVC PIPE ELEVATION CHANGE & FITTINGS CEILING FIGURE 9C SINGLE DIRECTIONAL SPRINKLERS AS APPROPRIATE FOR RESPECTIVE SLOPE DRAFT CURTAIN / 8 MIN. (SHOWN) (203,2 mm) OR FULL WALL TO ROOF DEC WHEN ANGLE A DOES NOT EQUAL ANGLE "B' FIGURE 10 PERMITTED USE OF ATTIC SPRINKLERS FOR MISMATCHED SLOPES AP or STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER COVERAGE ON SLOPE BB, SID orHIP COVERAGE ON HORIZONTAL 7 7 7 7 7 7 CEILING ROOF JOIST JOIST OR TOP CHORD AP or STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER COVERAGE ON SLOPE BB, SD or HIP COVERAGE ON HORIZONTAL MAXIMUM 2" (50 mm) VENT PERMITTED TOP OF INSULATION FIGURE 9 NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FOR THE PROTECTION OF CPVC PIPE NON-COMBUSTIBLE ROOF JOIST INSULATION OR TOP CHORD FIGURE 11 COVERAGE STARTING POINT ATEAVE TFP6IO Page 12 of 28 _7-6 (2,3 m) MAX. HORIZONTAL I I I I I 17-77-77 I I I I I - I I I I I I I I I HIP SPRINKLERS I I I I I I I I I I I BACK PROTECT AREA ON I I I I I I I I I I TO BACK HIP RIDGE I I I I I I I I I HIP ROOF INSTALLATION I I I I I I I I I FIGURE 12 BOTH SIDES OF - - - I I I I I I I I I SPRINKLERS WITH RAFTERS FRAMED RAFTERS IN HIP SLOPE --------I I I I I I I I PERPENDICULAR TO AREA PERPENDICULAR HIP I SLOPE -- I I I I ROOF OUTSIDE WALL TO OUTSIDE WALL - I I I I I I I SLOPE (SHOWN WITH HIP Hw HIP SLOPE AND ADJACENT LINE MAXIMUM WALL SPRINKLERS PROTECTING AREAS TO HIP SLOPE) 28-0 (8,5 m) HORIZONTAL HIP RIDGES SEE FIG. 11 I 6-0(1,8 m) MAX. _,>\ 3-0 (0,9 m) 3-0 (0,9 m) MIN. MAX. ON ON HIP SLOPE HIP SLOPE FIGURE 13A -.- L.a- 6-0 (1,8 m) MAX. 6-0 (1,8 m) MAX. HIP ROOF INSTALLATION WITH TRUSSES FRAMED I STANDARD SPRAY I PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE WALL I SPRINKLERS INSTALLED H I T (SHOWN WITH STANDARD I AREA WHEN TRUSSES I TO BACK IPER NFPA13IN HIP SLOPE BACK I I SPRAY OR AP SPRINKLERS I ARE FRAMED PARALLEL I I IN HIP SLOPE) TO OUTSIDE WALL I I SPRINKLERS TRUSSES IN HIP SLOPE AREA I WHERE AN AREA HIP I PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE WALL SLOPE I I ROOF (SHOWN NON-SHADED) IS PROTECTED -I I I SLOPE WITH AP SPRINKLERS, - I I I I I CPVC MAY BE OUTSIDE WALL .-) I I IS I \ \ MAXIMUM I I I I \ \ RIDGE LINE USED FOR CEILING PROTECTION BELOW 40.-0. 0-0 (12,2 m) SINGLE I N N HORIZONTAL - DIRECTIONAL I i 3-0 (0,9 m) (SEE PAGE 6) ROOF SPAN SPRINKLERS I I MAX. ON (COVERAGE) I HIP RIDGES HIP SLOPE 3-0 (0,9 m) MAX. ON _./ I CPVC PIPE MAY BE USED IN SHADED AREA ONLY HIP SLOPE FOR CEILING PROTECTION BELOW (SEE PAGE 6) STANDARD SPRAY 6-0 (1,8 m) MAX. SPRINKLERS INSTALLED Fill PER NFPA 13 IN HIP SLOPE TO OUTSIDE WALL I TO BACK ARE FRAMED PARALLEL -: ' BACK AREA WHEN TRUSSES I SPRINKLERS I IFIGURE 13B HIP ROOF INSTALLATION TRUSSES IN HIP SLOPE AREA II I I I I P WALL WITH TRUSSES FRAMED PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE I HIP I I I I __________ ROOF I I I, 1I........'I I,:T\ SLOPE iAk SPRAY OR AP SPRINKLERS IN WHERE AN AREA I I S I I I I I PARALLEL TO OUTSIDE WALL OUTSIDE WALL I SLOPE I _________ HIP SLOPE AND ADJACENT (SHOWN NON-SHADED) I I I I I RIDGE LINE AREAS TO HIP SLOPE) IS PROTECTED I I.' I I 1 I ii WITH AP SPRINKLERS, (SHOWN WITH STANDARD 1 1 CPVC MAY BE I USED FOR CEILING I I PROTECTION BELOW I JJL- Ii (SEE PAGE 6) CPVC PIPE MAY BE USED IN SHADED AREA ONLY HIP RIDGES FOR CEILING PROTECTION BELOW (SEE PAGE 6) _____________________________________ I Li [1 1 I I [II I I I Li I I I I I I Li TFP6IO Page 13 of 28 Attic Spaces Greater Than 60 ft (18,3m) up to 80 ft (24,4m) Wide, (refer to Figures 14 and 15). Only 8.0 K, BB Sprinklers in conjunction with AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers can be used to protect attics up to 80 ft (24,4 m) wide. NOTES: Attics over 80 ft (24,4 m) wide must use Standard Spray Sprinklers throughout because Attic Sprinklers have not been tested in this scenario. For single ridge construction (refer to Figure 14A and 1413), use 8.0K, BB Sprinklers to protect the center portion. AP Sprinklers (refer to Figure 14A) or Standard Spray Sprinklers (refer to Figure 1413) are then used to protect up to 10 ft (3,1 m) of width at the eaves beyond the maximum allowable 60 ft (18,3 m) span of the 8.0K, BB Sprinklers. For hip roof construction (refer to Figure 15), use 8.0K, BB Sprinklers in the center portion and HIP Sprinklers can be located down the entire hip. AP Sprinklers or Standard Spray Sprinklers are then used to protect up to 10 ft (3,1 m) of width at the eaves beyond the maximum allowable 60 ft (18,3 m) span of the 8.0K, BB Sprinklers, and the maximum allowable horizontal coverage of the HIP Sprinklers. ISEE FIG. 11 j ISEE FIG. 11 I SD SPAN (TABLE A) BB SPAN I (TABLE A) AP 10-0 MAX. SPRINKLERS 10-0 MAX. (3,05 m) BB ATTIC SPACED (3,05 m) SPRINKLER (1,83m) SPRINKLER 7-0(1,8 m) AP SPRINKLER 6-4- SD ATTIC TO COVERAGE (1,83m) SPRINKLER ON CENTER COVERAGE MAX. /3rn( Z ~Lj (1,83 m) SPRINKLERS ON CENTER FIGURE 14A FIGURE 14B 10.4. HIP BACK TO BACK (3,0 m) SPRINKLERS SPRINKLERS HIP RIDGES 10.41 rn) AP SPRINKLERS RIDGE AT THE EAVES LINE PTION R! i1>4f/ SLOPE OOF BB SPAN (TABLE A) ' 10-0 11 (3,0 m) CPVC PIPE MAY H BE USED IN SHADED I I 7-0 to 10-0 AREA FOR CEILING (2,1 m to 3,0 m) PROTECTION BELOW ON CENTER FOR (SEE PAGE 6) AP SPRINKLERS FIGURE 15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I [1 I I I NO ADDITIONAL ADDITIONAL6(152,4mm) MINIMUM SPRINKLER REQUIRED 36' (914,4 mm) MINIMUM TFP6IO Page 14 of 28 BB ATTIC BB ATTIC 3-1/2 MIN. SPRINKLER ANY SPRINKLER I 36" IN. DISTANCE (88,9 mm) / AIR SPACE (914,4 mm) GREATER NO 6" MAX. THAN 6" ADDITIONAL (152,4 mm) (1524mm) SPRINKLER REQUIRED ADDITIONAL AP OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER REQUIRED (LOCATE PER FIGURE 14AOR14B) FIGURE 16A FIGURE 16B There can be a maximum of a 6 in. (152,4 mm) high Horizontal Obstruction as long as it is 36 in. (914,4 mm), measured vertically, below the Attic Sprinkler. If the obstruction is closer or larger, there must be a sprinkler on the other side of the obstruction. Refer to Figures 16A and 16B. This criteria does not limit the top chord of the trusses or the depth of the raf- ter, but does limit the obstructions that run across the trusses or rafters. 1 LI I I Li I [..__'o" (1,2 m) \\ II MAXIMUM \\ll FIGURE 16C LESS THAN BB ATTIC 6" (152,4 mm) SPRINKLER ADDITIONAL AP OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER(S) REQUIRED (LOCATE PER FIGURE 14AOR14B) IIr GREATER THAN / 4-0" (1,2 m) FIGURE 16D If the Horizontal Obstruction is below the sprinkler, there must be 6 in. (152,4 mm) clearance over the top of the obstruction, and the obstruction must be 4 ft (1,2 m) or less in width to allow water to pass both over and under the obstruction. The clearance is measured perpendicu- lar to and from the bottom of the rafter. If there is not 6 in. must be located on the other side of the obstruc- tion. If the obstruction is greater than 4 ft (1,2 m) in width, a sprinkler must be added below the obstruction. Refer to Figures 16C and 16D, where the maximum spacing for AP Sprinklers is 12 ft (3,7 m) and Standard Spray Sprin- klers is 15 ft (4,6 m). Sprinkler Required Beyond Obstruction Maximum Horizontal Dimension of Obstruction Minimum Horizontal Distance to Obstruction All Vertical Obstructions <6(152,4 mm) YES 1/2-1" (12,7 mm-25,4 mm) 6' (152,4 mm) NO 1'-4" (25,4 mm-101,6 mm) 12' (304,8 mm) NO 4-8" (101,4 mm-203,2 mm) 24' (609,6 mm) NO 8-10" (203,2 mm-254,0 mm) 5-0" (1,52 m) NO 10-20" (254,0 mm-508,0 mm) 10-0' (3,05 m) NO 20-30" (508,0 mm-762,0 mm) 15-0" (4,57 m) NO 30-40" (762,0 mm-1016,0 mm) 20-0° (6,10 m) NO 40-48" (1016,0 mm-1219,2 mm) 25-0" (7,62 m) NO > 48" (1219,2 mm) Any Distance YES DIMENSION A PER TABLE DIMENSION B PER ADDITIONAL AP R TABLE OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLER REQUIRED (LOCATE PER FIGURE j 14AOR14B)' FIGURE 16E For Vertical Obstructions, the maximum dimension of the obstruction is its width and the horizontal distance away from the obstruction is measured horizontally. I I I I d I I I 36' (914,4 mm) MINIMUM BB ATTIC SPRINKLER Dimension A Distance B Additional LI FIGURE 16 (1 0F2) OBSTRUCTIONS TO WATER DISTRIBUTION - BB, SD AND HIP I I fl H I TFPGIO Page 15 of 28 FIGURE 16F AREA OUTSIDE OF MECHANICAL SPACE OR SIMILAR COMPARTMENTAL SPACE When a BB Sprinkler is 36 in. (914,4 mm) or greater above the space, and 36 in. (914,4 mm) or greater clearance above the space is present, additional sprinklers are not needed. When a BB Sprinkler is 36 in. (914,4 mm) or greater above the space, and a 12 to 36 in. (304,8 to 914,4 mm) clear- ance above the space is present, Intermediate Level Stan- dard Sprinklers are to be installed to protect the obstructed area. Otherwise, the area beyond the mechanical space is to be protected as shown by installing Standard Spray Sprinklers as necessary or by constructing a shear wall and installing SD Sprinklers. Note: In all cases, the mechanical space or similar compartmented space is to be sprinklered per its respective hazard rating and sep- arated from the light hazard attic space by construction that has a fire resistance rating based on the water supply duration required for the hazard rating within the mechanical space or similar com- partmented space. BB ATTIC SPRINKLER 36' (914,4 mm) OR GREATER NO ADDITIONAL 36" (914,4 mm) SPRINKLERS OR GREATER REQUIRED FIGURE 16G PIGGYBACK TRUSSES When a BB Sprinkler can be installed below or between stiffeners and maintain the 16 to 22 in. (404,4 to 558,8 mm) distance to the peak, as well as the "V" and "H" clearance to the stiffeners, additional sprinklers are not required. When the stiffeners are located a minimum of 12 in. (304,8 mm) below the BB Sprinkler, the stiffeners are 7-1/2 in. (190,5 mm) maximum in width, the openings are 12 in. (304,8 mm) minimum, and there is 70% minimum open area, additional sprinklers are not required. Otherwise, additional sprinklers are required as shown. V H BB1 BB2 BB3 0" 0" 0" 0" V>0" V+15" V+10" V+8" BOTTOM STIFFENERS I I I I Ij I STANDARD IMECHANK SPRAY SPRINKLER I SPACE TOP OF BB ATTIC DEFLECTOR SPRINKLER I 4" (101,6 mm) TO -j 6(152,4mm) TYR 12" (304,8 mm)TO 36" (914,4 mm) 36" (914,4 mm) OR GREATER INTERMEDIATE S.,.. LEVEL BB ATflC STANDARD SPR SPRINKLER AY SPNKLER T STANDARD IMECHANICAL 4" (101,6 mm)TO SPRAY SPRINKLER I SPACE 6" (152,4 mm) TYP. BB ATTIC 70% MINIMUM SPRINKLER OPEN AREA STIFFENERS 12" MIN. 3-1/2" MIN. AIR SPACE (88,9 mm) (304,8 mm) 7-1/2"MAX. J 12' MIN. (190,5 mm) (304,8 mm) I I I BB ATTIC BB ATTIC LESS THAN SPRINKLER STANDARD SPRINKLER OR 70% OPEN AREA, SPRAY SPRINKLER STANDARD SPRAY OPENINGS LESS THAN LESS THAN SPRINKLER 12" (304,8 mm) WIDE, 12' O INTERMEDIATE R STIFFENERS GREATER THAN LEVEL 7-1/2" (190,5 mm) STANDARD WIDE SPRINKLER 1 I ,"/ / I MECHANICAL SPACE I I N".. PROTECT WITH ADD SHEAR WALL AND STANDARD SPRAY PROTECT WITH SINGLE SPRINKLERS DIRECTIONAL SPRINKLERS SINGLE INSTALL SINGLE DIRECTIONAL DRAFT CURTAIN DIRECTIONAL SPRINKLER OR FULL WALL SPRINKLER Li I FIGURE 16 (2 0F2) OBSTRUCTIONS TO WATER DISTRIBUTION - BB, SD, AND HIP (Obstructions to Water Distribution for Attic Sprinklers Differ from Standard Sprinklers as Shown) I 1 L12" MIN. _1 12" MIN. J c-304,8 mm) _ (304,8 mm) L12" MIN. / 12" MIN.J 304,8 (304,8 mm)' mm) NON-COMBUSTIBLE NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FOR FIRE INSULATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION OF CPVC CEILING PROTECTION OF CPVC CEILING PIPE, NOT FREEZE PIPE, NOT FREEZE PROTECTION PROTECTION OPTION A OPTION B FIGURE 17A EXPOSED CPVC WITH AP SPRINKLERS AND BRANCHLINE OVER JOISTS I I I OBSTRUCTION OBSTRUCTION AP j_ \ . Al j_ \ SPRINKLER AP C SPRINKLER A> 3C or 3D 0 A !~ 24" (609,6 mm) (Use dimension C or D, whichever is greater) ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW Minimum Horizontal Vertical Distance Distance Below Deflector (A) (B) (!052,4 mm) (76,2 mm) >6"t09" (>152,4 mm to 228,6 mm) (101,6 mm) >9' to 12" 6' (>228,6 mm to 304,8 mm) (88,9 mm) >12'to15" 8" (>304,8 mm to 381,0 mm) (203,2 mm) >15" to 18" 9-1/2" (>381,0 mm to 457,2 mm) (241,3 mm) >18"t024' 12-1/2' (>457,2 mm to 609.6 mm) (317,5 mm) >24" to 30" 15-1/2" (>609,6 mm to 762,0 mm) (393,7 mm) >30" 18" (>762,0 mm) (457,2 mm) B AP SPRINKLER OBSTRUCTION I Page 16 of 28 I I __- AP 3-0' MAX. SPRINKLER _ (0,9 SP AP G JOIST 6" MIN. (152,4 mm) AP SPRINKLER AP 101-01, MAX. f}_- SPRIG (3,0 m)6" 6" MIN. c-JOIST i fj (152,4 mm) FIGURE 17B EXPOSED CPVC WITH AP SPRINKLERS AND BRANCHLINE WITHIN JOISTS FIGURE 18 OBSTRUCTIONS TO WATER DISTRIBUTION FOR MODEL AP SPRINKLERS 3-0" MAX. (0,9 m) -------- SPRINKLER - AP V\_- SPRIG JOIST 6" MIN. I NON-COMBUSTIBLE (152,4 mm) / INSULATION FOR FIRE / PROTECTION OF CPVC / PIPE, NOT FREEZE CEILING PROTECTION OPTION A SPRINKLER 10-0" MAX. P AP (3,0 m) SPRIG JOIST 6" MIN. I NON-COMBUSTIBLE (152,4 mm) / INSULATION FOR FIRE / PROTECTION OF CPVC / PIPE, NOT FREEZE CEILING PROTECTION OPTION B I 1 Li I n H I Li I I I I Li TFP6IO Page 17 of 28 A=6 (150 mm) MAX. SPRIG A PVERTICALRISER A A B = 12 (300 mm) MAX. ANGLE RMOVER SPRIG B ARM BRANCH LINE H LINE RIG (DIRECT MOUNT fl VERTICAL RISER FIGURE 19 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS Attic sprinklers must be calculated in conformance with these guidelines. In all cases, the design area shall include the most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. More than one set of calculations may be required to prove different situations. For individual areas requiring more than four AP Sprinklers, the maximum area of attic protected by AP Sprinklers is limited to 3000 ft2 (279 m2) in any single area. Areas must be separated by a minimum of 15 ft (4,6 m) by an area protected by BB, SD,or HIP Sprinklers, in order to be considered separate areas. The hydraulic calculations have been divided into three parts as follows: FIGURE 20-A: "Attics Protected Entirely By BB, SD, and HIP Attic Sprinklers". 20-A-1 (Page 18) BB Sprinklers 20-A-2 (Page 18) BB and HIP Sprinklers 20-A-3 (Page 19) BB and SD Sprinklers 20-A-4 (Page 19) SD Sprinklers 20-A-5 (Page 19) SD and HIP Sprinklers 20-A-6 (Page 19) HIP Sprinklers FIGURE 20-B: "Attics Protected With A Mixture Of BB. SD, and HIP Attic Sprinklers And AP Sprinklers". 20-B-1 (Page 20) SD Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers At The Ridge 20-B-2 (Page 20) BB Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers At The Eaves or Beyond An Obstruction 20-B-3 (Page 21) BB Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers At The Hip 20-B-4 (Page 21) BB Sprinklers, SD Sprinklers, HIP Sprinklers, and AP Sprinklers At The Hip 20-B-5 (Page 22) BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers in a Dormer, at a Cross, or at an Ell 20-B-6 (Page 22) BB,SD, or HIP Sprinklers and AP Sprinklers Separated By Compartmentalization FIGURE 20-C: "Attics Protected With A Mixture Of BB. SD, and HIP Attic Sprinklers And Standard Spray Sprinklers". 20-C-1 (Page 23) SD Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Ridge 20-C-2 (Page 23) BB Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Eaves or Beyond An Obstruction 20-C-3 (Page 24) BB Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Hip 20-C-4 (Page 25) BB Sprinklers, SD Sprinklers, HIP Sprinklers, and Standard Spray Sprinklers At The Hip 20-C-5 (Page 26) BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers and Standard Spray Sprinklers in a Dormer, at a Cross, or at an Ell 20-C-6 (Page 26) BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers and Standard Sprinklers Separated By Compartmentalization I MODEL BB MODEL SD MODEL AP BA MODEL HIP OR STANDARD BACK TO BACK SINGLE DIRECTIONAL SPRAY FIGURE 20 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS I I I I I I [1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 RIDGE DRY SYSTEM SHOWN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN TFP6IO Page 18 of 28 FIGURE 20-A-1. BB SPRINKLERS Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-A-2. BB AND HIP SPRINKLERS Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding contiguous nine sprinklers with a maximum of seven to be BB Sprin- klers. See the adjacent figures. Use the most demanding calculation. 1 I I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I WALL OR DRAFT CURTAIN AT RIDGE TFP6IO Page 19 of 28 FIGURE 20-A-3. BB AND SD SPRINKLERS Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus two SD Sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus up to two SD Sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. OBSTRUCTION RIDGE DRY SYSTEM SHOWN FIGURE 20-A-4. SD SPRIN- KLERS Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five SD Sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine SD Sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-A-5. SD AND HIP SPRINKLERS Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine sprinklers with a maximum of seven to be SD Sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. DRY SYSTEM SHOWN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN FIGURE 20-A-6. HIP SPRIN- KLERS Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers. See the adjacent figure. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine sprinklers. WET SYSTEM SHOWN LUM IPdF'1 DRY SYSTEM SHOWN • *1. . . . . I I I I 1 L A I I I DRY SYSTEM SHOWN 1 TFP6IO I Page 20 of 28 FIGURE 20-B-1. SD SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRINKLERS AT THE RIDGE Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers of one type. Use the most demanding calculation. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine SD Sprinklers, and then calculate the most demanding seven AP Sprinklers. Use the most demanding calcula- tion. See the adjacent figure. FIGURE 20-B-2. BB OR SD SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS AT THE EAVES OR BE- YOND AN OBSTRUCTION Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB or SD Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB or SD Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers. See the adjacent figures. I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I AREA 2 AREA 1 AREA 3 - WITH AP - WTH BB - WITH AP SPRNKLERS SPRINKLERS SPRNKLERS STAGGERED SPACING WHEN MORE THAN ONE ROW MINIMUM SEPARATION 15-0 (4,6 m) WALL OR DRAFT CURTAIN DRY SYSTEM SHOWN I I I I I I I I 15-0 (4,6 m) TFP6IO I Page 21 of 28 Li FIGURE 20-B-3. BB SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS AT THE HIP Where the total number of AP Sprinklers at the hip is greater than four: Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1500 ft2 (137 m2) having AP Sprin- klers, for example, Area 2 in the adjacent upper figure. Use the most demanding calculation. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1950 ft2 (181 m2) having AP Sprin- klers, for example, Area 2 in the adjacent upper figure. Use the most demanding calculation. FIGURE 20-B-4. BB SPRINKLERS, SD SPRINKLERS, HIP SPRIN- KLERS, AND AP SPRINKLERS AT THE HIP Where the total number of AP Sprinklers at the hip is four or less: Wet Systems: Calculate the most de- manding five BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- klers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding AP Sprinklers (Of the nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers, calculate up to a maximum of seven BB Sprinklers, see adjacent upper figure). Where the total number of AP Sprinklers at the hip is greater than four: Wet Systems: Calculate up to the most demanding five BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding area Up to 1500 ft2 (137 m2) having AP Sprinklers, for example, Area 2. Use the most demanding calculation. Dry Systems: Calculate up to the most demanding nine BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers, plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers, and then calculate the most demanding area Up to 1950 ft2 (181 m2) having AP Sprinklers, for example, Area 2. Use the most demanding calculation. AREA 3 WITH AP SPRINKLERS I I I 1 I AREA AREA 1 WITH AP WITH BB & SD SPRNKLERS SPRINKLERS I I RIDGE TWALL DORMER BUILT ON TOP OF ROOF OR SHEATHING RIDGE 0000010000 1 SF (4 TFP6IO i Page 22 of 28 I FIGURE 20-B-5. BB, SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS INA DORMER, ATA CROSS, AT HIP, OR Ai AN ELL Where the quantity of AP Sprinklers in each dormer, cross, or ell is four or less (see the adjacent figure) and all of the dormers, crosses and ells meet the maximum four AP Sprinkler crite- ria, calculate the BB, SD, or HIP Sprin- kler demand as described in Part A-i through A-6 or Part B-i through B-4, plus up to two of the most demanding AP Sprinklers in the dormer, cross, or ell that is adjacent to the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinklers that are being included in the demand calculation. Where the quantity of AP Sprinklers in any dormer, cross, or ell is greater than four, refer to Figure B- 3. I I I I I I 1 AP INKLERS R LESS) FIGURE 20-B-6. BB,SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND AP SPRIN- KLERS SEPARATED BY COMPARTMENTALIZATION Wet Systems: Calculate the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinkler demand as described in Part A-i through A-6 or Part B-i through B-4. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1500 ft2 (137 m2) having AP Sprin- klers. Use the most demanding calculation. See the adjacent figure. Dry Systems: Calculate the BB, SD, or HIP Sprinkler demand as described in Part A-i through A-6 or Part B-i through B-4. Then calculate the most demanding area up to 1950 ft2 (181 m2) having AP Sprin- klers. Use the most demanding calculation. See the adjacent figure. I I I I I I I I I V V V V V V V V V V V V\T WALLS DRAFT DRY SYSTEM SHOWN TION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN FIGURE 20-C-I. SD SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRIN- KLERS AT THE RIDGE Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five sprinklers of one type. Use the most demanding calculation. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding nine SD Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding seven Standard Spray Sprinklers. Use the most demanding calculation. See the adjacent figures. FIGURE 20-C-2. BB SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRIN- KLERS BEYOND AN OBSTRUCTION Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. See the adjacent figures. FIGURE 20-C-3. BB SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRIN- KLERS AT THE HIP Where the total number of standard spray sprinklers at the hip is greater than four: Wet Systems: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding remote design area, including all sprinkler types, as per NFPA 13. That is, area reduction for quick response and 30% increase for sloped ceilings. Use the most demanding calculation. Dry Systems: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus up to two most demanding Stand Spray Sprinklers. Then calculate the most demanding design area, including all sprinkler types, as per NFPA 13. That is, 30% increase for sloped ceilings and 30% increase for dry systems. Include all sprinkler types within this area. See the adjacent figure. Use the most demanding calculation. FIRST CALCULATION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN SECOND CALCULATION DRY SYSTEM SHOWN NOTE: Dry Pipe = 1500 SQ. FT. (NFPA Light Hazard) x 1.3 x 1.3 = 2535 SQ. FT. TFP6IO Page 25 of 28 STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS /0 (4 OR LESS) A 10 FIGURE 20-C-5. BB, SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS IN A DOR- MER, ATA CROSS, ATA HIP, OR ATAN ELL Where the quantity of standard spray sprinklers in each dormer, cross, or ell is four or less (see the adjacent figure) and all of the dormers, crosses and ells meet the maximum four standard sprin- kler criteria, calculate the Attic Sprin- kler demand as described in Part A-i through A-6 or Part B-i through B-4, plus up to two of the most demanding standard spray sprinklers in the dormer, cross, or ell that is adjacent to the Attic Sprinklers that are being included in the demand calculation. Where the quantity of standard spray sprinklers in any dormer, cross, or ell is greater than four, refer to Figure C-3. STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS - (4 OR LESS) 0\0 STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS (4 OR LESS) . FIGURE 20-C-6. BB, SD, OR HIP SPRINKLERS AND STANDARD SPRINKLERS SEPARATED BY COMPARTMENTALIZATION Calculate the Attic Sprinkler demand as described in Part A-i through A-6 or Part C-i through C-4, and then calcu- late the Standard Spray Sprinklers per NFPA 13. Use the most demanding cal- culation. See the adjacent figure. RIDGE .0 WALL DORMER BUILT ON TOP OF ROOF OR SHEATHING RIDGE ,10000000 0 12 1 I TFP6IO I Page 26 of 28 MODEL AP SPRINKLERS WET PIPE SYSTEM (Refer to Figure 20-B-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus the two most demand- ing AP Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding area up to 1500 ft2 having AP Sprinklers. In this case the design area will be 800 ft2 (40 ft x 20 ft) Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. Where AP Sprinklers are utilized, CPVC pipe may be used to supply the AP Sprinklers, as well as the ceiling sprin- klers below the AP Sprinklers. For more information, see Page 6. STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS WET PIPE SYSTEM (Ref. Figure 20-C-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding five BB Sprinklers plus the two most demand- ing Standard Spray Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding remote design area, including all sprinklers types, per NFPA 13 (i.e., area reduction for quick response and 30% increase for sloped ceilings). In this case the theoretical design area is 1463 ft2 (1500 ft2 x 0.75* x 1.3). The actual design area, however, will need to be 1520 ft2 to pick up the entire coverage area of the last BB Sprinkler. Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. Where Standard Sprinklers are utilized, CPVC pipe CANNOT be used to supply the Standard Spray Sprinklers or the ceiling sprinklers below the Standard Spray Sprinklers. * A 25% reduction for 20 ft ceiling. D I 1 I I 1 I F I I I LI FIGURE 21 EXAMPLE FOR A WET PIPE SYSTEM HYDRAULIC DESIGN AREA COMPARISON OF MODEL AP SPRINKLERS VERSES STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS WHERE MODEL AP OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS ARE USED IN HIP AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF APPLICATION FOR MODEL BB BACK-TO-BACK SPRINKLERS LI LI LI I I TFP6IO Page 27 of 28 i 12 12 I MODEL AP SPRINKLERS DRY PIPE SYSTEM (Ref. Figure 20-B-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding AP Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding area Up to 1950 ft2 having AP Sprinklers. In this case the design area will be 800 ft2 (40 ft x 20 ft) Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. 100' (25,4 m) (5rn) 60 (15,2 m) - (51 1 rn) (10,2m) ' * ' Calculation 1 -. 100'(25,4m) (5rn) 60 (15,2 m) (5Th) '.11111 •uis•.. Calculation (10/____ I I I I 1~ 12 12 FIGURE 22 EXAMPLE FOR A DRY PIPE SYSTEM HYDRAULIC DESIGN AREA COMPARISON OF MODEL AP SPRINKLERS VERSES STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS WHERE MODEL AP OR STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS ARE USED IN HIP AREAS OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF APPLICATION FOR MODEL BB BACK-TO-BACK SPRINKLERS STANDARD SPRAY SPRINKLERS DRY PIPE SYSTEM (Ref. Figure 20-C-3) Calculation 1: Calculate the most demanding seven BB Sprinklers plus the two most demanding Standard Spray Sprinklers. Calculation 2: Calculate the most demanding remote design area, including all sprinklers types, as per NFPA 13. That is, 30% increase for sloped ceilings and 30% increase for dry systems. In this case the theoretical design area will be 2535 ft2 (1500 ft2 x 1.3 x 1.3). The actual design area, however, will need to be 2720 ft2 to pick up the entire coverage area of the last BB Sprinkler. Use the most demanding calculation to prove the adequacy of the water supply. P1 I I I I I I I I I Page 28 of 28 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone A-215-362-0700 02018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and ether information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AIRSOCLNTION and NFPA ore registered trcdencrlrc of Notional Fire Protection Association; TEFLON Iso rogietorod trodomcrk vi OuPontl OLAZEMASTER Ise registered Iwdomork critic Lubrizol Corporation Al't,Johnson Controls 1 I Worldwide tqcco Contacts www.tyco-fire.com I I I I F, I I I [1 I I I I [1 I 1 Model CC2 - 4.2 and 5.6 K-factor Combustible Concealed Space Sprinklers Specific Application, Upright General Description The Model CC2 Combustible Con- cealed Sprinklers are fast response, upright, specific application sprinklers designed to provide protection of spe- cific light hazard combustible, as well as non-combustible, concealed spaces requiring sprinkler protection. The CC2 Sprinklers comply with the criterion for the protection of combustible con- cealed spaces as described in NFPA 13. The Model CC2 Sprinklers are designed for installation on BLAZEMASTER CPVC wet pipe systems, other UL Listed CPVC pipe products, and steel wet pipe or dry pipe sprinkler systems (refer to the respective Design Criteria sections). They provide the following features as compared to the 2.8K-fac- tor Model CC1 Sprinklers described on Technical Data Sheet TFP630: Can be used on steel dry pipe sprin- kler systems Increased spacing from 10 ft (3,1 m) to 12 ft (3,7 m) Increased coverage area from 100 ft2 (9,3 m2) to 144 ft2 (13,4 m2) The effectiveness of the Model CC2 Sprinklers in combustible concealed spaces was clearly evident during the full scale fire testing for this product. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP 700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 Concealed spaces between floors, as well as low pitch attics (slope of 2:12 or less) are inherently shallow. Stan- dard spray sprinklers, by design, have an umbrella like spray pattern that poses a difficult challenge when trying to achieve effective coverage within a shallow space. The Model CC2 Com- bustible Concealed Space Sprinklers have addressed the difficult "above ceiling" fire challenge for both wet pipe and dry pipe sprinkler systems. NOTICE The Model CC2 Combustible Con- cealed Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- mance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number TY2189 - Upright, 4.21K 1Y3189 - Upright, 5.61K Technical Data Approvals UL Listed (Listings and approvals only apply to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria sections.) Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Pipe Thread Connection 1/2 in. NPT DECEMBER 2018 Discharge Coefficient K = 4.2 GPM/p5i½ (60,5 LPM/bar½) K = 5.6 GPM/psi/2 (80,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating 175°F (79°C) Finish Natural Brass Physical Characteristics Frame .............................Brass Button ............................Bronze Sealing Assembly. . . Stainless Steel w/TEFLON Bulb.........................Glass (3 mm) Compression Screw ..................Brass Deflector ..........................Bronze Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb allowing the sprinkler to acti- vate and flow water. Design Criteria Design criteria is provided as follows: 175°F (790C), Model CC2 Combusti- ble Concealed Sprinklers with CPVC Pipe and horizontal slope above sprinklers not exceeding 2:12 (Refer to Page 2). 175°F (790C), Model CC2 Combusti- ble Concealed Sprinklers with Steel Pipe and horizontal slope above sprinklers not exceeding 2:12 (Refer to Page 4). I TFP632 I VRENCH FLATS /2 NPT I Page 2 of 8 I I I I I Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Sealing Assembly 3 - Button 4 - Bulb 5 - Compression Screw 6 - Deflector 7 - Ejection Spring - 1-11/16 (42,9 mm) -1 'RINKLER FRAME ARMS 2-1/4 iI.flLJL\ (57,2 mm) 7/16(11,1 mm) J NOMINAL MAKE-IN Design Criteria, CPVC Pipe CC2 Temperature Rating (CPVC Pipe) 175°F (79°C) Area of Use (CPVC Pipe) Horizontal (slope not exceeding 2:12) combustible concealed spaces of: Unobstructed wood truss construc- tion or unobstructed bar joist con- struction (Ref. Figure 2). Non-combustible, insulation-filled solid wood or composite wood joist construction (Ref. Figure 3). NOTE: In order to be considered "non-combustible insulation-filled solid wood or composite wood joist construction," the insulation (includ- ing insulation provided with a combus- tible vapor barrier), must completely fill the pockets between the joists to the bottom of the joists, and the insulation must be secured in place with metal wire netting. The metal wire netting is intended to hold the insulation in place should the insulation become wetted by the operation of the CC2 Sprinklers in the event of a fire. Concealed Space Area (CPVC Pipe) The area of the concealed space is not limited; however, for both Figure 2 and Figure 3, where CPVC pipe is being util- ized, draft-curtains or full height walls must be provided at 1000 ft2 (93 m2) areas. This draft curtain shall be at least 1/3 the depth of the concealed space or 8 in. (200 mm), whichever is greater, and be constructed using a material that will not allow heat to escape through or above the draft curtain. Concealed Space Size (CPVC Pipe) The depth of the concealed space is 36 in. (915 mm) maximum to 12 in. (305 mm) minimum. FIGURE 1 MODEL CC2 SPRINKLER System Type (CPVC Pipe) Light hazard, wet pipe system Minimum Distance Between Model CC2 Sprinklers (CPVC Pipe) The minimum distance between sprin- klers is 7 ft (2,1 m). NOTE: Minimum spacing does not apply to any additional sprinklers required for protection of BLAZE- MASTER CPVC that is offset over an obstruction. Maximum Distance Between Model CC2 Sprinklers (CPVC Pipe) 12 ft (3,7 m) Maximum Coverage Area (CPVC Pipe) 144 ft2 (13,4 m2) Deflector Position (CPVC Pipe) 1-1/2 in. to 4 in. (40 to 100 mm) below upper deck for wood truss construc- tion or bar joist construction (Ref. Figure 2) 1-1/2 in. to 4 in. (40 to 100 mm) below solid wood or composite wood joists (Ref. Figure 3) Minimum Distance Away From Trusses (CPVC Pipe) 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) Remote Area (CPVC Pipe) The remote area is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) NOTE: The remote area does not include any additional sprinklers required for protection of BLAZE- MASTER CPVC that is offset over an obstruction. Required Density (CPVC Pipe) 0.10 gpm/ft2 (4,1 mm/mm) Minimum Operating Pressure (CPVC Pipe) 7 psi (0,48 bar) NOTE: The minimum resulting flow for the 4.2K is 11.1 gpm, and the minimum resulting flow for the 5.6K is 14.8 gpm. Therefore, for coverage areas less than the maximum permitted coverage area of 144 ft2, the 4.2K may provide a hydraulic advantage. The use of the CC sprinkler having a K-factor of 2.8, minimum operating pressure of 10 psi, and resulting minimum flow of 9.5 gpm may provide a further hydraulic advan- tage for yet smaller coverage areas. The CC1 is described in Technical Data Sheet TFP630. Obstructions (CPVC Pipe) See Figure 8 in this data sheet for obstructions rules. Use of UL Listed BLAZEMASTER CPVC Piping with Model CC2 Sprinklers BLAZEMASTER CPVC product may be used in concealed spaces requir- ing automatic sprinklers, when used in conjunction with Model CC2 Sprin- klers. In order to use the BLAZEMAS- TER CPVC product for wood truss or bar joist construction, the horizontal run of pipe must be a maximum of 6 in. (150 mm) above the ceiling or noncom- bustible ceiling insulation, or 1/3 the depth of concealed space (as mea- sured from the top surface of the ceiling to the bottom of the deck above), whichever is smaller (Ref. Figure 2). For insulation filled solid wood or com- posite wood joist construction, the horizontal run of pipe must be a maxi- mum of 6 in. (150 mm) above ceiling or non-combustible ceiling insulation, or 1/3 the depth of concealed space (as measured from the top surface of the ceiling to the bottom surface of the joist insulation above), whichever is smaller (Ref. Figure 3). The CPVC piping can then be used to supply the Model CC2 Sprinklers, as well as the sprinklers below the ceiling. Unless modified by this Technical Data Sheet, all other guidelines of the "BLAZEMAS- TER - Installation Instructions & Tech- nical Manual" must be met. When using I 1] I Li L I I I I I H SOLID WOOD NON-COMBUSTIBLE JOISTS INSULATION 4 (102 mm) I MAXIMUM '1FY Y7" MINIMUM UPPER COMPOSITE DECK WOOD JOISTS I I TFP632 Page 3 of 8 4-1/2" 1114 mm) MINIMUM UPPER DECK A MODEL CC2 _- FROM FACE OF WOOD TRUSS SPRINKLER OR TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST 6 (152 mm) _____ TOP CHORD MAXIMUM FOR 4" (102 mm) - CPVC PIPE OR LESS I FRAME ARMS OF 4" (102 mm) SPRINKLER MUST MAXIMUM I I BE INSTALLED I 1-1/2 (40 mm) I IN-LINE WITH I I MINIMUM i PIPE RUN I -----' MINIMUM 36" (915 mm) OBSTRUCTION TOP OF CHORD MAXIMUM I 71 CEILING 12" (305 mm) 6 (152 mm) MAXIMUM ABOVE WHEN OFFSETTING CPVC PIPE OVER AN CEILING TO BOTTOM OF PIPE OR OBSTRUCTION, A MODEL CC2 SPRINKLER NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING INSULATION, MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON THE OR 1/3 THE DEPTH OF CONCEALED SPACE CPVC PIPE OVER THE OBSTRUCTION (AS MEASURED FROM TOP SURFACE OF CEILING TO BOTTOM OF DECK ABOVE), WHICHEVER IS SMALLER FIGURE 2 UNOBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS CONSTRUCTION OR UNOBSTRUCTED BAR JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW CPVC PIPE L 7 I I I I I [I I 6(152mm) MAXIMUM FOR _________ CPVC PIPE MODEL CC2H SPRINKLER OBSTRUCTION CEILING WHEN OFFSETTING CPVC PIPE OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, A MODEL CC2 SPRINKLER MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON THE CPVC PIPE OVER THE OBSTRUCTION r-------------I 1 FRAMEARMSOF I SPRINKLER MUST 36" (915 mm) I BE INSTALLED I MAXIMUM IN-LINE WITH TOP OF 12" (305 mm) i PIPE RUN I CHORD MINIMUM 6" (152 mm) MAXIMUM ABOVE CEILING TO BOTTOM OF PIPE OR NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING INSULATION BOTTOM OR 1/3 THE DEPTH OF CONCEALED SPACE OF PIPE (AS MEASURED FROM TOP SURFACE OF CEILING TO BOTTOM SURFACE OF JOIST INSULATION ABOVE), WHICHEVER IS SMALLER I I I I FIGURE 3 NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION-FILLED UPPER DECK SOLID WOOD OR COMPOSITE WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW CPVC PIPE I I I I TFP632 Page 4 of 8 1 in. (DN25) or larger pipe, a hanger must be located at the truss nearest a sprig for purposes of restraint. If using 3/4 in. (DN19) piping, all sprigs over 12 in. (305 mm) must be laterally braced using methods described in the NFPA standards. Where the CPVC must be offset up and over an obstruction and the pipe exceeds the allowed horizontal posi- tioning requirements specified above as well as shown in Figures 2 and 3, additional Model CC2 Sprinklers are to be installed as shown in Figure 2 and 3 to protect the BLAZEMASTER CPVC product. A minimum lateral distance of 18 in. (460 mm) must be maintained between the CPVC pipe and heat pumps, fan motors, and heat lamps. Design Criteria, Steel Pipe CC2 Temperature Rating (Steel Pipe) 175°F (79°C) Area of Use (Steel Pipe) Horizontal (slope not exceeding 2:12) combustible concealed spaces of: Unobstructed wood truss construc- tion or unobstructed bar joist con- struction (Ref. Figure 4) Solid wood joist construction (Ref. Figure 5) where the upper deck and ceiling joists may have a maximum depth of 12 in. (300 mm) and typical on center joist spacing of minimum 16 in. (400 mm) Non-combustible insulation filled solid wood joist or wood composite joist construction (Ref. Figure 6) Obstructed wood truss construction (Ref. Figure 7) NOTE: In order to be considered "non- combustible insulation filled solid wood joist or composite wood joist con- struction' the insulation (including insulation provided with a combusti- ble vapor barrier) ,must completely fill the pockets between the joists to the bottom of the joists, and the insulation must be secured in place with metal wire netting. The metal wire netting is intended to hold the insulation in place should the insulation become wetted by the operation of the CC2 Sprinklers in the event of a fire. Concealed Space Area (Steel Pipe) The area of the concealed space is not limited; however, for unobstructed wood truss con- struction or concealed spaces of non-combustible, unobstructed bar joist construction (Ref. Figure 4) draft-curtains or full height walls must be provided at 1000 ft2 (93 m2) areas. This draft curtain shall be at least 1/3 the depth of the concealed space or 8 in. (200 mm), whichever is greater, and be constructed using a material that will not allow heat to escape through or above the draft curtain. for solid wood joist construction (Ref. Figure 5) and obstructed wood truss construction (Ref. Figure 7), blocking must be provided in each upper deck and ceiling joist channel at a max- imum 32 ft (9,75 m) intervals. This blocking shall be installed to the full depth of the joists and be installed so as to not allow heat to escape through or above the blocking. The blocking must be constructed using a non-combustible material or the joist construction material. Draft curtains must protrude below the joist a minimum of 6 in. (150 mm) or 1/3 the space, whichever is greatest, and run parallel with the joist spaced at 31 ft (9,4 m) width maximum to limit the area to a max- imum of 1000 ft2 (93 m2). The draft curtain may be constructed of 1/4 in. (6,4 mm) plywood to prevent heat from escaping beyond the area. for non-combustible, insulation-filled solid wood joist or composite wood joist construction (Ref. Figure 6), the requirement for draft curtains or blocking does not apply. Concealed Space Size (Steel Pipe) The minimum and maximum concealed space depth is as follows: For unobstructed wood truss construc- tion or concealed spaces of unob- structed bar joist construction (Ref. Figure 4) the depth of the concealed space is 36 in. (915 mm) maximum to 12 in. (305 mm) minimum. For solid wood joist construction (Ref. Figure 5), solid wood or composite wood joist construction filled with non- combustible insulation (Ref. Figure 6), or obstructed wood truss construction (Ref. Figure 7), the maximum depth of the concealed space is 54 inches from bottom of upper deck to top of ceiling, and the minimum depth is 6 inches from the bottom of the upper deck joists to the top of the ceiling joists. System Type (Steel Pipe) Light hazard, wet or dry pipe system using steel pipe. NOTES: Use of the 4.2K sprinklers in dry pipe systems is permitted by section 8.3.4.3 of NFPA 13 (2007 edition) where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. Minimum Distance Between Model CC2 Sprinklers (Steel Pipe) 7ft(2,1 m) Maximum Distance Between Model CC2 Sprinklers (Steel Pipe) 12 ft (3,7 m) Maximum Coverage Area (Steel Pipe) 144 ft2 (13,4 m2) Deflector Position (Steel Pipe) 1-1/2 in. to 4 in. (40 to 100 mm) below upper deck for wood truss construction or concealed spaces of non-combusti- ble bar joist construction (Ref. Figure 4) 1-1/2 in. to 2 in. (40-50 mm) below solid wood joist (Ref. Figure 5) or top chord of a wood truss that has a depth greater than 4 inches 1-1/2 in. to 4 in. (40 to 100 mm) below non-combustible insulation filled solid wood joists or composite wood joists (Ref. Figure 6) Remote Area (Steel Pipe) The remote area for wood truss con- struction or bar joist construction (Ref. Figure 4) or solid wood joist construc- tion (Ref. Figure 5) is 1000 ft2 (93 m2) for wet or dry pipe systems. The remote area for non-combusti- ble insulation filled solid wood joist or wood composite joist construction (Ref. Figure 6) is to be calculated per the requirements of NFPA 13. Required Density (Steel Pipe) 0.10 gpm/ft2 (4,1 mm/mm) Minimum Operating Pressure (Steel Pipe) 7 psi (0,48 bar) NOTE: The minimum resulting flow for the 4.2K is 11.1 gpm, and the minimum resulting flow for the 5.6K is 14.8 gpm. Therefore, for coverage areas less than the maximum permitted coverage area of 144 ft2. the 4.2K may provide a hydraulic advantage. The use of the CC1 sprinkler having a K factor of 2.8, minimum operating pressure of 10 psi, and resulting minimum flow of 9.5 gpm may provide a further hydraulic advan- tage for yet smaller coverage areas when designing wet pipe systems. The CCI is described in Technical Data Sheet TFP630. Obstructions (Steel Pipe) See Figure 8 in this data sheet for obstructions rules. LI I I I I I I I I Li I I I I I I TFP632 Page 5 of 8 4-1/2 (114 mm) MINIMUM MODEL CC2 UPPER DECK FROM FACE OF WOOD TRUSS SPRINKLER FROM TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST = 40 (102mm) TOP CHORD MAXIMUM 4 (102 mm) \ 1-1/2 (40 mm) OR LESS r ------------- I FRAME ARMS OF I MINIMUM SPRINKLER MUST BE INSTALLED I • IN-LINE WITH MAXIMUM PIPE RUN L 12 (305 mm) td MINIMUM CEILING FIGURE 4 UNOBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS CONSTRUCTION OR UNOBSTRUCTED BAR JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE r------------------ FRAME ARMS OF SPRINKLER MUST BE INSTALLED UPPER 2x FLOOR SOLID IN-LINE WITH PIPE RUN DECK WOOD JOISTS M_ I/\I 54 (1372 mm) U MAXIMUM _F___ 2 (51 mm) MINIMUM 36 (915 mm) MAXIMUM 6(152mm) MINIMUM CEILING CEILING FRAMING FIGURE 5 SOLID WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE I TFP632 Page 6 of 8 I ARMS OF 1 I MUST BE INSTALLED IN-LINE WITH PIPE RUN I UPPER NON-COMBUSTIBLE DECK INSULATION I I U I 4(102mm) MAXIMUM 1-1/2 (38 mm) MINIMUM COMPOSITE MODEL CC2 WOOD JOISTS SPRINKLER iXX XA__"1 54(1372mm) A MAXIMUM 2x FLOOR SOLID I WOOD JOISTS 36" (915 mm) MAXIMUM 6(152mm) MINIMUM 2"(,' MA) 1-1/2" MIN I I CEILING CEILING FRAMING FIGURE 6 NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION-FILLED UPPER DECK SOLID WOOD OR COMPOSITE WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE I FRAME ARMS OF SPRINKLER I MUST BE INSTALLED I IN-LINE WITH PIPE RUN CEILING CEILING FRAMING FIGURE 7 OBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS CONSTRUCTION CROSS SECTION ELEVATION VIEW STEEL PIPE I I UPPER TOP CHORD GREATER DECK THAN 4 (102 mm) IN DEPTH 54" (1372 mm) MAXIMUM 36" (915 mm) MAXIMUM 6(152mm) MINIMUM I Distance from Maximum Allowable Centerline of Distance of Deflector Sprinkler to Side Above Bottom of of Obstruction Obstruction (A) (B) <12 0" <(304,8 mm) (0 mm) 12" to <18 2-1/2 (304,8 mm to <457,2 mm) (63,5 mm) 18' to <24 3-1/2 (457,2 mm to <609,6 mm) (88,9 mm) 24" to <30 5-1/2 (609,6 mm to <762,0 mm) (139,7 mm) 30" to <36" 7-1/2' (762,0 mm to <914,4 mm) (190,5 mm) 36" to <42" 9-1/2" (914,4 mm to <1066,8 mm) (241,3 mm) 42" to <48" 12 (11066,8 mm to <1219,2 mm) (304,8 mm) 48" to <54" 14" (1219,2 mm to <1371,6 mm) (355,6 mm) 54' to <60' 16-1/2' (1371,6 mm to <1524,0 mm) (419,1 mm) A~!3C or 31D A-<24' (609,6 mm) (Use dimension C or D, whichever is greater) OBSTRUCTION MODEL CC2 SPRINKLER TFP632 I Page 7 of 8 H UPPER DECK OR BOTTOM OF NON-COMUSTIBLE INSULATION MODEL CC2 SPRINKLER OBSTRUCTION NOTE: WEB MEMBERS AND GUSSETS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED OBSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED THE MINIMUM 4-1/2 INCH LATERAL DISTANCE (FIG. 2) REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION LISTING IS MAINTAINED. UPPER DECK OBSTRUCTION L A C MODEL CC2 SPRINKLER LOWER DECK WRENCH RECESS / (USE END "A" 6io FIGURE 9 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH Installation The Model CC2 Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions The Model CC2 Sprinklers are to be installed upright and with their frame arms (Ref. Figure 1) in-line with the pipe run (Ref. Figures 2 through 7, as applicable). Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 175°F(79°C)tempera- ture rating. A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N.m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. The Model CC2 Sprinklers must only be installed in the upright position with the deflector parallel to the upper deck. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, use only the W-Type 6 (End A) Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 9) for installation of the Model CC2 Sprinklers by applying the wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats only. ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW FIGURE 8 NFPA 13 OBSTRUCTION TO WATER DISTRIBUTION CRITERIA (REFERENCE) I I U LI I I I I I I I I I I I I I TFP632 Page 8 of 8 Care and Maintenance The Model CC2 Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Instal- lation section for additional information. The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected , tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: SIN (specify), K-factor (specify), Model CC2 Combustible Concealed Space Sprinkler, Specific Application, Upright, 175°F (790C), P/N (specify): 1Y2189, 4.2K ..................51-311-1-175 1Y3189, 5.6K .................51-301-1-175 Sprinkler Wrench: Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 1 I I I I I I U I I I 1 1 I I I I I I I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 02019 Johnson Controls. All rights renewed. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA era registered trademarks 01 National Fire Protection AOcociatiofl TEFLON Is oregistarad trademark at Dupont BLAZEMASTER is registered trademark ci The Lubrizol Corporation Øfl'i, Johnson Controls Series EC-11 and 11,2 K and 14.0 K Extended Covera EC-14 Sprinklers, Upright and Pendent We Light and Ordi nary Hazard tqco® I Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com CENTRAL I I General Description TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are decorative glass-bulb sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard occupancies. They are intended for use in automatic sprinkler systems designed in accor- dance with standard installation rules, such as NFPA 13, for a maximum cov- erage area of 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) as com- pared to the maximum coverage area of 130 ft2 (12,1 m2) for standard cover- age sprinklers used in ordinary hazard occupancies, Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers feature a UL and C-UL Listing that permits their use with unobstructed or non-combus- tible obstructed ceiling construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13, as well as a specific application listing for use under concrete tees. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers have been fire tested to compare their performance to that of standard coverage spray sprinklers. These tests have shown that the pro- tection provided is equal to or more effective than standard coverage spray sprinklers. Corrosion-resistant coatings, where applicable, help extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which occurs when exposed to corrosive atmospheres. Although corrosion-resistant coated sprinklers IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP 700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 passed standard corrosion tests of the applicable approval agencies, this testing is not representative of all pos- sible corrosive atmospheres. Conse- quently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these corrosion-resistant coatings for any given corrosive envi- ronment. The effects of ambient tem- perature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity should be considered, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. NOTICE Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compli- ance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NFPA, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- mance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY5137 ............Upright, 11.2K TY5237............Pendent, 11.21K TY6137 ............Upright, 14.0K TY6237...........Pendent, 14.0K TY5137 is a re-designation for C5137, 01894, and S2510 TY5237 is a re-designation for 05237, G1893, and S2511 TY6137 is re-designation for C6137, 01896, and S2610 TY6237 is a re-designation for C6237, G1895, and S2611 OCTOBER 2018 Technical Data Approvals TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed. Refer to Table A for complete sprinkler approval information including corrosion-resistant status. The approv- als apply to the service conditions indi- cated in the Design Criteria section. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov- erage Sprinklers are FM Approved. Refer to Table A for complete sprinkler approval information including corro- sion-resistant status. The approvals apply to the service conditions indi- cated in the Design Criteria section. I I I I I Ii I I [H I I I I TFP22O I I I I I H P 3/4" NPT** 2-7/16" (61,9 mm) UPRIGHT & PENDENT ~d 1/2(12,7mm) J NOMINAL MAKE-IN UPRIGHT CROSS PENDENT SECTION TFP22O Page 2 of 8 WRENCH FLAT ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE 1 2 ' 3 6" TT-4 Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Button 3 - Sealing Assembly 4 - Bulb 5 - Compression Screw 6 - Deflector * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. FIGURE 1 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 EXTENDED COVERAGE SPRINKLERS 11.2 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY5137) AND PENDENT (TY5237) 14.0 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY6137) AND PENDENT (TY6237) ASSEMBLY The Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutch- eon (Figure 4) is UL Listed for use with Design the Series EC-11 and EC-14 Pendent Sprinklers. Criteria 2. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended 5. Coverage Sprinklers are permitted to be used with unobstructed or non-combustible obstructed ceil- ing construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13; for example: Unobstructed, combustible or noncombustible, ceiling con- struction with a deflector to ceiling/roof deck distance of 1 t 12 in. (25 to 300 mm). Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Pipe Thread Connection 3/4 in. NPT Discharge Coefficients K = 11.2 GPM/psi½ (161,3 LPM/bar½) K = 14.0 GPM/p51½ (201,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A Finish Sprinkler: Refer to Table A Recessed or Flush Escutcheon: White-Coated, Chrome-Plated, and Brass-Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................Bronze Button............................Bronze Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb ........................Glass (3 mm) Compression Screw ................Bronze Deflector...........................Brass Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, which- then allows the sprinkler to activate and flow water. TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must only be installed in accordance with the appli- cable UL and C-UL Listing or FM Approval requirements as indicated below. Only Style 30 or 40 Recessed Escutcheons are to be used for recessed installation, as applicable. Refer to Tables A, B, and C, for more information. UL and C-UL Listing Requirements 1. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers may be used for the coverage areas shown in Table D, based on maintaining the minimum specified flow rate as a function of coverage area and haz- ard group for all sprinklers in the design area. Obstructed, non-combusti- ble, ceiling construction with a deflector location below struc- tural members of 1 to 6 in. (25 to 150 mm) and a maximum deflector to ceiling/roof deck dis- tance of 22 in. (550 mm). Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers, specifically tested and listed for non-combus- tible obstructed construction, are permitted to be used within truss- es or bar joists having non-com- bustible web members greater than 1 in. (25.4 mm) when apply- ing the 4 times obstruction crite- ria rule defined under "Obstruc- tions to Sprinkler Discharge Pattern Development". To prevent cold soldering, the minimum allowable spacing be- tween Series EC-11 and EC-14 Ex- tended Coverage Sprinklers is 8 ft (2,4 m) for upright sprinklers and 9 ft (2,7 m) for pendent sprinklers. Series EC-ii and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers are to be in- stalled in accordance with all oth- er requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage upright and pendent sprinklers; For exam- ple, obstructions to sprinkler dis- charge, obstructions to sprinkler pattern development, obstructions to prevent sprinkler discharge from reaching hazard and clearance to storage. U I I I I I I I I I I I TFP22O Page 3 of 8 Hazard Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Sprinkler Finish (See Note 5) Natural Brass I Chrome Plated Polyester* Lead Coated 135°F (57°C) Orange Upright K=11.2 (TY5137) 1,2, 3', 4 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Light Pendent Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 1, 2, 4 1,2, 4 Table B describes UL and C-UL K11.2 (TY5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) 286°F (141°C) Blue Recessed Pendent K=11.2 (1Y5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) 135°F (57°C) Orange 1,2,3,4 N/A Sensitivity Rating Table C describes FM Sensitivity Rating 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow With Style 30 Escutcheon 1, 2, 4 2007(93-C) Green 286-F (141-C) Blue Upright K11.2 (TY5137) 135°F (57°C) Orange Red 1, 2, 3, 4 155°F (68°C) Ordinary Table B describes K=14.0 (TY6137) Pendent K=11.2 (TY5237) 1, 2, 3,4 175°F (79°C) Yellow 1, 2, 4 200°F (93°C) Green UL and CUL Sensitivity Rating K=14.0 (TY6237) Blue 286°F (141°C) Recessed Pendent 135°F (57°C) Orange Table C describes 155°F (68°C) Red FM Sensitivity Rating K=11.2 (1Y5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) With Style 30 or 40 1, 2, 4 N/A 175° F (79°C) Yellow 200°F(93°C) Green Escutcheon I NOTES Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) Approved by Factory Mutual Research corporation (FM) Approved by the City of New York under MEA 177-03-E Where Polyester Coated or Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UI. Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers N/A = Not Available * Frame and Deflector only Pendent only TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Area Style ftxft 135°F 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F 135°F 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F (57°C) (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) (57°C) (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) Upright or Pendent - - - - - OR OR OR OR OR 14 x 14 Style 30 Recessed - - - - - OR OR OR OR OR Style 40 Recessed - - - - - OR OR OR OR OR Upright or Pendent OR' QR* QR* QR* QR* SR SR SR SR SR 16x16 Style 30 Recessed OR' QR' QR* QR* QR* SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR Upright or Pendent QR* QR* QR* QR* QR* SR SR SR SR SR 18x18 Style 30 Recessed QR* QR* QR* QR* OR' SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR Upright or Pendent QR* QR* QR* SR* SR* SR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 Style 30 Recessed QR* QR* QR* SR* SR* SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR NOTES OR ° Quick Response SR = Standard Response N/A ° Not Applicable Does not apply to Upright K=14.0 TABLE B SENSITIVITY RATING FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS (REFER TO TABLED FOR PERMITTED K-FACTOR/AREA COMBINATIONS) I I I I I I I I LI I I I F1 17 I TFP22O Page 4 of 8 HC-1 Linear Spacing Area Spacing ft ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type K-factor Style Response Min Max Min Max Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11.2 EC Pendent or 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Obstructed, or 14.0 EC Upright Combustible Unobstructed Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11.2 EC Pendent 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Obstructed, or 14.0 EC Recessed Combustible Unobstructed Style 30 Quick 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Combustible Obstructed 11.2 EC EC Pendent or Upright 112 EC . Pendent 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Combustible Obstructed 14.0 EC Recessed Style 30_ 10 20 100 400 Over 30 and up to 45 Noncombustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Upright HC-2 Linear Spacing Area Spacing ft Ceiling Height Ceiling Type tResponlseft Max K-factor Style Mm Max Mm 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Unobstructed, 11.2 EC Upright 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 14.0 EC Pendent or Upright Combustible Unobstructed Quick 10 16 100 256 Over 30 and 11.2 EC 14.0 Upright up to 45 EC HC-3 Linear Spacing Area Spacing ft ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type Max K-Factor Style Response Mm Max Mm 10 16 100 256 Up to 30 11.2 EC Upright 10 20 100 400 Upto30 14.0 EC Pendentor Upright ___ Noncombustible Unobstructed, Combustible Unobstructed Quick 10 16 100 256 Over 30 and up to 45 11.2 EC, 14.0 EC prig Upright NOTES The design for K 11.2 EC (K 160 EC) sprinklers should not include fewer than six sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 12 psi (0,8 bar); similarly the design for K 14.0 EC (K 200 EC)sprinklers should not include fewer than four sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 18 psi (1,2 bar). For flow criteria, refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 3-26. Refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0 for permitted K-Factor/Area Combinations. TABLE C SENSITIVITY RATING FOR FM APPROVAL OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS UL and C-UL Specific Application depth of the concrete tees must not 3. When the sprinkler deflectors are Listing Requirements for exceed 30 in. (762 mm). The maxi- located higher than a horizontal Installation under Concrete Tees mum permitted concrete tee length plane 1 in. (25,4 mm) beneath the Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coy- is 32 ft (9,8 m). However, where the bottom of the concrete tee stems, erage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers concrete tee length exceeds 32 ft the obstruction to sprinkler dis- (TY5137, TY5237, TY6137 and TY6237) (9,8 m), non-combustible baffles, charge criteria requirements of have a UL and C-UL Specific Applica- equal in height to the depth of the NFPA 13 for extended coverage tiori Listing for use under concrete tees tees, can be installed so that the upright and pendent sprinklers when installed as follows: space between the tees does not applies. 1. Stems of the concrete tee con- exceed 32 ft (98 m) in length. struction must be spaced at less 2. The sprinkler deflectors are to be than 7.5 ft (2,3 m) on center but located in a horizontal plane at or more than 3 ft (0,9 m) on center. The above 1 in. (25,4 mm) below the bottom of the concrete tee stems. FM Approval Requirements Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprin- klers are to be installed in accor- dance with the applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet for limited use in buildings of specific roof construc- tion and for the protection of certain specific ordinary hazard (non-storage and/or non-flammable or combustible liquid) occupancies. Information pro- vided in the FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets relates to, but is not limited to, hydraulic design, ceiling slope, and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector-to- ceiling distance. These criteria may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. Therefore, the designer should review and become familiar with FM requirements before proceeding with design. Installation TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) temperature ratings. A leak-tight 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by apply- ing a minimum-to-maximum torque of 10 to 20 ft-lb (13,4 to 26,8 N.m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin- kler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- TFP22O Page 5 of 8 Description Area ft x ft Light Hazard o.io GPM/n2 Group I Ordinary Hazard 0.15 GPM/ft2 Group II Ordinary Hazard 0.20 GPM/ft2 _______ GPM _______ PSI GPM PSI _______ GPM PSI 14 x 14 30 7.2 30 7.2 39 12.1 TY5137 16x16 30 7.2 39 12.1 51 20.7 18 x 18 33 8.7 49 19.1 65 33.7 (K=11.2) Upright 20x20 40 12.8 60 28.7 80 51.0 14 x 14 30 7.2 30 7.2 39 12.1 16 x 16 30 7.2 39 12.1 51 20.7 TY5237 18 x 18 33 8.7 49 19.1 65 33.7 (K=11.2) Pendent 20x20 40 12.8 60 28.7 80 51.0 14 x 14 N/A N/A 39 7.8 51 13.3 TY6137 16x16 N/A N/A 39 7.8 51 13.3 18x18 N/A N/A 49 12.3 65 21.6 (K=14.0) Upright 20x20 N/A N/A 60 18.4 80 32.7 14 x 14 37 7.0 39 7.8 51 13.3 16 x 16 37 7.0 39 7.8 51 13.3 TY6237 18x18 37 7.0 49 12.3 65 21.6 (K=14.0) Pendent 20x20 40 8.2 60 18.4 80 32.7 NOTES 1 11=0.3048m 1 11 = 0.093 m2 1 GPM = 3.785 LPM 1 psi = 0.06895 bar 1 GPM/ft2 = 40.74 mm/min TABLED FLOW CRITERIA FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 SPRINKLERS eon Plate by under or over-tightening the Sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler with the deflector parallel to the mounting surface. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position; install upright sprinklers in the upright position. Step 2. After installing the Style 30, 40, or 60 mounting plate (or other applica- ble escutcheon) over the sprinkler pipe threads and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. For upright or pendent sprin- klers, wrench-tighten using only the W-Type 3 (End A) Sprinkler Wrench. For the pendent sprinkler installed with Style 30, 40, or 60 Escutcheon, wrench-tighten the sprinkler using only the W-Type 22 Sprinkler Wrench. Apply the wrench recess of the appli- cable sprinkler wrench (Figure 5 and 6) to the sprinkler wrench flats (Figure 1). I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TFP22O I Page 6 of 8 - 2-7/8 DIA. 1/2±1/8 (73,0 mm) 1/2(12,7mm) (12,7±3,2 mm) 2-1/4' DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) 1/8" SPRINKLER FITTING , (3,2 mm) \ MOUNTING / SURFACE // ___________ MOUNTING I CLOSURE PLATE f 3/8"(34,9mm) 1-1/8" (28,6 mm) FIGURE 2 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" DIA. 5/8±1/4" • (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) - (15,9±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) SPRINKLER ç 1/8" FITTING (3,2 mm) MOUNTING MOUNTING SURFACE PLATE CLOSURE 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) 7/8" (22,2 mm) FIGURE 3 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 4 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 60 TWO-PIECE FLUSH ESCUTCHEON FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING: 3/8" (9,5 mm) ABOVE TO 1/8" (3,2 mm) BELOW MOUNTING SURFACE ESCUTCHEON PLATE - SEATING SURFACE: 1/4" (6,4 mm) ABOVE TO 1/2" (12,7 mm) BELOW MOUNTING SURFACE; 3/4" (19,1 mm) TOTAL ADJUSTMENT "FITTING SIDE" TOWARDS SPRINKLER FITTING /\ WRENCH RECESS / (END "A") FIGURE 5 W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS - - 1LJ WRENCH HEX FIGURE 6 W-TYPE 22 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) F7:4 INTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF STYLE 60 ESCUTCHEON ACCOMMODATE CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON REDUCING SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTING SURFACE (3,2 mm) CLOSURE I 3/4" NPT 2-5/16" (58,7 mm) I MOUNTING 11-13/16" (46,0 mm) PLATE I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I Li I I I I 893 I 11.2K Pendent I 1Y5237 894 I 11.2K Upright I TY5137 895 I 14.0K Pendent I TY6237 896 I 14.0K Upright I TY6137 1 NATURAL BRASS SIGNAL WHITE 4 (RAL9003) POLYESTER - JET BLACK (RAL9005) POLYESTER 7 LEAD COATED 9 I CHROME-PLATED TFP22O Page 7 of 8 P/N 51 - XXX - X - XXX ___ I SPRINKLER I TEMPERATURE SIN FINISH1 RATING 135 135°F(57°C) 155 155-F (68-C) 175 175°F(79°C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 286°F(141°C) 000 OPEN2 NOTES: Escutcheon ordered separately. OPEN indicates the sprinkler assembly without glass bulb, button, and sealing assembly. TABLE SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION I I I I I I I I Care and Maintenance TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Instal- lation section, for more information. Frequent visual inspections are rec- ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin- klers, after the installation has been completed, to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of inspecting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspections should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive conditions present. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this doc- ument, as well as with the applicable standards recognized by the Approval agency, such as NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series EC-11 or EC-14 (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), (specify) K-factor, Pendent or Upright (specify) Extended Coverage, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (from to Table E) Recessed Escutcheon, Two-Piece Specify: Style (30 or 40) Two-Piece Recessed Escutcheon with (specify) finish, P/N (specify*) *Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Flush Escutcheon, Two-Piece Specify: Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutcheon with (specify) finish, P/N (specify**) **Refer to Technical Data Sheet TEP778 Sprinkler Wrenches Specify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Specify: W-Type 22 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-665-7-001 I Li El LI I I I I I I I I Page 8 of 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 02010 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademcrlrc of National Fine Protection Association; TEFLON is rogiclvrad trademark of DuPont Johnson 014~'(,, Controls I I Worldwide tqca Contacts www.tyco-fire.com H I I I Series TY-FRB, 56 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General Description The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response, standard coverage, decorative 3 mm glass bulb-type spray sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupan- cies such as banks, hotels, and shop- ping malls. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Pendent Sprinkler, where applicable, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling. This recessed pendent sprinkler uses one of the following: A two-piece Style 15 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 5/8 in. (15,9 mm) from the flush pendent position. A two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust- ment up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Intermediate level versions of Series TY-FRB Sprinklers are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP357. Sprin- kler guards and shields are described in Technical Data Sheet TFP780. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fall to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 NOTICE The TYCO Series TY-FRB Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authori- ties having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY313.... Upright 5.61K, 1/2 in. NPT TY323... .Pendent 5.61K, 1/2 in. NPT Technical Data Approvals Refer to Table A Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12.1 bar) 250 psi (17.2 bar) * The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17.2 bar) only applies to the listing by Underwriters Laborato- ries, Inc. (UL). Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/p5i½ (80,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating Refer to Table A Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table B Recessed Escutcheon: White Coated, Black Coated, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Frame ............................Bronze Button ......................Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly . . . Stainless Steel w/TEFLON Bulb...............................Glass Compression Screw .................Bronze Deflector ..........................Bronze AUGUST 2018 Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- tion systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (such as, UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM's Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 15 or Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon is to be used for recessed pendent installations. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TFPI72 I 2-7/8 (73,0 mm) DIA. I 2of4 I Page Components: 1 - Frame 2 - Button I 3 - Sealing Assembly I FIL I 'V I I SEATING SURFACE NPT** NOMINAL MAKE-IN * Temperature rating is ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 4 - Bulb indicated on Deflector. can be provided on special request. 5 - Compression Screw ESCUTCHEON PLATE 1/2 7/16 (11,1 mm) 6 - Deflector* DEFLECTOR* 7/16" I (11,1 mm) _________ I NOMINAL mm) MAKE-IN _____ (50,8 11 2 1- (50,8 (34,9 mm) / (50,8 mm) _______ WRENCH FLATS 1/2 NPT** DEFLECTOR * STYLE 15 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON I CROSS SECTION UPRIGHT PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY313) AND PENDENT (TY323) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT, QUICK RESPONSE Installation The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (1Y313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb-type sprin- kler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diam- eter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) temperature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Escutch- eon Plate by under- or over-tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Upright and Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions. Step 1. Install Pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprin- klers in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 2). With ref- erence to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N.m). Recessed Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions. Step A. After installing the Style 15 or Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads, and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step B. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 3). With reference to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Step C. After ceiling installation and finishing, slide on the Style 15 or Style 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. I I I I I I I I I I / WRENCH RECESS - / (USE ONLY FIGURE 2 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 3 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH I I TFPI72 I Page 3 of 4 I Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- viced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non- operation in the event of a fire or inad- vertent operation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- tion Section.) The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series TY-FRB Upright or Pendent (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), K=5.6, Quick Response, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify, refer to Table A). Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style 15 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 2-7/8 DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4 DIA. FACdOF 1 (57,2 mm) SPRIN FITT L_.111 5/8" (15 mm) FLUSH 3/8±5/16 MOUNTING (3,2 MM) J SURFACE CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING 1-3/8 (34,9 mm) TY-FRB PLATE 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 4 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 5/8 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 15 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8' DIA. (73,0 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER - 2-1/4" DIA. FITTING (57,2 mm) (7964) #(3,2 1/2(12,7 mm) FLUSH Z71 M I MOUNTING / " SURFACE//m) CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) TV-FRB PLATE 7/8" (22,2 mm) FIGURES SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY (TY323) WITH TWO PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I I TFPI72 I Page 4of4 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 7) K FACTOR TYPE TEMPERATURE BULB LIQUID COLOR NATURAL BRASS I CHROME PLATED I POLYESTERC 135°F (57°C) Orange UPRIGHT (TY313) and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow 5.6 1/2 in. NPT PENDENT (TY323) 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue ________________ 135°F (57°C) Orange RECESSED PENDENT (TY323) Figures 48 and 5b 1,2,3,4 155°F (68°C) Red 175° F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Notes: Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. VdS Approved (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-54-428-3377.) Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. s. Installed with Style 15 (1/2 in. NPT( 5/8 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20(1/2 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. C. Frame and Deflector only. Listings and approvals apply to color (Special Order). TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS P/Na77_X)X__XXX I I I I I I I Notes: a. Eastern Hemisphere sales only TABLE B SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION SIN 370 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2 in.NPT) TY313 371 5.6K PENDENT (1/2 in.NPT) 1 TY323 Notes: a. Use suffix "I" for ISO 7-1 connection; for example, 77-370-4-175-I SPRINKLER FINISH 1 I NATURAL BRASS PURE WHITE (RAL9010)a POLYESTER SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) POLYESTER JET BLACK (RAL9005) POLYESTER 9 CHROME PLATED TEMPERATURE RATINGS 135 135-F (57-C) 155 155-F (68-C) 175 175°F(79°C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 286-F (141-C) I I I I I I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 02018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other intormation shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson / NonloNAl. FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION ovA NFPA ore regIstered trudseorks of National Cr0 Protection Anveoleilonl TEFLON, a,oglctered trodemainc of DuPont Controls I I _ - 0000 : INNOVATIVE — = mD FIRE PROTECTION, INC. - 0 S - I I I I I F- I I I I P 7-1 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAX: 619.593.9133 A ifpinc.net a CA License #C.16.711148 I I I I I I I Ii I I I I I I I I I a) CL 47 a 04( ca I&I I'- A 1 C#) LL- Bin D) ull Moose Tube® is a customer focused, LO growth oriented manufacturer and marketer of tubular products, where success is based on a commitment to meeting the customer's perception \\ of quality. Our strength resides in our people working together to satisfy customers and to promote business growth by achieving superior financial performance. / SCHEDULE• www.BullMooseTube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com -I 11 = IAIWI 800.325.4467 BULL. MOOSE TUBE COMPANY 2 - - M M M iii - - - Bull Moose Tube's® "Eddy Pipe®" brand sprinkler pipe is produced to meet sprinkler pipe standards and applications. c€us LISTED APPROVED ]0 NM NFPA ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDY PIPE® FAMILY All pipe products are UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), and have been approved by Factory Mutual. Excellent production and coating capabilities, tighter tolerances, and our unique steel properties make our pipe excellent for roll grooving, welding, threading, and plain end fittings. All products are certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. Available in specific cut to order lengths from regular mill rollings. More popular sizes available with coating or bare. Ultra Eddy®, Eddy Flow®, Eddylite®, and Eddythread 40® offer cost savings along with superior hydraulics without compromising service life. Sprinkler pipe inventory stocked in Masur Ohio; Gerald, Missouri; Casa Grande, Arizona; Kent, Washington; and Dallas, Texas. All Bull Moose (black) sprinkler pipe includes our exclusive EDDY GUARD Il® MIC preventative coating. Bull Moose Tube® sprinkler pipe is FBCTM compatible. PRODUCTS Schedule 10 and Schedule 40: FM approved and UL listed sprinkler pipe. Eddythread 40®: Light threadable Schedule 40 replacement with corrosion resistance ratio of 1.0. Eddylite®: Lightwall threadable with standard outside diameter. Eddy Flow®: Cost effective replacement for Schedule 10. Ultra Eddy®: Lightwall roll groovable pipe. Bull Moose galvanized steel sprinkler pipe is hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products are stencilled to meet FM & UL specifications. PROTECTION Eddy Guard Il®: Bull Moose Tube® is producing product that can resist bacteriological growth even after multiple rinse-outs. You know MIC corrosion can impact your installation and your property. Specify Bull Moose Tube® "Eddy Guard Il®" and feel comfortable knowing that you are getting Eddy Pipe® product you trust with the bacteria resistance you need. Eddy Guard Il® is NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R system compatible for use in hybrid systems as well as FM approved. All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube® reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube® made the decision to have them approved and listed. Our Siliedule 10 and Schedule 40 have a pressure rating of 300 PSI and have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Schedule 10 can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. Bull Moose Tube's® Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipes are hot dipped galvanized to meet ASTM Al 23 standards. All products die stencilled to meet FM & III specifications. c®us LISTED APPROVE) [] I4ONFSA NFPA ri SCHEDULE 10 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.315 1.097 15.27 1.41 lbs/ft 1.820 91 1-1/4 1.660 1.442 9.91 1.81 lbs/ft 2.518 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.682 7.76 2.09 lbs/ft 3.053 61 2 2.375 2.157 6.27 2.64 lbs/ft 4.223 37 2-1/2 2.875 2.635 4.92 3.53 lbs/ft 5.893 30 3 3.500 3.260 3.54 4.34 lbs/ft 7.957 19 4 4.500 4.260 2.50 5.62 lbs/ft 11.796 19 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR** WEIGHT/FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 - 1.315 1.049 1.00 1.68 lbs/ft 2.055 70 1-1/4 1.660 1.380 1.00 2.27 lbs/ft 2.918 51 1-1/2 1.900 1.610 1.00 2.72 lbs/ft 3.602 44 2 2.375 2.067 1.00 3.66 lbs/ft 5.114 30 21/2* 2.875 2.468 1.00 5.80 lbs/ft 7.875 30 3* 3.500 3.068 1.00 7.58 lbs/ft 10.783 19 4* 4.500 4.026 1.00 10.80 lbs/ft 16.316 19 *Only available in Casa Grande, AZ Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 0 (i As tD, For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bulImoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@buIlmoosetube.com 0 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent. WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH 63017 - - M M - - - - - M - - M - M M ii Dull Moose Tube's® Eddythread 40® ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDYTHREAD 40® I.) is a lightweight replacement for • Has a Corrosion Resistance Ratio of 1.0. Schedule 40 that has a Corrosion • Has a pressure rating of 300 psi. Resistance Ratio of 1. • Is lighter weight than Schedule 40. Is approved by Factory Mutual and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. Is produced in accordance to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. Can be used with standard Schedule 40 threaded fittings, couplings, and valves. Is produced from steel with excellent properties of strength and threadability. Can be used in wet, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. Can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's requirement for dry systems. Offers lower freight costs. Supplied with EDDY GUARD Il® MIC preventative coating. EDDVTHREAD 40® SPECIFICATIONS c®us LISTED <> APPROVED 1] ,4ONFSA NFPA' NOMINAL PIPE O.D. I.D. WEIGHT WATER FILLED BUNDLE SIZE (IN) (IN) (IN) CRR* LB./FT WEIGHT SIZE 1 1.295 1.083 1.00 1.461 1.860 70 1-1/4 1.650 1.418 1.00 2.070 2.754 51 1-1/2 1.900 1.654 1.00 2.547 3.468 44 2 2.375 2.123 1.00 3.308 4.842 30 *Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UI Directory Listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 0 (a il A For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bulImoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@buIlmoosetube.com 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent,WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BULL NICM 1E cavipANy 63017 Bull Moose Tube's® Eddylite® is a lightwall threadable pipe manufactured in NPS 1 through 2". Eddylite® is a truly unique product within the fire protection industry. This product has been engineered to provide lower cost fire protection systems without compromising service life, adequate wall thickness, or standard outside diameter. Eddylite® is manufactured to meet the requirements of ASTM A135 and A795 specifications. This pipe product has been fully approved by Factory Mutual, and listed by Underwriters Laboratories (for U.S. and Canada) for use in fire protection systems with a working pressure of 300 psi or less. tc®us LISTED (;] L4ONFSA I .urPA 6 ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDYLITE® Standard outside diameter, unlike some other lightwall threadable pipe products. Lighter in weight than Schedule 40. Superior burst strength and corrosion resistance ratio compared to other lightwall threadable pipe products. Exceptionally strong, meets or exceeds ASTM Al 35 minimum yield requirements. Can be used with standard couplings, fittings, and valves. Freight savings. Lower sprinkler system costs without compromising service life. Better hydraulics than Schedule 40. Wall thickness and weight close to Schedule 30; compare to other lightwall threaclable water filled products with wall thickness less than Schedule 10! CORROSION RESISTANCE RATIO (CRR) NOMINAL STANDARD INSIDE U U WEIGHT WATER BUNDLE PIPE SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) DIAMETER (IN) THREADED UNTHREADED PER FT. FILLED SIZE 1 1.315 1.137 0.13 7.47 1.260 1.700 91 1-1/4 1.660 1.482 0.08 4.79 1.617 2.364 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.712 0.12 4.53 1.967 2.965 61 2 2.375 2.177 0.16 4.31 2.617 4.230 37 Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. Q D For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bulImoosetube.com 8 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BLIDC5E1.cO1Y*NY 63017 cus LISTED APPROVED OMWA NFPA ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® EDDY FLOW® Certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. FM approved for roll grooving and welding for use in wet systems. UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada) for joining by welding or by listed rubber gasketed fittings for use in wet, dry, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. Lightweight - saves shipping costs and offers easier handling. Can be used with roll grooved couplings or welded outlets for pressures up to 300 psi. Can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. Can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's & UL requirement for dry systems. Supplied with EDDY GUARD Il® MIC preventative coating. NPS SIZE (IN) O.D. (IN) EDDY FLOW® (ID) EDDY FLOW® CRR* - -. WEIGHT PER FT. WATER FILLED Wt - BUNDLE SIZE 1-1/4 1.660 1.530 1.98 1.222 2.019 61 1-1/2 1.900 1.728 3.44 1.844 2.860 61 2 2.375 2.203 2.78 2.330 3.982 37 2-1/2 2.875 2.705 1.66 2.809 5.299 30 3 3.500 3.334 1.00 3.361 7.144 19 4 4.500 4.310 1.00 4.968 11.290 19 *Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UL Directory Listing PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. C ~s (® For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bulImoosetube.com 8 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH BuI.Mco EcoNANv 63017 Bull Moose Tube's® Eddy Flow® is a specially engineered replacement for Schedule 10, offering better flow characteristics while providing design flexibility. This product is FM approved, as well as UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada) for roll grooving and welding. As an added benefit, it is more economical to use than Schedule 10 due to reduced delivery costs and ease of handling. Furthermore, Eddy Flow's® larger ID provides an opportunity for downsizing and further cost savings. Dull Moose Tube's" Ultra Eddy® is ADVANTAGES OF BULL MOOSE TUBE® ULTRA EDDY® U a versatile product that can be • Certified to ASTM Al 35 and A795 Type E, Grade A. roll grooved, welded, and used with • FM approved for roll grooving and welding for use in wet systems. Pressfit* Products. • UL listed (for U.S. and Canada) for joining by welding or by listed rubber gasketed fittings for use in wet, dry, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. Lightweight - saves shipping costs, offers easier handling. Multidimensional: Can be used with all Schedule 5 approved roll grooved, welding and Pressfit* Products for pressures up to 175 psi. Designed to generic Schedule 5 tolerances for easy interchangeability with all approved or listed fittings. Can be supplied roll grooved or plain end. With a larger ID than other products on the market today, Ultra Eddy® offers substantial improvements in hydraulics. This improvement allows for downsizing within the system which offers the opportunity for additional cost savings. Can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM's requirement for dry systems. NPS O.D. ULTRA ULTRA EDDY® WEIGHT WATER BUNDLE (IN) (IN) EDDY® (ID) CRR** PER FT. FILLED WT. SIZE 1 1.315 1.201 2.17 .868 1.359 91 1-1/4 1.660 1.546 1.40 1.107 1.920 61 1-112 1.900 1.786 1.11 1.274 2.360 61 2 2.375 2.261 1.00 1.604 3.344 37 * Pressfit is Registered Trademark of Vtctaulic Company of America ** Corrosion Resistance Ratio per latest UI Directory Listing c®us LISTED APPROVE ] OMWA NFPA PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. C:~s ® For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bulImoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 saIes@bullmoosetube.com 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH 63017 8 - - NPS(IN) 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4 c®us LISTED <*> APPROVED (;] I ONFSA NFPA 0.D. (in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 1.6(in) 1.201 1.546 1.786 2.261 ULTRA EDDY® Empty Weight (lblft) - 0.868 1.107 1.274 1.604 • Water-Filled Weiqht(lb/ft) 1.359 1.920 2.360 3.344 C.R.R. 2.17 1.40 1.11 1.00 - 0.D. (in) 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 l.D.(in) 1.530 1.728 2.203 2.705 3.334 4.316 Empty Weiciht (lb/It) 1.222 1.844 2.330 2.809 3.361 4.968 EDDY LUVV® Water-Filled Weight(Ib/ft) 2.019 2.860 3.982 5.299 7.144 11.290 - C.R.R. 1.98 3.44 2.78 1.66 1.00 1.00 O.b.(in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 l.D.(in) 1.097 1.442 1.682 2.157 2.635 3.260 4.260 SCHEDULE Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.410 1.810 2.090 2.640 3.530 4.340 5.620 10 Water-Filled Weight(lb/ft) 1.820 2.518 3.053 4.223 5.893 7.957 11.796 - -. C.R.R. 15.27 9.91 7.76 6.27 4.92 3.54 2.50 0.D (in) 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 l.D.(in) 1.137 1.482 1.712 2.177 - EDDYLITE® Empty Weight (lb/It) - 1.260 1.617 1.967 2.617 Water-Filled Weight (lb/It) 1.700 2.364 2.965 4.230 C.R.R. 0.13 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.0. (in) 1.295 1.650 1.900 2.375 l.D.(in) 1.083 1.418 1.645 2.123 EDDYTHREAD Empty Weight (lb/ft) 1.461 2.070 2.547 3.308 40® Water-Filled Weight (lb/It) 1.860 2.754 3.468 4.842 - C.R.R. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.D. (in) 11315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.500 l.D.(in) 1.049 1.380 1.610 2.067 2.469 3.068 4.026 SCHEDULE Empty Weight(lb/ft) 1.680 2.270 2.720 3.660 5.800 7.580 10.800 40 Water-FilledWeight(lb/ft) 2,055 2.918 3.602 5.114 7.875 10.783 16.316 C.R.R. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 ç) A For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.buIlmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bullmoosetube.com U 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO KentWA Casa Grande, AZ Dallas,D( Masurt OH 63017 9 c®us LISTED APPROVED [4,3 ONFSA *antsi Fbt NFPA sp Pt 21 PIPE LENGTH (FT.) 24 25 NIPS PIPE PIPE WEIGHT PIECES WEIGHT WEIGHT WEIGHT TYPE PER FOOT PER BUNDLE PER BUNDLE PER BUNDLE PER BUNDLE ULTRA EDDY® 0.868 91 1,659 1,896 1,975 SCHE0tiL10 1.410 91 2,695 3,079 3,208 1 EDDYLITE 1.260 91 2,408 2,752 2,867 Ebb iHREAD40® 1.461 70 2,148 2,454 2,557 SCHEDULE 40 1.680 70 2,470 2,822 2,940 -- ULTRA EDDY® 1.107 61 1,418 1,621 1,688 EDDY FLOW® 1.222 61 1,565 1,789 1,864 SCHEDULE 10 1.810 61 2,319 2,650 2,760 1-1/4 EDDYLITE® 1.617 61 2,071 2,367 2,466 EDDYTHREAD 401D 2.070 51 2,217 2,534 2,639 SCHEDULE 40 2.276 51 2,431 2,778 2,894 ULTRA EDDY® 1.274 61 1,632 1,865 1,943 EDDY FLOW" 1.844 61 2,362 2,700 2,812 SCHEDULE 10 2.090 61 2,677 3,060 3,187 11/2 EDDYLITE® 1.967 61 2,520 2,880 3,000 EDDYTHREAD 4o® 2.547 44 2,353 2,690 2,802 SCHEDULE40 2.720 44 2,513 2,872 2,992 ULTRA EDDY® 1.604 37 1,246 1,424 1,484 EDDY FLOW® 2.330 37 1,810 2,069 2,155 SCHEDULE 10 2.640 37 2,051 2,344 2,442 - EDDYLITE® 2.617 37 2,033 2,324 2,421 EDDYTHREAD 40® 3.308 30 2,084 2,382 2,481 sçHEDULE40 3.660 30 2,306 2,635 2,745 EDbYFL0W® 2.809 1,770 2,022 2,107 2-1/2 SCHEDULE 10 3.530 30 2,224 2,542 2,648 SCHEDULE 40* 5.800 3,654 4,176 4,350 EDDY FLOW® 3.361 1,341 1,533 1,596 3 SCHEDULE 10 4.340 19 1,732 1,979 2,062 SCHEDULE 40* - 7.580 3,024 3,456 3,601 -- EDDY FLOW® 4.968 1,982 2,265 2,360 4 SCHEDULE 10 5.620 19 2,242 2,563 2,670 SCHEDULE 40* 10.800 4,309 4,925 5,130 6 SCHEDULE 10 9.289 10 1,951 2,229 2,322 8 SCHEDULE 10 16.940 7 2,490 2,846 2,965 ID Only Available in Casa Grande, AZ. _ - - m m - - - - •1 m -- m m --- - Bull Moose Tube EDDY FLOW Steel Pipe Joined by Threading, Bonding or Compression/Grooved Couplings Max Zone of Influence Load (Fpw) lbs. Max. Transverse and 4-way Brace Spacing (ft.) *** According to HLF for the 2006 & 2009 IBC (ASCE.YPE -) & Cp for NFPA-13 shown in BOLD Pipe Transverse Brace spacing* Size 20 ft. 25 ft. 30 ft. 35 ft. 40 ft. 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 1 1/4 136 109 89 76 64 40 40 37 32 29 26 24 23 21 20 19 18 1 1/2 232 185 152 130 109 40 40 40 35 31 29 27 25 23 22 21 20 2 372 297 244 209 175 40 40 40 38 34 31 28 27 25 24 23 22 21/2 549 440 360 309 258 40 40 40 40 36 32 30 28 26 25 24 23 3 809 648 1 531 1 455 381 40 40 40 40 37 34 31 29 28 26 25 24 4 1 15441 1235 1 1012 1 867 1 726 40 40 40 40 40 1 37 1 34 32 30 29 28 26 Bull Moose Tube EDDYTHREAD 40 Steel Pipe Joined by Threading, Bonding or Compression/Grooved Couplings Max Zone of Influence Load (Fpw) lbs. Max. Transverse and 4-way Brace Spacing (ft.) According to HLF for the 2006 & 2009 IBC (ASCE 7-05 ) & Cp for NFPA-13 shown in BOLD TYPE Pipe Transverse Brace Spacing Size 20 ft. 25 ft. 30 ft. 35 ft. 40 ft. 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 1 119 95 78 67 56 40 40 36 31 28 25 24 22 21 20 19 18 11/4 218 175 143 123 103 40 40 40 35 31 28 26 25 23 22 21 20 1 1/2 312 250 205 175 147 40 40 40 37 33 30 28 26 25 23 22 21 2 518 414 339 291 243 40 40 40 40 36 33 30 29 27 26 24 23 BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 PHONE: (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 www.bullmoosetube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com C®US LISTED <19> APPROVED ( 4m] z &. 0NP NFPA A A For Additional Information Contact (800) 325-4467 www.bullmoosetube.com Or From Canada Call: (800) 882-4666 sales@bullmoosetube.com J 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO Gerald, MO Kent, WA Casa Grande,AZ Dallas, TX Masury, OH 63017 11 Q rdt) BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY BMT EDDY PIPE® BRAND SPRINKLER PIPE IS PRODUCED AT OUR GERALD, MO., CASA GRANDE, AZ. AND MASURY, OH. PLANTS WITH ADDITIONAL STOCKING LOCATIONS IN DALLAS, TX. AND KENT, WA. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR SALESPERSON TODAY AT: (800) 325-4467 OR FROM CANADA CALL: (800) 882-4666 1819 Clarkson Road Chesterfield, MO 63017 PHONE: (800) 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 KENJ—WA www.bullmoosetube.com sales@bullmoosetube.com MASUR c®us LISTED CASA NDE 1 Z 109 LL ILL APPROVED omm NFFW 0 STOCKING LOCATION c®us LISTEDj __ 'Z?N4 *MANUFACTURINQPLANT/ __ it. _ __ _ STQ1ING LjjTION I I tqco® Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com BLAZEMASTER I CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet General Description TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced by Johnson Controls are designed exclusively for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler systems. The TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are produced from BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound that is a specially developed thermoplastic compound composed of post chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin and state of the art addi- tives. TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are easier to install than traditional steel pipe systems, and at the same time, provide superior heat resistance and strength as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the plumbing trade. Various adapt- ers are available to connect CPVC pipe to metallic piping. All female pipe thread adapters have brass inserts for durability. Grooved adapters connect directly to grooved end valves and metallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. NOTICE The CPVC Pipe and Fittings produced with BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Technical Data Sizes 3/4 Inch to 3 Inch Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved LPCB Approved NSF Certified MEA Approved (Refer to Installation Handbook IH-1900 dated April 2016 for exact listing/approval information.) Manufacture Source U.S.A. Material Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) ASTM F439 (Sch. 80) ASTM F1970 Color Orange Installation TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be to be installed in accordance with Installation Handbook IH-1900. I I I I I I 1~ I L] [I I I I I IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Page 1 of 2 AUGUST 2018 TFPI9I5 I TFPI9I5 Page 2 of 2 Care and Maintenance TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or main- tenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all person- nel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I Johnson I Controls 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +I215-362-0700 02018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information Shown Were current an of document revision date and am subject to change without notice. NATIONAl. FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered IrudmrrorkS at Notional Fire PrvIeuIlcnAusoolotlon BLAZEMASTSR in otmdoflrorlr of The Labricot Corpor010n : INNOVATIVE - = - FIRE PROTECTION, INC. I I Li I ittE I I I I I I n n I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • F.x: 619.593.9133 fpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 I 1 I L I tqC00 Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com BLAZEMASTER CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet Li General Description TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced by Johnson Controls are designed exclusively for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprinkler systems. The TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are produced from BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound that is a specially developed thermoplastic compound composed of post chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin and state of the art addi- tives. TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are easier to install than traditional steel pipe systems, and at the same time, provide superior heat resistance and strength as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the plumbing trade. Various adapt- ers are available to connect CPVC pipe to metallic piping. All female pipe thread adapters have brass inserts for durability. Grooved adapters connect directly to grooved end valves and metallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. Technical Data Sizes 3/4 Inch to 3 Inch Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved LPCB Approved NSF Certified MEA Approved (Refer to Installation Handbook IH-1900 dated April 2016 for exact listing/approval information.) Manufacture Source U.S.A. Material Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) ASTM F439 (Sch. 80) ASTM F1970 Color Orange Installation TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be to be installed in accordance with Installation Handbook IH-1900. I I I I I I I U The CPVC Pipe and Fittings produced with BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound described herein must be installed l and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), I in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. I The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any I questions. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet I TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Page 1 of 2 I AUGUST 2018 TFPI9I5 TFPI9I5 Page 2 of 2 Care and Maintenance TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or main- tenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all person- nel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. I I I I I I I I I I I I El I I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 194461 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 02018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other intor,natioo shown were current snot document revision date and ore subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA ore nogislorod Irodorrro,ku 01 National Fire Promotion A0000i000nI BLAZEMASTER Is otrodemo,k of The Lubilool Cerporollon Johnson 01, I Controls I I FireLock® Fittings FireLock® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic IPS-sized couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock EZ® Style 009N/Style 009H couplings. I I I I r] I I I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: Orange enamel. Red Enamel in EMEA-I. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. ENGINEER Spec Sect Approved Date JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR System No. Submitted By Location www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 ViCTAULiC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVK Para AC.-tau-1id 10.03_i I I I I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings DIMENSIONS ICtoE1 to E a j " U Ii c lb to E to NO. 001 NO. 003 NO. 002 NO. 006 001 No.003 .Elbow 45 Elbow Straight Tee Cap T I I 10 11/4 1.660 0.8 0.3 32 42.4 - - - - - - 21 0.1 1½ 1.900 - - - - - - 0.82 0.4 40 48.3 - - - - - - 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 70 0.8 51 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 2½ 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 73.0 76 1.4 57 10 76 1.6 22 0.5 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 76.1 mm - - - - 76.1 76 1.5 57 1.1 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 1mm 08 4.250 4.00 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7,5 - - 108.0 102 2.6 76 2.3 102 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 159mm 6.250 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 - - 158.8 140 5.7 89 4,2 140 8.0 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5,50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 10.3 25 2.7 8 8.625 6.81 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 12.7 200 219.1 173 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 www.victaulic.com taulid VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.03_2 REV_K I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 I FireLock® Fittings FLOW DATA ! I 9 11/4 1.660 - - - 32 42.4 - - - 11/2 1.900 - - - 40 48.3 - - - 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 76.1 mm 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 76,1 1.4 0.7 3.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 108mm 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 159mm 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 , 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe I I I I www.victaulic.com VICTALJLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. C 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVK 4tauiicr 10.03_3 I I I I I I I I I I I I o 002 ight Tee 3.5 1.1 4.3 1.3 4.5 1.4 5.0 1.5 6.4 2.0 6.8 2.1 8.5 2.6 9.6 2.9 10.0 3.0 13.0 4.0 FireLock® Fittings GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the 'QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.03 1539 REV K UPDATED 09/2012 VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK 01 VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.03 -*, Atauiicr Flexible Coupling [1 I JOB/OWNER I System No. Location CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Para__________ Date Approved Date I I I LI STYLE 75 Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes, the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference document 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to document 17.01. Exaggerated for clarity MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "T" nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available. Contact Victaulic for details. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. I I I I I I I I I I www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VlAULIC COMPANY. C 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. REVN I ¼,4tauIicr 06.051 CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.05 Flexible Coupling STYLE 75 DIMENSIONS 01E1iitII!L IF 1985 I 885 L L lit4i I 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 2-43' 0.57 2-%x2 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 48 61 108 45 0.6 1¼ 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 2- 10 0.45 2-¼x2 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 38 68 117 45 0.6 1 ½ 1.900 500 1420 0 -0.06 1 - 56' 0.40 2-%x2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 33 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 1• - 31' 0.32 2-%x2 3.43 522 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 26 87 133 48 0.8 2½ 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 1• -15' 0.26 2- /8x2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 22 98 144 48 0.9 76.1 mm 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 r -12' 0.26 2-3/sx2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 22 102 150 4.8 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 1-2' 0.22 2- ½ x 23/4 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 18 114 178 48 1.3 3½ 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 0. 54' 0.19 2- ½ x 21/45.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 16 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0.13 1• -36' 0.34 2- 1/2 x 21/45.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 28 147 204 54 1.9 108,0mm 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 V - 41' 0.35 2-12x70.0 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 29 141 198 54 1.7 4½ 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 V - 26' 0.25 2- /gx3¼ 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 21 156 240 54 2.5 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 V - 18' 0.27 2-%x3¼ 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 141,3 3100 48660 0-3.2 23 175 256 54 2.6 133.0 mm 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 r -21' 0.28 2- 16x 82.5 655 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 24 166 238 54 2.7 139.7 mm 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 -18' 0.28 2-~x3¼ 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9 152.4 mm 6.000 450 12735 0-0.13 V -12' 0,21 2-~x3¼ 738 10.48 1.88 62 152,4 3100 56670 0-3.2 18 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 - r 0.23 2-%x3¼ 8.00 11.07 2,13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 18 203 281 54 32 159.0 mm 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 . , 0.24 2- 16x 82.5 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 20 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0,13 50' 0.18 2-~x4¼ 10,34 13,97 2.32 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 0• - 14 263 355 59 5.6 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown, t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 -31/2720-90 mm; 25% for 47/100 mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. oil 91 1101 1 --- I I Ip H www.victaulic.com \JtauIic I VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vICTAULIC COMPANY. 192013 vICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. 06.052 REV_N I I I I I I I'- I 1 -1 I I I I I H I STYLE 75 I WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. 1 I I I I I F~~ I I I I I For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 06.05 1470 REV N UPDATED 01/2013 VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2013 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 06.05 ,4tauIicr I I I I System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date U Vic®-End II End of Run Fitting Ltauii cr No. 67 10.21 I I 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes 11/4 - 3/DN32 - DN80 with 1/2/DN15, 3/4 /DN2O or 17DN25 female threaded NPT or BSPT outlet. Pipe Material Carbon Steel, Schedule 10, Schedule 40. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure Up to 365 psi/2500 kPa. Function End of branchline elbow fitting for sprinkler connection. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, painted Orange Enamel. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. fl Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. Outlet: NPT F1 Optional: BSPT I I I ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. I I I U I I I I I I I victaulic.com 10.21 3209 Rev F Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. 1 JtauIicr I I victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS No.67 C to Tit toGE Approximate Nominal Weight Size C to GE C to TE (Each) inches inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 11/4 x ½ 1.875 1.38 0.6 DN32 DN15 48 - 35 0.3 3/4 1.875 1.38 0.5 DN20 48 35 0.2 1 2 1.75 0.6 DN25 51 44 0.3 11/2 x ½ 1.875 1.5 0.7 DN40 DN15 48 38 0.3 3/4 1.875 1.5 0.7 DN20 48 38 0.3 1 2 1.625 0.7 DN25 51 41 0.3 2 x ½ 1.875 - 1.75 0.7 DN50 DN15 48 44 0.3 '/4 1.875 1.75 0.7 DN20 48 44 0.3 1 2 1.75 0.9 DN25 51 44 0.4 21/2 x ½ 1.875 2 13 DN65 DN15 48 51 0.6 3/4 1.875 2 1.2 DN20 48 51 0.6 1 2 2 1.3 DN25 51 51 0.6 3 x 3/4 2 2.375 2.0 DN80 DN20 51 60 0.9 1 2 2.375 1.9 DN25 51 60 0.9 5.0 PERFORMANCE Please see applicable coupling publication for performance, or contact Victaulic for more information. LI I I I 10.21 3209 Rev F Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 js4'tauiicr I I I I I LI I I I I I I I I I 3 'j(tauIic I 10.21 3209 Rev F Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, in accordance with the provided with each valve. These instructions contain important information. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage, or valve (,instructions leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 U SA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.64: FireLock EZTM Style 009N Rigid Coupling I I H I I I I I [] I I I H H User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions, Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patentor other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF formal on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. I I LI 11 L I Victaulic® Reducing Coupling \4taulicr Style 750 06.08 I I 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: 2 x 1 through 10 x 8/DN50 x DN25 through DN250 x DN200 Pipe Material: Carbon steel Maximum Working Pressure: Up to 500 psi/3447 kPa Working pressure dependent on material, wall thickness and size of pipe Application: Joins OGS roll grooved and cut grooved pipe, as well as OGS grooved fittings, valves and accessories Permits direct reduction on piping run Optional steel washer prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical system assembly Pipe Preparation: Cut or roll grooved in accordance with publication 25.01: Victaulic Standard Groove Specifications. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS I .urru NOTES Download publication 10.01 for Fire Protection Certifications/Listings Reference Guide. I I I I I ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. I System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date I victaUlic.com 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. iataulia 1 I I I I I I I victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) O Standard: Orange enamel. 0 Optional: Hot dipped galvanized conforming to ASTM A153. O Optional: Contact Victaulic with your requirements. Gasket: (specify choice') 0 Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-340C to +110°C. May be specified for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot +180°F/+820C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH PETROLEUM SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. O Grade "T" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-290C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, hydrocarbons, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; not compatible for hot dry air over +140°F/-i-600C and water over +150°F/-i-66°C. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR USE WITH HOT WATER SERVICES OR STEAM SERVICES. Others o For alternate gasket selection, reference oublication 05.01: Victaulic Seal Selection Guide. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Seal Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts (specify choice2): M Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial) and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (metric). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial - heavy hex nuts) and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric - hex nuts) Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 ZN/FE5, finish Type Ill (imperial) or Type II (metric). O Optional (imperial): Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel heavy nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW, with galling reducing coating. I I I I I I I [1 I I I Assembly Washer (optional): Galvanized carbon steel. 2 Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com I I I I I JtauIicr I I victaulic.com I 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 750 I I M ~-, 711 li "mr, rj r.rq rl 1 i 4 t -au I ii cr 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victauliC.com 3 Pipe End Size Separation2 Deflect. From CL3 Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Approximate Nominal Allowable Per Cplg. Pipe Qty. Size X V Z (Each) inches inches In./Ft. inches inches inches inches lb DN mm Degrees mm/rn - mm mm mm mm kg 2 1 0-0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7 DN50 DN25 0-1.8 0057 17 2 x2 85 - 134 48 1.2 1 1/2 0-0.07 0.20 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.0 0°-57' 2 Ma x 2 DN40 0-1.8 17 - 85 134 48 1.0 21/2 2 0-0.07 0.16 4.00 5.93 1.88 3.1 DN50 0-1.8 0°-47' 14 2 Ma x 2 102 151 48 1.4 2 0-0.07 0.16 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 0°-47' 2 ½ x 2 /4 ill DN65 DN50 0-1.8 14 168 48 2.1 3 2 0-0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.9 DN80 DNSO 0-1.8 0°-39' 11 2 ½ x 2 3/4 121 181 48 2.2 21/2 0-0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.3 0° 39' 2 ½ x23% 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2.0 0-0.07 0.13 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.2 DN65 0-1.8 0°-39' 11 2 - ½x2~ 121 181 48 1.9 4 2 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1 DN100 DNSO 0-3.2 25 2 51s x 31/4 159 226 57 3.7 21/2 0-0.13 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6 0-3.2 11-19' 25 2 Ma x31/4 1 159 226 57 3.9 0-0.13 0.28 t 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.9 11-19' 2 Ye x3¼ 1 DN65 0-3.2 25 - 159 226 57 3.1 3 0-0.13 0.28 I 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.7 DN80 0-3.2 1°-19' 25 2 - 1/e x31/4 152 226 57 3.0 5 4 0-0.13 0.22 7.18 10.70 2.13 11.2 x DN100 0-3.2 1°-3' 19 2 1/4 x41/4 182 272 54 5.1 4 0-0.13 0.19 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2 165.1 DN100 0-3.2 0°-55' 16 2 3/4 x4'/4 219 302 57 6.9 6 4 0-0.13 0.18 8.63 11.90 2.25 16.7 DN150 DN100 0-3.2 0°-52' 15 2 1/4 x4¼ 219 302 57 7.6 5 0-0.13 0.18 8.31 11.90 2.25 12.9 0°-52' 2 3/4 x41/4 0-3.2 15 - 211 302 57 5.9 8 0-0.13 0.13 10.75 14.88 2.50 23.2 DN200 165.1 0-3.2 0°-38' 11 2 ¼ x 273 378 64 10.5 6 0-0.13 0.13 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.4 0°-38' 2 7/8x5 DN150 0-3.2 11 - 275 378 64 10.2 10 8 0-0.13 0.90 13.12 17.26 2.62 31.4 DN250 DN200 0-3.2 0° -25' 8 2 1 x 5½ 333 438 67 14.2 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes, these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 1/4 -3 ½7DN20 - DNYO; and 25% for 4/DN100 and larger. NOTE Metric thread size bolts are avaialble (colord-coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 750 Size Maximum Working Maximum End Nominal Pressure4 Load4 inches psi lb DIN kPa N 2 1 350 500 DN50 DN25 2413 2,225 350 1000 1 ½ DN40 2413 4,450 21/2 2 500 2215 DN50 3447 9,850 2 350 1550 DN65 DN50 2413 6,900 3 2 350 1550 DN80 DNSO 2413 6,900 500 3250 21/2 3447 14,460 350 2475 DN65 2413 11,010 4 2 350 1550 DN100 DNSO 2413 6,900 350 2275 21/2 2413 10,125 2475 350 DN65 2413 11,014 500 4810 3 DN80 3447 21,400 5 4 350 5565 DN100 2413 24,765 6 4 350 5565 DN150 DN100 2413 24,765 350 8500 5 2413 37,825 8 350 11610 DN200 165.1 2413 51,645 350 12060 6 DN150 2413 53,645 10 8 350 20450 DN250 DN200 2413 90,970 4 Working Presssure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and material. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum end load rating based on smaller pipe size. NOTES WARNING: FOR ONE-TIME FIELD USE ONLY, the Maximum Joint working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown. For joint pressure ratings on additional carbon steel wall thicknesses, see oublication 06.15. 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 'J(tauI—id victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Flow Data - Head Loss Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at +607/+16°C. Flow Reducing Flow Expanding I I I Equivalent Size Pipe Length Small Nominal Diameter inches ft DN m 2 1 5.9 DN50 DN25 1.8 2.0 1½ DN4O 0.6 2½ 2 1.9 DN5O 0.6 2 1.9 DN65 DNSO 0.6 3 2 5.5 DN80 _DN50 1.7 3.8 2½ 1.2 3.8 DN65 1.2 4 2 6.0 DN100 x DN50 1.8 6.0 2½ 1.8 6.0 0N65 1.8 6.0 3 DN8O 1.8 5 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 4 6.0 165.1 DN100 1.8 6 4 6.0 DN150 DN100 1.8 4.5 5 1.4 8 7.3 DN200 165.1 2.2 7.3 6 DN15O 2.2 10 8 8.7 DN250 DN200 2.7 Equivalent Size Pipe Length Small Nominal Diameter inches ft DIN m 1 2 2.7 DN25 DNSO 0.8 1½ 2 1.9 DN40 DN50 0.6 DN50 1.0 0N65 0.3 3.5 3 DNBO 1.1 4 3.0 DN100 0.9 2½ 3 2.5 DN8O 0.8 3.0 4 DN100 0.9 3 2.5 DN65 DN80 0.8 3.0 4 DN100 0.9 3 4 2.5 DN80 DN100 0.8 4 5 3.3 DN100 1.0 4.6 165.1 1.4 4.6 6 DN15O 1.4 5 6 2.3 DN1SO 0.7 8 5.4 165.1 DN200 1.7 6 8 6.0 DN150 DN200 1.8 8 10 6.3 DN200 DN250 1.9 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I LI I I I 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 4tauiicr uirf,ilirrrim 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS - A WARNING Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Only No. 61 bull plugs shall be used with Style 750 reducing couplings in systems where a vacuum may develop. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Victaulic® Seal Selection Guide 10.01: Victaulic® Products for Fire Protection Piping Systems - Regulatory Aooroval Reference Guide 25.01: Victaulic® Original Groove System (OGS) Groove Specifications 26.01: Victaulic® 29.01: Victaulic® Design Terms and Data Conditions 01 Sale 1-100: Victaulic® Field Installation Handbook I I I I I I I I I 1 I I 1 User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment guide, or this disclaimer, of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available Intellectual Property Rights in POE format on our website at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Refer lathe Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, Sr as recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. 06.08 1536 Rev L Updated 10/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved, victaulic.com JtauIicr 6 S I, I ri I - - Q000 : INNOVATIVE - FIRE PROTECTION, INC. - 0 o I I I n H 1 mm I ri I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAx: 619.593.9133 ifpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 ES-A-0300/C300N Contractor Approval Contractor's P.O. No. Representative u'JuuuFu (Colt 300BF) WAYUMIMIS It is illegal to use this product in any plumbing system providing water for human consumption, such as drinking or dishwashing, in the United States. Before installing standard material product, consult your local water authority, building and plumbing codes. NOTICE The information contained herein is not intended to replace the full product installation and safety information available or the experience of a trained product installer. You are required to thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety information before beginning the installation of this product. I I Job Name - I Engineer Job Location - Approval - Colt TM Series C300 (Colt 300), C300N (Colt 300N) Double Check Detector Assemblies Sizes: 21/2" - 10" The Colt C300, C300N Double Check Detector Assemblies are designed to protect drinking water supplies from dangerous cross- connections in accordance with national plumbing codes and water authority requirements for non-potable service applications such as irrigation, fire line, or industrial processing. The Colt C300, C300N may be installed under continuous pressure service and may be subjected to backpressure for non-toxic applications. The Colt C300, C300N is used primarily on fire line sprinkler systems when it is necessary to monitor unauthorized use of water. For use in non-health hazard applications. Features Extremely Compact Design 70% Lighter than Traditional Designs 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless Steel Housing & Sleeve Groove Fittings Allow Integral Pipeline Adjustment Patented Tri-Link Check Provides Lowest Pressure Loss Unmatched Ease of Serviceability Available with Grooved Butterfly Valve Shutoffs May be Used for Horizontal, Vertical or N Pattern Installations Replaceable Check Disc Rubber Specifications I The Colt C300, C300N Double Check Detector Assemblies shall consist of two independent Tr -Link Check modules within a single housing, sleeve access port, four test cocks and two drip tight shutoff valves. Td-Link Check shall be removable and I serviceable, without the use of special tools. The housing shall be constructed of 304 (Schedule 40) stainless steel pipe with groove end connections. Tri-Link Checks shall have reversible elastomer discs and in operation shall produce drip tight closure against the reverse flow of liquid caused by backpressure or backsiphonage. I The bypass assembly shall consist of a meter, which registers in either gallon or cubic measurement, a double check valve assembly and required test cocks. Assembly shall be a Colt C300, C300N as manufactured by the Ames Fire & Waterworks. I I I I I I I I k I I I I Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure- merits, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Technical Service. Ames Are & Waterworks reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames Fire & Waterworks products previously or subsequently 50km. AMES FIRE & WATERWORKS A WATIS Brand Configurations Horizontal Vertical up "N" pattern horizontal Materials Housing & Sleeve: 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless Steel Elastomers: EPDM, Silicone and Buna 'N' Tr-Link Checks: Noryl®, Stainless Steel Check Discs: Reversible Silicone or EPDM Test Cocks: Lead Free* Bronze Body Pins & Fasteners: 300 Series Stainless Steel Springs: Stainless Steel Dimensions - Weights Available Models Suffix: OSY - UL/FM outside stem and yoke resilient seated gate valves BFG - UL/FM grooved gear operated butterfly valves with tamper switch "OSY FxG - Flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection 5y GxF - Grooved inlet gate connection and flanged outlet gate connection *OSY GxG - Grooved inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection Available with grooved NRS gate valves - consult factory* Post indicator plate and operating nut available - consult factory* *Consult factory for dimensions Pressure - Temperature Temperature Range: 33°F - 140°F (0.5°C - 60°C) Maximum Working Pressure: 1 75psi (12.1 bar) I I I F, I I H open) I H H C300, 000N WEIII :i in. A in. mm C(0SY) in. mm D in. mm 6 in. mm H in. mm in. mm IJ in. mm P in. mm C300 lbs kgs C300N lbs. kgs. 21/2 30/4 781 16% 416 31/2 89 291A6 738 211/2 546 151/2 393 813A6 223 133A6 335 139 63 147 67 - - 313/4 806 187/8 479 3 1/16 94 301/4 768 221/4 565 171/8 435 93A6 233 141/2 368 159 72 172 78 4 - 333/4 857 223/4 578 4 102 33 838 231/2 597 181h 470 915A6 252 153A6 386 175 79 198 90 - - 431/2 1105 301/8 765 51/2 140 4 1137 33¼ 845 23/16589 13'A6 332 19 483 309 140 350 159 8 493/4 1264 37% 959 6"/i& 170 541/8 1375 401/8 1019 277A6 697 15A6 399 213As 538 1 494 224 569 258 10 573/4 1467 45% 1162 83116 208 66 1676 491/2 1257 321/2 826 175A6 440 24 610 1 795 361 1 965 438 I I ri I I C300BFG, C300NBFG SIZE DIMENSIONS WEIII :1 i, A in. mm C in. mm D in. mm 6 in. mm H in. mm I in. mm J in. mm P in. mm C300BFG ft kgs. C300NBFG lbs. kgs. 21/2 273/4 705 8 203 31/2 89 29% 759 21½ 546 1411/16 379 813A 223 13 330 70 32 78 35 3 281/4 718 8/16 211 3"/16 94 301Vi6 779 221/4 565 157A6 392 91/16 233 131/2 343 68 31 81 37 4 29 737 8'5A6 227 3Ae 94 3115A6 811 231/2 597 161/4 412 915A6 252 14 356 75 34 98 44 6 361/2 927 10 254 5 127 433A6 1097 331/4 845 19'Y16 500 13'/16 332 141/2 368 131 59 171 78 8 1 423/4 1086 121/4 311 1 61/2 165 1 511A6 1297 1 401/8 1019 237'16 592 15"A6 399 183/16 462 1 275 125 351 159 NorylO is a registered trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics'. I I I psi 12 10 6 rA 09 0 0 0 Psi 12 10 6 4 0 Approvals Approved by the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at The Unversity of Southern California (FCCCHR-USC) AWWAC51O-97 For additional approval information please contact the factory or visit our website at www.amesfirewater.com (9 ccoo U S N:..!: Approve FM Jul )U d 1048 B64.5 (BFG & OSY Only) 2½" PSI Service Row Rated Flow UL Rated Flow 10 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 gpm 0 190 380 570 760 950 1140 1330 1pm 7.5 15 fps Capacity UL/FM Certified Flow Characteristics Flow characteristics collected using butterfly shutoff valves. Flow capacity chart identifies valve performance based upon rated water velocity up to 25fps Service Flow is typically determined by a rated velocity of 7.5fps based upon schedule 40 pipe. Rated Flow identifies maximum continuous duty performance determined by A\W/A. UL Flow Rate is 150% of Rated Flow and is not recommended for continuous duty. AVW/A Manual M22 [Appendix C] recommends that the maximum water velocity in services be not more than 10fps. 6" 'Il;fl1'T,I I U__ ___I • I U 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 gpm 0 1140 2280 3420 4560 5700 1pm 7.5 12 fps I I I I I I I I [1 3" PSI Service Row Rated Row UL Rated Flow 12 10 _____ = ___ -- __ H 0 100 200 300 400 500 gpm 0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 1pm 7.5 15 fps w N V H 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 gpm 0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 2280 2660 3040 1pm 7.5 13 fps 8" 1..... DtI pg I _ I U 11111111110 I UI I_ I I I I I 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 gpm 1900 3800 5700 7600 9500 1pm 7.5 10 fps 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 gpm 0 1900 3800 5700 7600 9500 11400 13300 1pm 7.5 10 fps AUJtKH Inquire with governing authorities for local installation requirements LI I I I I I I I I I 4" PS! 24 20 16 12 8 le e t- n 10" Service Row Rated Flow UL Rated Flow u N -ri --IJ V [I I I I I I I I I I El I I I 2 R. I AMES I FIRE & WATERWORKS A WATTS Brand USA: Backflow Tel: (978) 689-6066 • Fax: (978) 975-8350 • AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves Tel: (713) 943-0688 • Fax: (713) 944-9445 • AmesFireWater.com Canada: Tel: (905) 332-4090 • Fax: (905) 332-7068 • AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: Tel: (52) 55-4122-0136 • AmesFireWater.com ES-A-C300/0300N 1946 © 2019 Watts 0 ')l I I NQ 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, Ml 48658 • 989-846-4583 www.globesprinkler.com FIRE SPRK({LER CORPORATIOM Technical Support. 989-414-2600 techservice©globesprinkler.com MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD I CHECK ASSEMBLY (With or Without Control Valve) I I 11 l rll, , 4 ", 6", 165.1mm, 8" 1%", 1%", 2", 2", 76.1rr GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Globe Series "UMC" Universal Manifold Check is a first of its kind, UL Listed and FM Approved, complete floor con- trol station or shotgun riser assembly. It is pressure rated for 300 psi (20,6 bar). It provides the most compact 'footprint" while delivering all of the necessary components for your floor control station as required by the NFPA Standards. With its multiple available configurations, it allows the con- tractor to order the suitable configuration for the site spe- cific needs. The "UMC' Universal Manifold Check is more than just a traditional stand-alone manifold. It serves as a complete floor control station as well as a complete shot- gun riser assembly inclusive of Control Valve with Internal Supervisory Switch; Check Valve; Flow Switch; Test and Drain Assembly; Adjustable Pressure Relief Valve Assembly pre-piped to drain; supply gauge (4", 6" and 8") and system gauge (1 1/4" through 8"). The "UMC" Universal Manifold Check replaces the need to order individual "Riser Mani- folds" plus control valves, check valves, and relief valve kits as all of these components are integrated into the one compact design, saving space as well as the labor to con- nect these separate components. For sizes 3" and smaller, an 18" long stainless steel braided flexible hose is included with the UMC for connecting the Test and Drain valve to a drain stack. The design takes into account both "left-hand" and "right-hand" orientations. (8" version available preas- sembled in right-hand orientation only) FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY The UMC may be utilized to meet the NFPA 13 require- ments for Floor Control Valve Assemblies where there are multistory buildings exceeding two stories in height requir- ing zoning by floor or whenever separate control and floor zoning is specified. The UMC has been engineered with space savings in mind for those commonly installed appli- cations in stairwell landings and small alcoves. All UMC assemblies include the NFPA 13 required Listed Pressure Relief Valve which is pre-piped to drain. The relief valve is preset for 175 psi and is adjustable to 310 psi for high pres- sure system conditions. In addition to the relief valve, the UMC is equipped with a Test and Drain Valve. The Test and Drain Valve contains a test orifice of K2.8 so that it may be utilized for flow testing any system with sprinklers having K- Factors of 2.8 or larger. Note: NFPA 13 requires that a test connection providing a flow rate equal to or less than one sprinkler of a type having the smallest orifice on the system is to be provided. A pressure gauge is provided above the check valve clapper for sizes I 'A" through 3" to meet the gauge requirement per NFPA 13 for Floor Control Assemblies. Typically the supply side gauge is not required for multistory buildings with floor control stations as a system gauge would be on the main feed/riser but all Model UMC Manifold Check Valves are equipped with a 1/4" (DN 8) port below the clapper to ac- commodate a second gauge if desired. NOV 2018 GF MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY SHOTGUN RISER ASSEMBLY "Shotgun Riser Assemblies" are those assemblies which are typically installed in vertical orientations on individual sys- tem Risers. The Globe "Shotgun" Riser Manifold Assembly is available in 4 inch (DN 100), 6 inch (DN 150), and 8 inch (DN 200) sizes and is equipped with a control valve; check valve; flow switch; test and drain valve with NFPA required pressure relief valve; 2 gauges (system and supply). Sizes 4 inch (DN 100), 6 inch (DN 150), and 8 inch (DN 200) are equipped with a pressure gauge on both system side and supply side of the check valve clapper. TECHNICAL DATA Approvals cULus FM Maximum System Working Pressure 300 psi (20.6 Bar) End Connections See Table A Materials of Construction See Figure 1 *Multiple Patents Pending V-120 Page 1 of 11 I El I I El I I I I I I I [1 I I A SECTION A-A A ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL 1 UMC VALVE BODY DUCTILE IRON 2 RECESSED HEX PLUG STAINLESS STEEL 3 FLOW SWITCH SEE FLOW SWITCH TECHNICAL LITERATURE 4 RIGID COUPLING SEE COUPLING TECHNICAL LITERATURE 5 BUTTERFLY CONTROL WTHINTERNAL \,LV1TCH VE SEE GLOBE BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE TECHNICAL LITERATURE 6 PRESSURE GAUGE PLASTIC 7 THREEWAY VALVE BRONZE 8 UMC COVER PLATE DUCTILE IRON 9 BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 10 FLOW SWITCH ADAPTER DUCTILE IRON 11 MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV570 12 MODEL ARV ADJUSTABLE RELIEF VALVE SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATASHEET GFV575 13 FLOW SWITCH PLUG DUCTILE IRON 14 UMC VALVE CLAPPER STAINLESS STEEL 15 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 16 UMC VALVE CLAPPER RETAINING NUT STAINLESS STEEL 17 UMV VALVE HINGE PIN STAINLESS STEEL 18 CLAPPER FACING RETAINING RING STAINLESS STEEL 19 CLAPPER FACING EDPM 20 FLOW SWITCH PLUG BOLT STAINLESS STEEL 21 CLAPPER SPRING STAINLESS STEEL NOTE: 4" (DN100) shown as reference See ordering procedure for replacement part kits and Table A through G for part numbers for all sizes and configurations Flow switch rotated 90 degrees on 1-114' through 2 112" sizes FIGURE 1: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK ASSEMBLY MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 2 of 11 I I I I MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY LEFT HANDED VS RIGHT HANDED Both the shotgun riser assembly and the floor control tion of the Model UTD Test and Drain determines the station assembly are available as left handed or right "Hand" of the valve. If the Model UTD Test and Drain handed assembly. The determining factor of the left is connected to the port on the right side of the valve handed vs right handed is the position of the Model body, it is considered a right handed assembly. If the UTD Test and Drain. While looking at the faceplate Model UTD Test and Drain is connected to the port on with the Model UMC valve in the vertical orientation the left side of the Model UMC valve the assembly is and flow upward (shotgun riser orientation), the posi- considered left handed. I I Li I Li I 1 ri H I I I I I NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 3of 11 TABLE A: 1 1/4" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY CONTROL UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SHIPPING SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 1 1/4' R GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317800-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 11/4' R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317800-R-H 19.0 (8.6) 11/4" L GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317800-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 11/4" L NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317800-L-H 19.0 (8.6) 11/4" R NONE GXG 1" 317843-R-H 19.0 (8.6) 1 1/4" R GL300G GXG 1" 317843-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 1 1/4' L NONE GXG 1" 317843-L-H 19.0 (8.6) 1 1/4" L GL300G GXG 1" 317843-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) TABLE B: 1 1/2" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY CONTROL UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SHIPPING SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 11/2" R GL300T MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 11/2" R NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-R-H 18.3 (8.3) 11/2" L GL300T MXF THREADED Ill 317803-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 11/2" L NONE MXF THREADED 1" 317803-L-H 18.3 (8.3) 1 1/2" R NONE GXG 1" 317844-R-H 18.3 (8.3) 1 1/2" R GL300G GXG 1" 317844-R-B-H 24.0 (10.9) 11/2" L NONE GXG 1" 317844-L-H 18.3 (8.3) 1 1 1/2" L GL300G GXG 1" 317844-L-B-H 24.0 (10.9) TABLE C: 2" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER SHIPPING WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 2" R GL300G GXG 1" 317806-R-B-H 26.0 (11.8) 2" R NONE GXG 1" 317806-R-H 19.2 (8.7) 2" L GL300G GXG 1" 317806-L-B-H 26.0 (11.8) 2" L NONE GXG 1" 317806-L-H 19.2 (8.7) TABLE D: 2 1/2" (DN65) / 76.1 MM MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TEST AND PART NUMBER WEIGHTS SHIPPING L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 2 1/2" R GL300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 2 1/2" R NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-R-H 23.5 (10.7) 2 1/2" L GL300G GXG 11/4" 317809-L-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 2 1/2" L NONE GXG 1 1/4' 317809-L-H 23.5 (10.7) 76.1 mm R GLR300G GXG 11/4" 317809-D-R-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 76.1 mm R NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-R-H 23.5 (10.7) 76.1 mm L GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-L-B-H 31.0 (14.1) 76.1 mm L NONE GXG 1 1/4" 317809-D-L-H 23.5 (10.7) NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 4of 11 TABLE E: 3" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER WEIGHTS SHIPPING L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 3" R GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317812-R-B-H 59.0 (26.8) 3" R NONE GXG 11/4 317812-R-H 35.4 (16.1) 3" L GLR300G GXG 1 1/4" 317812-L-B-H 59.0 (26.8) L NONE GXG 11/4" 317812-L-H 35.4 (16.1) TABLE F: 4" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE CONTROL END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING R-RIGHT VALVE CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE WEIGHTS L-LEFT LBS. (kg) R GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-R-B 87.5 (39.7) 4" R NONE GXG 2' 317817-R 58.9 (26.7) 4" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317817-L-B 87.5 (39.7) 4" L NONE GXG 2" 317817-L 58.9 (26.7) TABLE G: 6" (DNI50) /165.1 MM MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT CONTROL VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER SHIPPING WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 6" R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-R-B 124.5 (56.5) 6" R NONE GXG 2" 317818-R 80.0 (36.3) 6" L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-L-B 124.5 (56.5) 6" L NONE GXG 2" 317818-L 80.0 (36.3) 165.1 mm R GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-R-B 124.5 (56.5) 165.1 mm R NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-R 80.0 (36.3) 165.1 mm L GLR300G GXG 2" 317818-D-L-B 124.5 (56.5) 165.1 mm L NONE GXG 2" 317818-D-L 80.0 (36.3) TABLE H: 8" MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS ASSEMBLY CONTROL UMC BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE SIZE R-RIGHT VALVE END TESTAND PART NUMBER WEIGHTS L-LEFT CONNECTIONS DRAIN SIZE LBS. (kg) 8" R GLR300G GXG 2" 317890-R-B 177.8 (80.6) 8" R NONE GXG 2" 317890-R 115.7 (52.5) 1 I NOV 2018 GFV-1 20 Page 5 of 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I El I I I FLOW RATE - LPM 200 300 400 500 600700800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 7.00 6.00 0.40 5.00 0.30 4.00 (/) 0.. 3.00 0.20 U) (I) U) U) o 0 _J LU2.00 W w Of 0.10 0.09 Of 0.0.08 1.00 0.07 0.90 0.06 0.80 0.70 0.05 0.60 0.04 0.50 40 50 60 70 80 90100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 FLOW RATE - GPM UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe 11/4 = 6 feet • 21/2" = 14 feet • 6" = 30 feet 11/2 = 9 feet • 3" = 11 feet • 8" = 23 feet 2" =8feet • 4" = 14 feet FIGURE 3: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITHOUT BFV) FRICTION LOSS CURVES 11/411 TO 8" ---mT - .j7II 7. FLOW RATE - LPM 200 300 400 500 600700800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 6.00 5.00 4.00 (1) a 3.00 U) U) 0 -J W 2.00 D U) U) w 0 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.60 0.50 / t [ L :1 0.40 0.30 0.20 U) U) 0 -J w U) 0.10 0.09 0.08 it 0.07 0.06 of 0.05 0.04 40 50 60 70 80 90100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 FLOW RATE - GPM UMC Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe 11/4U = 8 feet • 2h/21 = 22 feet • 6" = 38 feet 11/2 = 11 feet • 3" = 17.5 feet • 8" = 27 feet 2" 12 feet • 4" 18.5 feet FIGURE 4: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK (WITH BFV) ASSEMBLY FRICTION LOSS CURVES 11/411 TO 8" NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 6 of 11 I I I I 1 I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I TABLE I: MODEL UMC AND BUTTERFLY VALVE END TO END DIMENSIONS End to End Dimension jfl End to End Dimension WjtL Globe Butterfly Control Valve Size gg Butterfly Control Valve Globe Butterfly Control Valve End to End Dimension inches (mm) inches (mm) inches (mm) 11/4" 10.75 12.89 2.64 MT x FT (273) (327) (67.9) 11/4" 11.4 15.4 4 GxG (290) (391) (101.6) 1112" 10.75 13.12 2.87 MT x FT (273) (333) (73) 1112" 11.4 15.5 4.1 G x G (290) (394) (104) 10 14.49 4.49 G x G (254) (368) (114) 2 1/2" 10.63 15.12 4.49 G x G (270) (384) (114) 65 mm 10.63 15.12 4.49 G x G (270) (384) (114) 12.75 16.55 3.8 G x G (324) (420) (96.4) 14.63 19.13 4.5 G x G (371) (486) (115.4) 6" 17.44 22.64 5.2 G x G (443) (575) (132.4) 150 mm 17.44 22.64 5.2 G x G (443) (575) (132.4) 8" 24.0 30.0 5.8 G x G (609.6) (762) (147.3) A B C D E F G H SIZE Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 1 1/4" TXT 3.1 6.2 8.4 6 6.7 13 2 10.7 9.5 (79) (157) (214) (150) (170) (328) (50) (272) (241) 11/4" GXG 3.1 (79) 6.2 (157) 8.4 (214) 6 (150) 6.7 (170) 11.9 (301) 2 (50) 11.4 (290) - 11/2" TXT 3.1 (79) 6.2 (157) 8.4 (214) 6 (150) 6.7 (170) 13 (328) 2 (50) 10.7 (272) 9.5 (241) 11/2" GXG 3.1 (79) 6.2 (157) 8.4 (214) 6 (150) 6.7 (170) 11.9 (301) 2 (50) 11.4 (290) - 2" 3.9 5.4 7.6 6 6.8 11.9 2.1 10 (99) (136) (193) (150) (173) (301) (53) (254) - 2 1/2" 3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6 (84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269) - 76.1 mm 3.3 6.7 9.2 6.2 7.2 12.3 2.3 10.6 (84) (171) (233) (157) (182) (312) (58) (269) - FIGURE 5: MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 1 1/4" TO 2 1/2" NOV 2018 GFV-1 20 Page 7 of 11 I I I I 1 E A B C D E F G H SIZE inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 6.5 6.9 9.4 6.4 16 2.4 12.7 (165) (176) (238) - (161) (406) (61) (324) 7 8.3 11.2 5.6 7 17.7 3 14.6 (177) (210) (284) (143) (178) (449) (76) (371) 6.. 8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5 (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) (504) (99) (444) 165.1 mm 8 9.5 12.4 6.4 7.9 19.9 3.9 17.5 (203) (241) (315) (163) (201) (504) (99) (444) 8 9 11.5 14.5 8 9 22.3 5 24 (229) (292) (368) (203) (229) 1 (566) (127) 1 (609.6) FIGURE 6: MODEL UMC ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 3" TO 8" I I I I I I n NOV 2018 GFV-1 20 Page 8 of 11 1 I I 1 I Li I FLOW SWITCH REQUIREMENTS I The Model UMC Floor Control! Shotgun Riser assembly is in the replacement parts section of the technical literature. sold inclusive of a Potter VSR flow switch. The flow switch The Potter VSR Flow switch includes 2 sets of switches, utilizes exactly the same electrical and switch components one set can be used to activate the central fire alarm system as the Potter VSR flow switch but includes an adapter which while the other set can be utilized to activate a local alarm (if I attaches directly to the Model UMC Manifold Check as- necessary). See figure 7 for a typical wiring diagram for the sembly. This adapter has been tested as part of the UMC Model VSR Flow switch. assembly to ensure the hydrostatic strength as well as the placement and sensitivity of the paddle is within the criteria Note: For more information on the flow switch see www.pottersignal.com. I set forth by UL and FM. I The part number for the flow switch assembly can be found WIRE NUT LOCAL WIRE NUT FIRE PANEL OR 4 AUDIBLENISUAL ADDRESSABLE ANNUNCIATOR A MODULE NEUTRAL BLACK WHITE WHITE O BLACK - (LINEWOT) - 0 - 0 0 0 0 Z << o oJ _ IIIIII)I)(l ' FrnlIIIII lvi FIGURE 7: MODEL VSR-M FLOW SWITCH TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM - -1 RED I FIRE ALARM I - COMMON (WHITE) I I COMMON (WHITE) I CONTROL PANEL I E ND OF LINE I I SUPERVISORY I YELLOW I YELLOW RESISTOR CIRCUIT I GREEN OPERATOR CASE CONTACT RATINGS:GROUND ORANGE 16A 125V/250 VAC GEAR OPERATOR...] S- T2 COMMON (BLACK) BLUE VOLTAGE AUX. DEVICE SOURCE VALVE WIRING SHOWN WITH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION FIGURE 8:TYPICAL BUTTERFLY VALVE WIRING DIAGRAM NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 9 of 11 1 I I I I I I [1 I 1 I I I 11 INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE Note: A main drain lest may also operate local fire alarms unless they are tem- porarily disabled. I I INSTALLATION The Model UMC Floor Control! Shotgun Riser assembly is sold as a complete unit, assembled and shipped in a single box. The Model UMC Manifold Check Valve must be installed in an accessible and visible location, which is maintained at or above a minimum temperature of 40°F (40C). The UMC may be installed in the horizontal or vertical (flow upward) orientation. All valves must be installed in accordance with the appropri- ate installation standard (i.e. NFPA 13 or other). All electri- cal connections must be made per the applicable installation standard and/or the National Electric Code (i.e. NFPA 70, NFPA 72 or other). Proper hydrostatic test procedure must be followed per NFPA 13. Note: It is not necessary to remove the ARV Relief Valve prior to system hydrostatic test. The Adjustable ARV may simply be temporarily adjusted to a pressure above the test pressure during the hydrostatic test. Be sure to re- turn the ARV Relief Valve to it's normal setting after the completion of the hydrostatic test. MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE SETTING PROCEDURE The Globe 1/2 inch Model ARV, 300 psi Adjustable Pressure Relief Valve, is factory set to relieve at a pressure of ap- proximately 175 psi (12 bar). The Pressure Relief Valve may be reset to a higher pres- sure; however, it must be reset to relieve at a pressure which is in accordance with the requirements of the author- ity having jurisdiction, typically nominal 10 psi (.7 bar) above the expected normal system pressure. To reset the Model ARV pressure relief valve, use an ad- justable crescent wrench, to turn the hex cap clockwise for a higher pressure setting or counter-clockwise for a lower pressure setting. Use the calibrated lines on the stem for an approximate relief pressure setting. 1 full turn of the hex cap will result in approximately 25 psi increase or decrease. To verify the new setting, isolate the Model ARV relief valve and use a small hydrostatic pump attached to the supply. Increase the pressure at the relief valve to 10 psi above the expected normal system pressure. Readjust the ARV as needed to maintain a 10 psi higher relief setting. TESTING Reference NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. Before proceeding with any tests involving water flow, the following precautions need to be taken: STEP 1. Check the location where the test connection discharges to make sure that all is clear and that there is no possibility of the water flow causing damage or injury. STEP 2. Check the end of the test connection to make sure that it is unobstructed. To achieve a satis- factory test, there must be an unrestricted flow of water when the test valve is wide open. STEP 3. Check for alarm connections to a central sta- tion or fire department. If such connections are found, give proper notice to the signal receiving station before proceeding with the test. MA INTENA NCE The owner is responsible for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of their fire protection system. System inspection, testing and maintenance shall be per- formed in accordance with this section as well as NFPA 25 or other applicable Standard to insure the integrity of the entire system, including alarm functions as well as other system components. Any impairments must be immediately corrected. Before closing a system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper au- thorities and notify all personnel who may be affected. Note: All valves should be carefully inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25 or other applicable Standard. It is important to ensure a clean water supply free of debris and solid particles such as sand, gravel, or mud. If, during an inspection of a water control valve, sediment or free particles of matter are noted, a further examination of internal valve parts is necessary. All deposits should be removed from all operating parts and ports. Where difficulty in performance is experienced, the manu- facturer or its authorized representative shall be contacted before any field adjustment is to be made. UMC Clapper Facing. The rubber clapper facing should be checked for wear or damage and to determine that it is free of dirt and other foreign substances. If found to be worn or damaged (e.g., foreign matter embedded in the surface; cut or torn facing), the facing should be replaced. If it is dirty, it should be cleaned. Compounds which could damage the rubber facing must never be used. Should clapper facing replacement become necessary, the following steps should be performed; Note: Before performing the following steps, insure that the system has been depressurized and drained. Clapper Removal STEP 1. Remove handhole cover. STEP 2. Remove hinge pin plugs from front and back of UMC. STEP 3. Using alien wrench, push hinge pin from back of UMC towards front. STEP 4. Once hinge pin is accessible, carefully grab with pliers or similar to pull hinge pin out of body. Note: Care must be taken to confine clapper spring while extracting hinge pin from body. Spring is under tension around hinge pin. It is also recommended to cover drain port to minimize the possibility of spring inadvertently dropping into drain piping. STEP 5. Carefully remove clapper assembly from UMC. Clapper Replacement. When replacing clapper, be sure clapper spring has been properly positioned around hinge pin such that tension is applied to the clapper by the spring. Seat Ring. The seat ring should be checked for nicks and for stones, dirt or other foreign matter. It should be cleaned thoroughly. If the seat ring is found to be damaged, UMC should be replaced. I I I [1 I Li I I I I I I I I NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 10 of 11 I Water Flow Switch (VSR-M). There is no maintenance re- quired, only periodic testing and inspection. Should switch be found to be malfunctioning, refer to Potter Signal Techni- cal Literature for guidance. Model ARV Adjustable Relief Valve. Valve is not field ser- viceable. If inadvertent leakage is observed, first test the pressure setting utilizing the procedure outlined in the ARV Relief Valve Setting Procedure. If valve does not respond to field adjustments, valve shall be replaced. Note: Visual calibration lines on valve are used for approximate adjustment. Verify pressure setting with pressure gauge. Model UTD Universal Test & Drain Valve: The Globe Model UTD Universal Test and Drain Valve does not require any regularly scheduled maintenance. The UTD is not field serviceable. Model ARV Care and Maintenance S ORDERING INFORMATION MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY I Specify: MODEL UMC MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY,SIZE (1 1/4",l 1/2", 2", 2 1/2", 76.1 mm, 3", 4", 6", 165.1 mm, 8") PN (see Part Number in TableA-G) MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE (SEE GFV-575 for more information) Specify: MODEL ARV 1/2"ADJ RELIEF VALVE PN. 317900 Note: 300 psi (20.6 Bars) Pressure Gauges Standard (600 psi (41.2 Bars) Ordered Separately PN......................................300121-D GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). REPLACEMENT PARTS MODEL UMC UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD CHECK VALVE REPLACEMENT PARTS/KITS VSR-M FLOW SWITCH with ADAPTER (includes gasket) SIZE PART NUMBER 11/411 -211 91144802-A-G 2 1/2" 91144825-A-G 91144803-A-G 91144804-A-G 6" 91144806-A-G 8" 91144808-A-G MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN (SEE GFV-570 for more information) Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN WITH RELIEF VALVE,SIZE (1", 11/4", or 2") PN: SIZE PART NUMBER (DN25) .........................311729 I 1/4"(DN32) .........................311730 (DN50) .........................311731 Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN,SIZE (1", 1 1/4", or 2") PN: SIZE PART NUMBER 1"(DN25) ............................311704 I 1/4"(DN32) .........................312368 2"(DN50) ............................311708 4077 Airpark Dr. Technical Support iN. Standish, MI 48658 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com I,ii\ Ph. 989-846-4583 techservicegIobesprinkIer.com () NOV 2018 GFV-120 Page 11 of 11 I I I I I I I I LI 1 I I JtauIicr I 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. 1 SIIGI iii,. 1.111.,, FireLock® Check Valves Series 717 Check Valve Ac—t a _U1 ii C r Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve 10.08 Series 717 Series 717 (2½ - 3/65 —80 mm) (4— 12/100 —300 mm) Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve (2— 3/50 —80 mm) 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes 2 - 3/DN50 - DN80 (Series 717H) 21/2 - 12/DN50 - DN300 (Series 717) Pressure Class Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa/25 bar Working pressure dependent on size of pipe, valve size and approval requirements. Application Designed for use in Fire Protection systems. Prevents back flow. Single-disc mechanism incorporates a spring-assisted feature for non-slamming operation. Can be installed either vertically (flow upwards only) or horizontally. Valve body cast with arrow indicator to assist with proper valve orientation. Optional upstream and downstream pressure taps included on select sizes. See Section 3.0. Provided with grooved ends. Rated for ambient temperature use in fire protection systems. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS NOTE Refer to victaulic submittal publication 10.01 for details ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. [I System No. Location Submitted By Date Spec Section JParagraph Approved Date I I 1 I I I I U 1 I I I I I I victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS (Continued) Approvals/Listings Size Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 717H cULus FM LPCB Vds 2/50 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 p51/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 2 ½/oS mm 365 p51/2517 kPa 365 p51/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 p51/2517 kPa 76.1 mm 365 p51/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 p51/2517 kPa 3/80 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 p51/2517 kPa 365 p51/2517 kPa Size Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 717 cULus FM LPCB Vds 21/2765 mm 250 psi/1 725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a 76.1 mm 250 psi/1 725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi 3/80 mm 250 psi/1 725 kPa n/a 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi 4"/100 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi 5/125mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 p51/2517 kPa n/a 139.7 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi 6V150 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 16bar/232 psi 165.1 mm 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa n/a 8"/200 mm 365 p51/2517 kPa 365 psi/2517 kPa 348 psi/2400 kPa 16bar/232 psi 10/250mm 250 psi/1 725 kPa 250 psi/1725 kPa 1725 kPa/250 psi n/a 12/300mm 250 psi/1 725 kPa 250 psi/1 725 kPa 1725 kPa/250 psi n/a I I I i s 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. I victaulic.com 2 'j(tauiic I 1 I I P1 1 I I Li I LI I 3 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com \4taulicr I p 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: El Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Body Coating: O Series 717H Body: Black Paint O Series 717H Endface: Electroless Nickel conforming to ASTM B-733 O Series 717 (2½ - 3/DN65 - DN80): PPS Coating O Series 717 (4 - 12/DN100 - DN300): Black Paint Body Seat: Series 717H: Nitrile 0-ring installed into an Electroless Nickel plating conforming to ASTM B-733 Series 717 (2 ½" - 3"/DN65 - DN80): PPS Coated Ductile Iron Series 717 (4 - 12"/DN100 - DN300): Ductile Iron with Electroless Nickel plating conforming to ASTM B-733 Disc Seal or Coating: (specify choice') O Nitrile (Series 717H only) El EPDM NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Discs: Series 717H: C178M Cast Stainless Steel O Series 717 (21/2 - 3/DN65 - DN80): Aluminum bronze with elastomer seal El Series 717 (4 - 12/DN100 - DN300): Elastomer encapsulated disc. Shaft: El Series 717H: Brass El Series 717 (2 ½ - 3/DN65 - DN80): Type 416 Stainless Steel O Series 717 (4 - 12/DN100 - DN300): Type 316 Stainless Steel Spring: El Type 302/304 Stainless Steel Shaft Plug: El Series 717H: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated El Series 717: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated Pipe Plug: El Series 717H: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated El Series 717: Carbon Steel Zinc Plated Optional Pressure Taps: El Series 717H: Available on all sizes El Series 717: Available on sizes 4 - 12/DN 100 - DN300 I I I I r- 7 I H I I LII 1 I I I I I I victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Series 717 I 1 lan Typical 2 ½ - 3/65 -80 mm ~ O'C', ~ D 4 D ½' NPT Upstream Drain (2 ½' NPT Downstream Drain (3) 2" NPT (Drain Optional) Typical 4- 87100 -200 mm OMK ½" NPT Upstream Drain 01/2" NPT Downstream Drain Typical 10- 12/250 -300 mm Size Dimensions Weight Actual Outside E to E Approximate Nominal Diameter A B C D E J K P R (Each) inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 21/2 2.875 3.88 4.26 3.57 - - - - - - 3.6 65 73.0 99 108 91 1.6 76.1 mm 3.000 3.88 4.26 3.57 - - - - - - 3.6 76.1 99 108 91 1.6 3 3.500 4.25 5.06 4.17 - - - - - - - 4.5 80 88.9 108 129 106 2.0 4 4.500 9.63 6.00 3.88 2.75 3.50 2.00 4.50 3.50 3.35 20.0 100 114.3 245 152 99 70 89 51 114 89 85 9.1 5 5.563 10.50 6.80 4.50 - 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0 125 141.3 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 39.7mm 5.500 10.50 6.80 4.50 - 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 3.98 27.0 139.7 267 173 114 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 6 6.625 11.50 8.00 5.00 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 150 [165.11 168.3 292 203 127 114 61 169 120 99 17.2 6.500 11.50 8.00 5.00 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 mm 165.1 292 203 127 - 1 114 61 1 169 120 99 17.2 8 8.625 14.00 9.88 6.06 5.05 1 5.65 2.15 8.85 5.65 5.75 64.0 200 219.1 356 251 154 128 144 55 225 144 146 29.0 10 10.750 17.00 12,00 7.09 5.96 6.69 2.15 10.92 6.73 - 100.0 250 273.0 432 305 180 151 170 55 277 171 45.4 12 12.750 19.50 14.00 8.06 6.91 7.64 2.51 12.81 7.73 - 140.0 300 323.9 495 356 205 176 194 1 64 925 196 63.5 I 1 1 I 1 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. I victaulic.com 4 _____ta _____ I n I I I I I I victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Series 717H R %-J Typical 2/50 mm - 3/80 mm Size Dimensions Weight E to E Approximate Nominal A B C D E J K P R (Each) inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb MM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 2 8.66 6.46 3.23 1.48 3.02 2.80 - - 4.25 10.7 50 219.8 164.1 82.1 37.5 76.7 71.0 108.0 4.9 21/2 9.37 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 - - 4.38 13.8 65 238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 111.3 6.3 9.37 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 4.38 13.8 761 mm 238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 - - 111.3 6.3 F7 3 9.62 7.44 3.53 1.91 3.65 3.38 - - 4.63 20.0 80 244.3 189.0 89.7 48.5 92.7 85.9 117.6 9.1 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ,4tauiIcr 1 I victaulic.com p S 5.0 PERFORMANCE Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. S717H I 717HR 10 rL 0.1 10 100 1000 Flow Rate - GPM ___________ -- - — _ - - Iloll — - 41 1_1111111 ...ulul • • UI I ee 10000 Flow Rate - Litres/Mm. 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I S717H I 717HR 100.00 1.00 100 1 I 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 I 1 I I Ai -C victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Flow Characteristics The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. S717/717R 10 I I I I P1 fl U) U) 0 —I U) U) 0. I. 1. 0.1 4- 10 S717/717R 100.00 0. In 10.00 —J U) U) a) 0. 1.00 - 10 Uf11t IT UII 100 1000 10000 100000 Flow Rate - GPM ± flW -I irH 1Th' J V 100 1000 10000 100000 Flow Rate - Litres/Mm. I I I I I I I I I I I I 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 'j'(tauiic I virthi ilirrnm 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01: Seal Selection Guide I 10.01: Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 29.01: Terms and Conditions/Warranty 1-100: Field Installation Handbook 1 I I I I I I I 1 User Responsibility for Product selection and Suitability Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to Installation alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer, Intellectual Property Rights of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in POE format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. countries. I 10.08 1479 Rev S Updated 03/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 'j4tauiic. j I I I FireLock® Ball Valve SERIES 728 The Series 728 FireLock valve is a full port, ball valve that is UL/FM rated for 365psi/25 BAR service in all sizes (LPCB and VdS listed for 20 BAR services). Available with grooved or threaded ends (NPT), the valve body is brass. The ball is chrome plated brass with a stainless steel stem. Reinforced seats aid ease of operation and provide a durable, corrosion-free seat. Flow characteristics exceed UL Specification 1091 and FM Approval Standard 1112. The valve is approved for indoor and outdoor use. DIMENSIONS I; IC jIlllLil :', GROOVED X GROOVED IIl r HI F' I E THREADED X THREADED n 'LLiL WL 1/25Thd. XThd 2.84 4.74 0,91 1.67 1.82 2.40 3.15 4.86 0.68 1.42 3.00 5.1 72 120 23 42 46 61 80 123 17 36 76 2.3 11/4/32 Thd.XThd 3.31 4.95 1.10 1.88 2.20 2.61 3.15 4.86 0.68 1.65 3.00 5.8 84 126 28 48 56 66 80 123 17 42 76 2.6 11/2/40Thd. XThd 3.66 5.13 1.29 2.06 2.58 2.79 3.15 4.86 0.68 1.83 3.00 6.6 92 130 33 52 66 71 80 123 17 47 76 3.0 2/50Thd XThd. 4.33 5.49 1.69 2.42 3.38 3.15 3.15 4.86 0.68 2.16 3.00 8.5 110 140 43 62 86 80 80 123 17 55 76 3.9 1 1/4/32 Grv. X Grv. 7.25 4.95 1.10 1.87 2.20 2.61 3.15 4.86 0.68 3.19 3.00 7.5 184 126 28 48 56 66 80 123 17 81 76 3.4 11,12/40 Grv. X Grv.7.25 5.17 1.29 2.10 2.58 2.83 3.15 4.86 0.68 3.19 3.00 8.5 184 131 33 53 66 72 80 123 17 81 76 3.9 2/50 Grv. XGrv. 7.25 5.47 1.69 2.40 3.38 3.13 3.15 4.86 0.68 3.19 3.00 10.5 184 139 43 61 86 80 80 123 17 81 76 4.8 1½ and 2140 and 50mm sizes feature a ½"f12mm tap (Groove by Groove only) 1/25 Thread X Thread 0.5 1 0.2 '/4/32 Groove X Groove 11/4/32 Thread X Thread 1.0 11/2/40 0.3 Groove X Groove Groove X Groove 11/2/40 Thread X Thread 1.0 2/50 0.3 2/50 Thread XThread 1.0 0.3 JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect - Location Date Approved - Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVH htauiicr I 10.171 I 0.7 0.2 0.7 0.2 0.7 0.2 Para I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.17 I FireLock® Ball Valve SERIES 728 I, SWITCH AND WIRING The supervisory switch contains two single pole, double throw, pre-wired switches. Switches are rated: I 10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 VDC 0.25 amps @25OVDC I Switches supervise the valve in the "OPEN" position. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal, which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below). The second switch has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such I as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided. Switch #1 = Si For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL I Listed alarm control panel Switch #2 = S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction I Si Normally Closed: (2) Blue Common: (2) Yellow Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe I S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe I uulireo JJNCOON BOX ____________________________ CON11OX NOBEL ORNEXTEECICATOR OON°UO SUPENSO CIRCUT NC NO, CM SWrFCH RE I WWNEC , 03A AT 125 VOC, i 0 52 ;:E< MN I TO LTXG E NO URC N SwItch 1:3 leads per terminal Scclld,2lleadperlen,rinal NOTE: The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal (yellow — Si and yellow- with-orange stripe —S2) and the normally closed terminal (blue — Si and blue-with-orange stripe —S2). In this example, the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the valve is I fully open, the indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). Only Si (two leads per terminal) may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch I per NFPA 70 (NEC). I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Valve Body: Brass ASTM B124 Ball: Chrome Plated Brass Ball Valve Stem: 316 Stainless Steel Seat: Carbon Filled (TFE) tetrafluoroethylene I Stem Nut: Brass ASTM B-16 C36000 Actuator: Brass traveling nut, on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing I www.victaulic.com /__~_0_t8_U1iCr I viclAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2011 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. I 10.172 REVH SERIES 728 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at w.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.17 2226 REV H UPDATED 05/2011 VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. /2 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.17 4tauiicr I : INNOVATIVE - - co FIRE PROTECTION, INC. - 0 .7 - LI I H H I I LI I I I I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAx: 619.593.9133 fpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 Designed for support or restraint fo piping in either a vertical or horizon- tal position. It can be used on top or bottom of a beam. The edges are flared to provent any damage to the CPVC pipe. It is easily attached using 2 hex head self-threading screws (supplied) I I I I I A)us File VIXH.EX6587 HEX HEAD SCREWS I I ARGCO GUARANTEED I CPVC TWO HOLE STRAP SNAP CPVC PIPE INTO HANGER. MOUNT HANGER TO UNDERSIDE OF BEAM WITH SCREWS PROVIDED. MAY ALSO BE USED ON TOP SIDE OF BEAM. Galvanized steel construction F I- ---.--.' - / 'M ..- I I I I I I part # size 25-30-283 3/4" 25-30-284 1" 25-30-285 1-1/4" 25-30-286 1-1/2" 25-30-287 2" Galvanized steel, supplied with hex slotted screws The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM I P1 I I LI LI I Side View - For Drawings Below I LI I I --JI Hanger - Wood Stud Hanger - Metal Stud I I IAc P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 511 SIDE MOUNT CPVC - COPPER HANGER 1111 E U LI U U I I SIZE - 3/4" thru 2" pipe. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Mil. Galvanized. LISTING/APPROVAL - 203 - EX 4231, EX 2551 FUNCTION - Hanger on CPVC and Copper pipe. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13,13R, 13D and CPVC manufacturers instructions on top or bottom of beam. Space by pipe type SPECIAL NOTE: When installing on CPVC sprinkler system pipe: Verify that all assembly components are cleaned of any surface oil. FASTENERS - UL Listed per NFPA 13. in WOOD: 3/4" - 2" CPVC pipe - #905 screw - no pre-drill. 3/4" - 2" Copper pipe - #905 screw - no pre-drill. in STEEL - mm. 18 GA. 3/4" - 2" CPVC pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. 3/4" - 2" Copper pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. FEATURES * Offset edge eliminates abrasion. * Retainer dimples secure hanger to pipe during installation. * Required AFCON #905 screw has 5/16" hex head - included. ORDERING - Part # and pipe size. Specific AFCON products are exclusively designed to be compatible ONLY with other AFCON products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. Be advised the following warranty restriction will apply. DISCLAIMER - AFCON will NOT warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by AFCON. AFCON shall NOT be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, when non-AFCON products have been, or are used. 1/08 LI I I I I STAND-OFF TWO HOLE STRAP I NO BLOCK FOR CPVC 'For mounting CPVC pipe to wood 'Flared edges help protect CPVC 'Galvanized steel 'Supplied with #10 x I" hex head cap screws 'Complies with the static load requirements of NFPA® 13 Suitable for fire protection installations Eliminates spacers or backup blocks Easy installation [_ ] Ttount H side mount I D I I I I (ü1\ top I c\_Ius Designed to mount CPVC pipe horizontally or vertically to wood or composite wood botto joists with a minimum 3/8" thickness. mou Can only be used as a guide on top of beam or on vertical piping. May be installed to wood using supplied fastener or into (minimum 18 gauge) steel using two 1/4 x 1 TEK type screws. I Provides vertical/lateral restraint and prevents upward movement of the pipe that supplies pendant fire sprinkler below ceiling. All sizes can be used as a restrainer in the bottom position. The 3/4" size only can be used as a restrainer in the top position. Installation: Per NFPA 13, 13R and 130. (see page two) Fasteners: Wood - 3/4" to 3" CPVC Pipe - wood screw - no pre-drill 3/4" to 2" Copper Pipe - wood screw - no pre-drill 3/4" to 2" Steel Pipe - 1/4" x 1-1/2" lag screw - no pre-drill Steel - 3/4" to 3" CPVC Pipe - 1/4" TEK screw 3/4" to 2" Copper Pipe - 1/4" TEK screw 3/4" to 2" Steel Pipe - 1/4" TEK screw MAX. HANGER NPS A B SPACING 3/4" 2.69" 3.25" 67" 2.94" 3.25" 70' 1-1/4' 3.31" 3.25" 79" 1-1/2" 3.56" 4.5" 82" 1 4.06" 5" 94" For use as a restrainer in all sizes when attached to the bottom of structural wood members. For use as a restrainer in the 3/4 inch size when attached to the top of structural wood members I I I I ARGCO U MODEL # 2530180 The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the users responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM P, I AAGCP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS STAND-OFF TWO HOLE STRAP NO BLOCK FOR CPVC )esigned to mount CPVC pipe to wood or composite iood joists with a minumum 3/8" thickness. Snap strap over CPVC pipe. Squeeze strap back around pipe. Allowing pipe to slide back and forth. Fasten the strap to the wood surface using the two hex head screws provided. NOTE: All sizes can be used as a restrainer in the bottom position The 3/4" size only can be used as a restrainer in the top position. All safety regulations required by the jobsite must be observed. *Observe all federeal and local safety regulations -Wear safety glasses and hard hat at all times *Be aware of personnel working above and below *Wear gloves to avoid splinters and cuts. -When working above ground ,be sure the structure will support your weight. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1.800-854.1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM ARSOOoOrn SOO-054-1O15 I ARGCO.com Updated 4/16/2019 © ARGCO I CPVC PIPE HANGER SUPPORT AR CO DOUBLE OFFSET DESIGN Hanger & surge restraint for horizontal CPVC piping when installed on the side of supporting structure. 'For mounting CPVC pipe to wood 'Flared edges help protect CPVC 'Galvanized steel construction -Supplied with #10 hex head cap screws -Complies with the static load requirements of NFPA@ 13 'Suitable for fire protection installations -Size Range: 3/4" through 1" Designed to mount CPVC pipe horizontally or vertically to wood or composite wood joists with a minumum 3/8" thickness. Offset edge eliminates abrasion. Installation: Per NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Install into wood or steel. Slides onto CPVC pipe. 3/4" pipe size I Item #2530181-3/4 1" pipe size I Item #2530181-1 System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date I I iF, I I F1 I I I I I I I I I I NFPAI3 PIPE ROD I WT. 5 WTh250 UL TEST LOAD 1 1 3/8 30.75 403.75 750 1114 3/8 43.95 469.75 750 11/2 3/8 54.15 520.75 750 2 3/8 1 76.95 1 634.75 750 21/2 3/8 118.35 1 841.75 850 3 3/8 162.30 1061.50 1050 4 3/8 246.00 1480.00 1500 5 1/2 349.45 1996.75 2000 6J12 476.35 75 2650 8 1)2 711.00 3805.00 4050 I I 1.8793 2.5259 KIM 1 114 213,2 2,7M 1112 242673 2.9140 TT 1 I I A B 2 2.6548 3.2516 .!!!a 3.4920 4.1150 I 3 3.7845 4.4311 ( + j 6 6.5468 6.8180 / 8 7.5765 8.3290 I I U I I I P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 300 I RING HANGER I I I I I 112 & 314 Inch pipe 5 thru 8 Inch pipe I thru 4 Inch pipe LISTED FOR STEEL!CPVC SIZE - ROD- 3/8" or 1/2" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE - 1/2" thru 8" MATERIAL - Carbon Steel, Mil. Galvanized to G-90 spec. LISTING/APPROVAL - fm" 203EX 25511 8" <a> Approval guide - 1"- 8" OSHPD OPA-060 1 See Website. CONFORMS WITH: Federal Specification WW-H- 171 E, Type 10. Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS-SP-58 Type 10. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE - 650°F. FUNCTION - Pipe hanger component of an AFCON hanger. To support steel, CPVC or copper pipe. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13, 13R, 13D, these instructions and the CPVC or copper pipe manufacturers instructions. FEATURES - * Sized and listed exclusively for use with #310 Surge Restrainer. * Band edge is offset for EASY pipe insertion. * Custom fit swivel nut for better retention in ring. ORDERING - Part #, pipe size. 11/09 CD Cb - - :: INNOVATIVE - - FIRE PROTECTION, INC. - 0* a - I ri I I I I I I I I I 11 I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 e TEL: 619.593.8200 • FAx: 619.593.9133 ifpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 I n I Model K Brace Clamp LISTED APPROVED I I I I I I I I I I I 1 47,con. SEISMIC GRACES Fig. AF03 5 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 035) Size Range: Service Pipe: 1" through 12' Carbon Steel: 1" through 3" CPVC Brace Pipe: 1" through 2' Sch. 40 Material: Carbon Steel Strap and Ductile Iron Cast Hoop Ends Finish: IJ Plain or E] Electro-Galvanized per ASTM B633 Service: Designed to rigidly brace piping systems subjected to lateral seismic loads. Approvals: cULus Listed (UL 203a) and FM Approved (FM 1950-10 & FM 1950- 13). Complies with the hanging and bracing requirements listed in NFPA 13. Features: Unique design provides solutions for carbon steel and CPVC pipe. Beveled edge design helps protect the CPVC pipe from any rough sur- face and eliminates pipe abrasion. Large installation hole in the cast hoop ends allows the brace pipe to pass through easily without interference. Visual indication of proper assembly when the head of the set screw bottoms out on the cast hoop ends. Installation Instructions: Place the Model K Brace Clamp over the service pipe to be braced and slide the Sch. 40 brace pipe through the cast hoop ends. The end of the brace pipe must extend at least 1" past the cast hoop ends. Note: The brace pipe may be installed above or below the service pipe. Ensure brace pipe is set to the desired installation brace angle. Torque the set screws alternately and equally until the head of the set screw bottoms out on the cast hoop ends. For riser/4-way brace installations, two Model K Brace Clamps must be installed within 6" of each other. For CPVC installation, ensure the legs of the Model K Brace Clamp strap are parallel to each other and perpendicular to the brace pipe prior to installation. Fire Protection applications shall also be installed per the requirements of NFPA 13 and local codes. Patents: No. 7,516,922, No. 7,523,895 Ordering: Specify service pipe size, brace pipe size, figure number, finish and description. I Notes: Anvil Internationalthrand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other Anvil International brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. Updated UL listing information may be viewed at www.ul.com and updated FM approval information may be viewed at www.approvalguide.com. Disclaimer: Anvil International ("Anvil") does not provide any warranties and specifically disclaims any liability whatsoever with respect to Anvil bracing products I and components that are used in combination with products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by Anvil. In no event shall Anvil be liable for any incidental, direct, consequential, special or indirect damages or lost profits where non-Anvil bracing components have been, or are used. SeisBrace Seismic Fire Protection Design Tool may be accessed at www.seisbrace.com I PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: Approved Address: IIApproved as noted Contractor: LI Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: I I I I zAACOV. SEISMOC BRACES Figs AF035 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 035) Model K Brace Clamp (cont.) - FIG. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT (LBS) _AF035:_ _(IN)_o Service Pipe Size 1" Brace Pipe Weight 1'I4" Brace Pipe Weight 11/2" Brace Pipe Weight 2" Brace Pipe Weight 1 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.28 11/4 1.68 1.88 2.08 2.36 11/2 1.64 1.84 2.04 2.32 2 1 1.88 2.08 2.28 2.56 21/2 1.90 2.10 2.30 2.58 3 2.10 2.30 2.50 2.78 4 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.88 5 3.40 3.60 3.80 4.08 6 3.90 4.10 4.30 4.58 8 4.80 5.00 5.20 5.48 10 5.60 1 5.80 1 6.00 6.28 12 - 6.36 1 6.56 1 6.84 FIG. AF035 cULus MAX SEISMIC LATERAL LOADS: DIMENSIONS (IN) o LOADS (LBS) Service Pipe Size Brace Pipe Size Max Seismic Brace Load Specialty* Schedule 10 Schedule 40 1-4 1 - 2 2765 2765 2765 5-10 - 12 11/4 .2 3740 3740 * Specialty pipes are commonly referred to as Sch. 7 and Flow Pipe. Please visit the UL listing on the UL website for a complete list of listed specialty pipes. FIG. AF035 FM MAX SEISMIC LATERAL ASD LOADS***: DIMENSIONS (IN) o LOADS (LBS) o ANGLES (DEGREES) Service Pipe Size Brace Pipe Size Pipe Schedule Max Seismic Brace Load at Brace Pipe Angle** 30-44 45-59 60-14 15-90 1 11/2 1 - 2 LW* _ Sch. 40 1680 2380 2920 3250 2-3 LW* _ Sch. 40 1800 2550 3120 3490 4 LW* _ Sch. 40 1370 1930 2370 2640 Sch. 10 - Sch. 40 730 1040 1 1270 1420 * Load Rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall pipe, commonly referred to as Sch. 7 and Flow Pipe. See FM Approval Guide for approved Lightwall pipe. ** Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. The allowable FM approved capacity of brace subassemblies are listed in Allowable Stress Design (ASD). For Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) capacities, the above values will need to be mulitplied by 1.5. PH-1.18 I I I I I I 1 Mm. I I I Set Screw Installation I I I I - 411 511 _1211 c®us <~> USTED APPROVED I Sway Brace Swivel Attachment 47FCOn. SEISMIC BRACES Fig. AF07 7 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 077) I I I I Size Range: Brace Pipe: 1" through 11/2 Sch. 40; Anchor Size: 1/2k Material: Carbon Steel Finish: E] Plain orEl Electro-Galvanized per ASTM B633 Service: A seismic swivel attachment designed to connect brace pipe to the building structure or to a seismic structural attachment. The Sway Brace Swivel Attachment rigidly braces piping systems subjected to horizontal seismic loads. Approvals: cULus Listed (UL 203a) and FM Approved (FM 1950-10 & FM I 1950-13). Complies with the hanging and bracing requirements listed in NFPA13. Features: I . Field adjustable design requires no threading of the brace pipe The setscrew design provides a visual indication that the desired torque value has been achieved. Installation Instructions: Insert anchor though the mounting hole and into the structure or seismic structural attachment. For connection to Fig. AF085, AF086, AF087, and AF779 seismic structural attachments, the bolt and nuts shall be installed wrench tight (typically finger tight plus 1/4 to 1/2 turns). For connection to concrete, wood, timber, steel, and other structures, install fasteners per the fastener manufacturer's installation instructions. Insert Sch. 40 brace pipe into the bracket end. The brace pipe should extend a minimum of 0.50" past the back of the bracket. Torque set screw until the head bottoms out on the bracket. Check the cross bolt and nut and ensure the nut is wrench tight. Fire Protection applications shall also be installed per the requirements of NFPA 13 and local codes. Ordering: Specify brace pipe size, figure number, finish, and description. Notes: Anvil International brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other Anvil lnternational brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. Updated UL listing information may be viewed at www.ul.com and updated FM approval information may be viewed at www.approvalguide.com. Disclaimer: Anvil International ("Anvil") does not provide any warranties and specifically disclaims any liability whatsoever with respect to Anvil bracing products and components that are used in combination with products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by Anvil. In no event shall Anvil be liable for any incidental, direct, consequential, special or indirect damages or lost profits where non-Anvil bracing components have been, or are used. SeisBrace® Seismic Fire Protection Design Tool may be accessed at www.seisbrace.com I I IOJECT INFOR MATI ON APPROVAL 1ViI. Project: [:]Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: iJ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: I PH-1.18 I I U I I I I 11 FIG. AF077 cULus MAX SEISMIC HORIZONTAL LOADS: DIMENSIONS (IN) 0 LOADS (LBS) Brace Pipe Size Fastener I Max Seismic I Max Service Size I Brace Load I Pipe Size 1 - 11/4 1/2 1000 4 FIG. AF077 FM MAX SEISMIC HORIZONTAL ASD LOADS": DIMENSIONS (IN) 0 LOADS (LBS) Brace Pipe Size Fastener Size Max Seismic Brace Load at Brace Pipe Angle* 30-44 45-59 60-74 75-90 1 - 11/4 1/2 430 620 760 840 * Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. The allowable FM approved capacity of brace subassemblies are listed in Allowable Stress Design (ASD). For Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) capacities, the above values will need to be multiplied by 1.5. I • • i ':4 • • /rqj] Fig. AF07 7 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 077) 6AWIL: I Sway Brace Swivel Attachment (cont.) Set ScRrew LC Fastener Hole I I 1 I FIG. AF077: DIMENSIONS (IN) 0 WEIGHT (LBS) I Fastener Size Brace Size I A B I C I D I E I I w I Weight 1/2 1 1.00 1.83 1.25 1.38 11/8 23A6 2% I 1.12 I 11/4 I 1.28 I I FIG. AF077 HORIZONTAL PRYING FACTORS (Pr) PER NFPA: ANGLES (DEG) Brace Orientation* A B C D E F G H I Brace Angle** 30-44 45-59 60-90 30-44 45-59 60-90 30-44 45-59 60-90 Prying Factor (Pr) 3.724 2.150 1.375 2.150 2.150 2.250 2.750 1.945 1.588 * Brace Orientation per NFPA 13-2016 Figure 9.3.5.12.1. ** Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. P11-1.18 I I I I I I I I P H I I I I I I I I I Fig. AF411 Fig. AF074 Fig. AF078 SEISMIC,,f!555FC0)7. 1 t BRACES El Fig. AF411 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 411) Fig. AF074 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 074) E Fig. AF078 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 078) Size Range: Service Pipe: 1" through 8' Carbon Steel Brace Pipe: 1" through 2' Sch. 40 Material: Carbon Steel (AF074 Only: Ductile Iron Brace Socket) Finish:fl Plain orE Electro-Galvanized per ASTM B633 Service: Designed to rigidly brace piping systems subjected to longitudinal seismic loads. The Fig. AF411 may be installed with Fig. AF074 or AF078 Brace Attachment Fittings. Approvals: cULus Listed (UL 203a) and FM Approved (FM 1950-10 & FM 1950-13). Complies with the hanging and bracing requirements listed in NFPA 13. Features: Visual indication of assembly when the clamp ears make metal-to-metal contact, Installation Instructions: Mount the Fig. AF074 or AF078 on the outside of the outside of the Fig. AF411 clamps ears. Position the clamp at the desired location on the service pipe and hand tighten the hex bolts. Insert brace pipe into the AF074 or AF078 socket and torque the set screw until the head bottoms out on the AF074 or AF078. Brace pipe must extend 1/2" past the end of the brace socket. Ensure the brace pipe is set to the desired installation brace angle. Tighten the clamp bolts and nuts equally and alternately until metal-to-metal contact is achieved and the nuts are wrench tight. Fire Protection applications shall also be installed per the requirements of NFPA 13 and local codes. Ordering: AF411: Specify service pipe size, figure number, finish, and description. AF074 & AF078: Specify brace pipe size, figure number, finish, and description. AF411, AF074, & AF078 all sold separately. Notes: Anvil InternationalO brand bracing components are designed to be compatible ONLY with other Anvil International brand bracing components, resulting in a Listed seismic bracing assembly. Updated UL listing information may be viewed at www.ul.com and updated FM approval information may be viewed at www.approvalguide.com. Disclaimer Anvil International ("Anvil") does not provide any warranties and specifically disclaims any liability whatsoever with respect to Anvil bracing products and components that are used in combination with products, parts or systems not manufactured or sold by Anvil. In no event shall Anvil be liable for any incidental, direct, consequential, special or indirect damages or lost profits where non-Anvil bracing components have been, or are used. SeisBrace®Seismic Fire Protection Design Tool may be accessed at www.seisbrace.com PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project:[]Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: J Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: I P11-5.19 c®vs < LISTED AF Longitudinal Seismic Clamp Brace Attachment Fitting Brace Attachment Fitting FIG. AF411: DIMENSIONS (IN) o WEIGHT (LBS) Service A Pipe Size B Weight 1 5/8 21,4 1.75 114 6 214 1.90 1½ 61,4 214 2.00 2 04 21,4 2.15 2½ 73,4 27A 2.40 3 77% 31% 2.60 4 9 3/ 3.10 6 111/2 47% 4.50 8 131/2 57% 5.50 Fig AF411 &AF074 Fig AF411 &AF078 Installation Installation Brace Pipe---... ,—Fig. AF074 Fig AF078 rvice Pip'.]° Fig. AF41 IIA2I#JIA1 Ti Fig. AF411 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 411) Fig0 AF074 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 074) Fig. AF078 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 078) 6AWIL Longitudinal Seismic Clamp Brace Attachment Fitting Brace Attachment Fitting FIG. AF074 & AF078: DIMENSIONS (IN) o WEIGHT (LBS) Brace AF074 AF078 Pipe C I D weight C I D I Weight 1 I I 0.97 25A6 11% I 0.38 ________ 11% 2 3A6 I 17A6 I 1.07 0.54 11,4 1.17 2 I I 1.31 FIG. AF411 cULus MAX SEISMIC LONGITUDINAL LOADS: DIMENSIONS (IN) 0 LOADS (LBS) Service Brace Brace Max Seismic Brace Load Pipe size Attachment Fitting Pipe Size Sch. 10 Sch. 40 AF074 1-2 - 2015 AF078 1_11/4 - 1000 AF074 1-2 2015 2015 11/4 _4 AF078 1 -11/4 1 1000 1 1000 6-8 AF074 1-2 1 2015 1 2015 PH-1.18 I 4VFCOD. SEISMIC BRACES U Fig. AF41 1 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 411) I Fig. AF074 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 074) Fig. AF078 (Formerly Afcon Fig. 078) Longitudinal Seismic Clamp Brace Attachment Fitting Brace Attachment Fitting FIG. AF411 FM MAX SEISMIC LONGITUDINAL ASD LOADS: DIMENSIONS (IN) o LOADS (LBS) • ANGLES (DEG) Service Pipe Size Pipe Schedules Brace Attachment Fitting Brace Pipe Size Max Seismic Brace load at Brace Pipe Angle** 30-44 45-59 60-74 75-90 1_11/2 Sch. 10 — Sch. 40 AF074 1-2 1070 420 510 570 AF078 1 —11/4 430 420 510 570 2 LW—Sch.40 AF074 1-2 1410 1900 1730 1930 AF078 1 _11/4 430 620 760 840 21/2 _3 LW—Sch.40 AF074 1-2 1000 860 1030 1150 AF078 1 _11/4 430 620 760 840 LW __________ AF074 1-2 1000 860 1030 1150 AF078 1_1114 430 620 760 840 4 Sch. 10—Sch. 40 AF074 1-2 1000 950 1150 1280 AF078 1 _1114 430 620 760 840 6 LW—Sch.40 AF074 1-2 1410 2000 2450 2740 AF078 1_1114 430 620 1 760 840 8 Sch. 10 — Sch. 40 AF074 1-2 1 1410 1250 1510 1690 AF078 1 _1114 1 430 620 760 840 * Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall pipe, commonly referred to as Sch.7 and Flow Pipe. See FM Approval Guide for approved Lightwall pipe. ** Brace Pipe Angles are determined from vertical. The allowable FM approved capacity of brace subassemblies are listed in Allowable Stress Design (ASD). For Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) capacities, the above values will need to be multiplied by 1.5. H I I I H H I 11 I I I ri I Fig. 76 Restraint application Hanger application. UL Listed as a hanger in this application only. Must be completely bent open and only with W AIR to accomodate up to 4 (100mm) maximum pipe size. FM,TON Powering Business Worldwide Fig.77 down TOLCO T' Fig. 76 & Fig. 77 Branch Line Restraint Installation Instructions I I I I 1.1 I I I Fig. 76 - Structural Attachment for Restraint (Sway Brace) Assembly The required type, number and size of fasteners used for the structure attachment fitting shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. Accommodates 3/s" (9.5mm) or ½' (12.7mm) standard all thread rod (ATR) as the restraint (brace) member, refer to NFPA 13 (2013) Table 9.3.5.11.8 (a)(b) & (c) for allowable brace lengths. Multiple holes to allow various fasteners to attach to the structure. - Larger hole accommodates 3/ (9.5mm) fastener —Two smaller holes accommodate #10 fastener Can be field bent to accommodate angles from 15° to 90° from the mounting surface. .11 I. I .1 Fig. 77 - System Piping Attachment for Restraint (Sway Brace) Assembly Accommodates 3/s" (9.5mm) or ½" (12.7mm) standard all thread rod (ATR) as the restraint (brace) member, refer to NFPA 13 for allowable brace length. UL Listed for Steel Sch. 10, 40 and light wall engineered pipe and plastic CPVC pipe. FM Approved for Steel Sch. 10, 40 and light wall engineered pipe. Fig.77 up H I I I I I Fig. 76 & Fig.77 assembly Fig .76 I Fig. 7711/4" (31.75) 140 170 (.623 kN) (.756 kN) Fig. 77- 1½" (38.1) 130 160 1.578 M) (.712 kN) Fig. 77-2(50.8) 120 150 (.534 kN) (.667 kN( *Approved for Sch. 10, Sch. 40, Dynaf(ow, Eddy flow. Marks shown are property of their respective owners. Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.corn I F 'TON Powering Business Worldwide 200 250 250 300 280 340 (890 kN) (1.11 kN( (1.11 kN) (1.33 kN( (1.33 kN( (1.51 kN( 190 230 230 280 260 320 (.845 kN) (1.02 kN) (1.02 kN) (1.25 kN( (1.29 kN( (1.42 kN) 170 210 210 260 240 290 (.756 kN( (.934 kN( (.934 kN( (1.29 kN) (1.07 kN) (1.29 kN( B-Line Division 13201 Dahlia Street, Suite 200 Fontana, CA 92337 United States Phone: 800-851-7415 www.cooperbline.com/tolco Fallow us an social media to get the Eaton is a registered trademark, latest product and support information. All other trademarks are property DDIMME of their respective owners. I I I I I FIM Approved* Maximum Allowable Loads Product 300 -440 450 - 590 60° - 740 750 -900 3/hI Rod Va" Rod 3/8" Rod Va" Rod s/a" Rod Va" Rod s/a" Rod /2' Rod (9.5mm) (12.7mm) (9.5mm) (12.7mm) (9.5mm) (12.7mm) (9.5mm) (12.7mm) Fig. 76 380 420 530 580 800 1,020 750 1,110 (1.69 kN) (1.87 kN) (2.36 kN) (2.58 kN) (3.56 kN) (4.54 kN( (3.34 kN) (4.94 kN) Fig. 77-1(25.4) 140 160 200 230 250 280 280 320 (.623 kN) (.712 kN( (.890 kN) (1.02 kN) (1.11 kN) (1.25 kN( (1.25 kN) (1.42 kN( © 2017 Eaton All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No. lL309002EN May 2017 SEIS-17 Recommended Installation Method: Step 1: Install all thread rod (brace member) toTOLCOTM Fig. 76 Structural Attachment. Bottom out ATR to ensure full thread engagement. This can be visually confirmed due to the open thread design. Step 2: Install TOLCOTM Fig. 77 System Attachment to sprinkler pipe branch line to be restrained. You can position with the rod engagement either above or below the sprinkler pipe. Rod must extend a mm. of 1" (25.4mm) past the edge of the Fig. 77 The attachment can be slid along the pipe to position close to where the Fig. 76 structural attachment will be fastened to the structure. The snap on design allows maximum adjustability during this stage of the installation process. Can be field bent to accommodate angles from 15° to 90° from the mounting surface. The product shall not be bent more than three times to prevent material fatigue. (See Detail A & B at right). Step 3: Engage ATR (previously attached to the Fig. 76 Structural Attachment to the rod engagement portion of the Fig. 77 System Attachment. DO NOT tighten the set bolt at this time. Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13 and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Product Sch. 10, Sch. 40, Dynaflow & CPVC s/a" Rod 1/2fl Rod (9.5mm) (12.7mm) Fig. 76 300 lbs. 300 lbs. (1.344 kN) (1.344 kN) Fig. 77-1125.41 300 lbs. 300 lbs. (1.344 kN( (1.344 kN) Fig. 77114 (31.75) 300 lbs. 300 lbs. (1.344 kN) (1.344 kN) Fig. 77- 1½ 138.11 300 lbs. 300 lbs. (1.344 kN) (1.344 kN) Fig. 77-2(50.8) 300 lbs. 300 lbs. (1.344 kN( (1.344 kN) Step 4: Install Fig. 76 Structural Attachment to the building structure. Follow fastener manufacturer and NFPA 13 guidelines to install appropriate fastener for the structural type (i.e. concrete, wood, steel). Step 5: Tighten set bolt on Fig. 77 System Attachment until head breaks off verifying proper installation torque. §When installing Fig. 77 to plastic (CPVC( pipe do NOT use power tools to tighten the break-off head set bolt as this may cause damage to the plastic pipe. Rod Root Least Radius Maximum Unbraced Length (L) - in/Max. of Gyration Horizontal Load @45° (lbs.)- Size (in) Dia.(in) r(m) Vr=100 Vr=200 Vr=300 l/r=400t 0.300 0.075 7/13001 14/(186) 221(82) 30/(44) Vs 0.404 0.101 101(300)1 20/130014 301)152) 40/1851 Er = 400 NFPA 132010. Sec 9.3.6.1 (5) t Er = 400 NFPA 13 2013,Sec 9.3.6.1 (5) Per NFPA 13 (2013) Table 9.3.5.11.8 (a)(b)(c); for additional load information at various other angles see this table. tiMax load governed by Fig. 76/77 Max horizontal load. Detail A Fig. 76 can be bent from the 45° angle it is supplied with, up to a maximum of 45° downward to allow an installation with the rod perpendicular to the mounting surface. (Detail Al Fig. 76 can be bent from the 45° angle it is supplied with, up to a maximum of 30° upward to allow an installation with the rod at a 15° angle from the mounting surface. (Detail B) The same bending angles apply to a side mount application. I I I I I I I I I L I Detail B A bend is defined as one direction within the limits shown in details A & B above. The Fig. 76 may be bent to accommodate the desired angle within the specified limits no more than three times. Excess bending may cause material fatigue and jeopardize the integrity of the part. These bending requirements apply to the installation of the Fig. 76 as both as a component of a branch line restraint or component of a hanger assembly. Li _ 0 G INNOVATIVE C.- = FIRE PROTECTION, INC. - 0 a - 10 I I LI I I I I LI I I I U I I I I I 8779 Cottonwood Ave., Ste. 101 • Santee, CA 92071 • TEL: 619.593.8200 • F.x: 619.593.9133 ifpinc.net • CA License #C.16.711148 Product Features • Firestop tested up to 3 hours in • SYSTEM COMPATIBLE Sag-resistant accordance with ASTM E 814 • Halogen-free (UL 1479), ASTM E 1966 • (UL 2079) & CAN/ULC-S 115 Excellent adhesion • CPVC compatible Re-enterable/repairable • Expanded fire protection systems Excellent caulk rate • Helps minimize sound transfer* Paintable • Water clean up r-- I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 3M TM Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ Product Data Sheet 1. Product Description 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is a cost-effective, one-part, gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent firestop sealant that dries to form a monolithic firestop seal that also acts as a barrier to airborne sound transmission. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ firestops through penetrations passing through fire-rated floor, floor/ceiling or wall assemblies, as well as other fire-rated interior building partitions and assemblies (e.g. static construction joints or blank openings). In addition, the unique intumescent property of this material allows 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to expand and help maintain a firestop penetration seal for up to 3 hours as penetrants are exposed to fire. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ bonds to most construction substrates, including: gypsum wallboard, concrete, metals, wood, plastic (including CPVC) and cable jacketing. No mixing is required. Cost-effective firestop sealant Complies with the intent of LEED® NC-EQ Credit 4.1 for Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives and Sealants, available in tube, pail or sausage. contains <250 gIL VOC contents (less H50 and exempt solvents per SCAQMD Rule 1168). Product Color: Yellow. *Minimizes noise transfer—STC-Rating of 54 when tested in STC 54-rated wall assenlbly. 2. Applications 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is a general-purpose intumescent firestop ideal for sealing single or multiple through penetrations in fire-rated construction. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is typically used in mechanical, electrical and plumbing applications to firestop openings created by the following penetrations in fire-rated floors, floor/ceilings or walls: metallic pipe, plastic pipe, conduit, power and communication cable, cable trays, busways, combos, insulated pipe and HVAC duct penetrations. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is also used to firestop blank openings and static construction joints. FIRE BARRIER SMOKE SEAL U Araplutectral SOUND BARRIER 54 UL In SiC 54-rated wat asaemtVy SSIp1 FILL VOID, OR CAVITY FOR USE IN JOINT SYSTEMS, ThROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS AND PERIMETER CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 9039 U S. *US LISTED Intertek FILL VOID OR CAVITY FIRESTOP SYSTEMS MATERIALS SEE INTERTEK DIRECTORY 90135 3. Specifications 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC shall be a one component, ready-to-use, gun-grade, latex-based, intumescent firestop sealant capable of expanding a minimum of 3 times at 1000°F. The material shall be thixotropic and be applicable to overhead, vertical and horizontal firestops. The sealant shall be listed by independent test agencies such as UL, ULC, Intertek or FM. 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ shall be tested to and pass the criteria of ASTM E 814 (UL 1479) Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems, ASTM E 1966 (UL 2079) Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems and CAN/ ULC-S 115 Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ meets the requirements of the IBC, IRC, NBCC, IFC, IPC, IMC, NFPA 5000, NEC (NFPA 70) and NFPA 101. Typically Specified MasterFormat (2004) Section 07 84 00 — Firestopping Related Sections Section 07 27 00 — Air Barriers Section 0784 16— Annular Space Protection Section 0784 43 - Fire-Resistant Joint Sealants Section 07 86 00 — Smoke Seals Section 07 87 00 — Smoke Containment Barriers Section 0792 13— Elastomeric Joint Sealants Section 07 92 19— Acoustical Joint Sealants Section 2100 00 — Fire Suppression Section 22 00 00 — Plumbing Section 23 00 00 — Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Section 26 00 00 — Electrical 1 For technical support relating to 3M Fire Protection Products and Systems, call: 1-800-328-1687 For more information on 3M Fire Protection Products, visit: www.3m.com/firestop ~Ew 4. Performance & Typical Physical Properties Color: Yellow Application Temperature Range: 400 to 122°F (40 to 50°C) (ASTM C 1299) Service Temperature Range: -200 to 180°F (-281 to 82°C) STC Acoustic Barrier: 54 when tested in STC 54 rated (ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413) wall assembly Surface Burning (ASTM E 84): Flame Spread 5, Smoke Development 50 Unit Volume: 10.1 fl. oz tube (298.7 ml, 18.2 in), 20 fl. oz. sausage (591.5 ml, 36.1 in), 27 fl. oz tube (798.5 ml, 48.7 in), 4.5 gal. pail (17.03 L, 1039.5 in) Packaging, Storage, Shelf Life Packaging Product packaged in cartridge or pail is enclosed in HDPE plastic containers, sausage is packaged in aluminum foil wrap. Storage 3M' Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ should be stored indoors in dry conditions between 40°F and 90°F (4°C and 32°C) in the original unopened package. Avoid repeated freeze / thaw exposures of the 3M'" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ prior to installation. Shelf Life 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ shelf life is 12 months in original unopened containers from date of packaging when stored above 68°F (2°C). Lot numbering (e.g. 8183AS): First digit = Last digit of year manufactured, Second to fourth digit = Julian Date, Letters = Random to distinguish between lot numbers Installation Techniques Consult a 3M Authorized Fire Protection Products Distributor / Dealer or Sales Representative for applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party drawings and system details. Preparatory Work The surface of the opening and any penetrating items should be cleaned to allow for the proper adhesion of the 3M` Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+. Ensure that the surface of the substrates are not wet and are frost free. Sealant can be installed with a standard caulking gun, pneumatic pumping equipment or it can be easily applied with a putty knife or trowel, Installation Details Install the applicable depth of backing material, if required, as detailed within the applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party listed system. Cut the end of the 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ tube spout to achieve the desired bead width when applying. Install the applicable depth of 3M` Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ into the opening flush with the surface of the substrate, or as detailed within the applicable listed system, at the depth for the assembly and rating that is required. Tool within 5 minutes. Clean all tools immediately after use with water. Limitations Do not apply 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ when surrounding temperature is than less 40°F (4°C) and in conditions where seals may be exposed to rain or water spray within 18 hours of application. Do not apply 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to building materials that bleed oil, plasticizers or solvent (e.g. impregnated wood, oil-based sealants, or green or partially vulcanized rubber). Do not apply 3M'" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ to wet or frost-coated surfaces or to areas that are continuously damp or immersed in water. Maintenance No maintenance is expected to be required when installed in accordance with the applicable UL, cUL, ULC, Intertek, FM or other third-party listed system. Once installed, if any section of the 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is damaged, the following procedure will apply: remove and reinstall the damaged section in accordance with the applicable listed system, with a minimum 1/2 in. (12.7 mm) overlap onto the adjacent material. Availability 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is available from 3M Authorized Fire Protection Products Distributors and Dealers. 3M" Fire Barrier Sealant IC 15WB+ is available in 10.1 fl. oz. cartridges (3M ID 98-0400-5509-1, 12/case), 20.0 fl. oz. sausages (3M ID 98-0400-5512-5, 10/case), and 4.5 gallon pails (3M ID 98-0400-5510-9, I/case). For additional technical and purchasing information regarding this and other 3M Fire Protection Products, please call: 1-800-328-1687 or visit www.3m.com/firestop. Safe Handling Information Consult country-of-use Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to handling and disposal. I Building and Commercial Services Division 3M Center, Building 223-214-21 St. Paul, MN 55144-1000 USA 1-800-328-1687 www.3M.com/firestop Important Notice to User: Technical Information: The technical information, recommendations and other statements contained in this document are based span tests or experience that 3M believes are reliable, but the accuracy or completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Product Use: Many factors beyond 3M's control and uniquely within user's knowledge and control can affect the use and performance of a 3M product in a particular application. Given the variety 01 factors that can affect the use and performance of a 3M product, user is solely responsible for evaluating the 3M product and determining whether it is fit for a particular purpose and suitable for user's method of application. Warranty and Limited Remedy: 3M warrants that each 3M Fire Protection Product will be tree from detects in material and manufacture for 90 days from the date of purchase from 3M's authorized distributor. 3M MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. It a 3M product does not conform to this warranty, the sole and exclusive remedy is, at 3M's option, replacement of the 3M product or refund of the purchase price. Limitation of Liability: Except where prohibited bylaw, 3M will not be liable for any loss or damage arising from the 3M product, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential, regardless of the legal theory asserted. Please Recycle. Printed in USA. © 3M 2012. All rights reserved. 31M is a trademark of 3M. Used under license in Canada. All 98-0400-5077-9 REV B other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. I I I Hardness (ASTM D 2240 Shore A): 70 Tensile Strength: 85 psi (0,59 MPa) Volume Shrinkage (ASTM C 1241): 28% VOC Less H20 and Exempt Solvents: <250 gIL Dry: Under typical conditions of 75°F (23°C) and 50% R.H., sealant becomes tack-free in about ten minutes and dry-to-touch in 30 to 60 minutes. Full dry depends upon ambient conditions and volume of sealant. Typical dry rate is approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) per day. I I U I I I I Li I I I I I I I 3M FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS MATRIX OF UL TESTED AND APPROVED FIRE STOP SYSTEMS EMPLOYED: I Penetrating Item: Assembly: F Rating: System: Product: Metal sprinkler pipe Concrete walls & floors 1,2,3 Hr. CAJ1427 IC15WB or CP25WB+ Annular space 0 to 2" I Metal sprinkler pipe Concrete walls & floors 2 Hr. CAJ155 I IC 5WB or CP25WB+ Annular space 0 to 3 7/8" Metal sprinkler pipe Gypsum walls 1,2,3&4 Hr. WL1 133 CP25WB+ I with 12" piece e of 2" Fiberglass Insulation Metal sprinkler pipe Gypsum walls 1& 2 Hr. WL1296 IC15WB or CP25WB+ I Annular 0 to 2" Metal pipe/conduit Gypsum walls 1,2,3&4 Hr. WL1003 CP25WB+ Annular space 0 to 2-3/8" I Metal Pipes Gypsum walls 1 & 2Hr. W1,1340 IC15WB or CP25WB+ 45° Angle - Annular 0 to 3 'A" CPVC Gypsum Walls 1 & 2 Hr. WL-2299 IC15WB+ I BlazeMaster Sprinkler Pipes Metal Sprinkler Pipe Wood Floor/Ceiling 1 Hr. FC-1094 IC15WB+ or CP25WB+ I Annular Space Zero to 13/8" CPVC Sprinkler Pipe Wood Floor/Ceiling 1 Hr. FC-2241 ICI5WB+ I I I Li I I I LI I ARGCO GUARANTEED HEADGUARDS FOR PROTECTION OF SPRINKLER HEADS IN INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS (storage racks, low drops, etc.) ONE PIECE DOUBLE HOOK HEADGUARD Heavy wire construction with latch hooks, exposed for easy installation ) Available with spot welded 4-1/2" baffle plate • d' 4530100: 112" IPS (Red) r ' 4530101: 1/2" IPS (Chrome) 4530102: 1/2" IPS (White) 4530103: 112" IPS w/ baffle Plate 4530104: 3/4" IPS (Red) I Li] I ri I TWO PIECE UNIVERSAL HEADGUARD Red Powder Coated 4530150: 1/2" IPS (Red) 4530150CP: 3/4" IPS (Chrome) 4530157: 3/4" IPS (Red) 4530153: baffle plate F-4.26' - I * baffle1 plate i H I I LII I I RECESSED HEADGUARD 4530155 31/2 ' x 3" with 112" IPS hole Chrome Plated Steel Construction One piece headguard HEAT COLLECTOR 4530158 o 12" x 12" with 112" IPS hole .040 Aluminum Powder coated white I I The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM I I I I 3 Head Box 12 Head Box (65-10-150) 6 Large Head Box fIT T L 5" (65-10-152) 6 Head Box (65-10-151A) (65-10-151) I rota ARGCO FIRE SPRINKLER SPARE HEADBOXES I I I I I I I I L I Heavy gauge steel construction Knockouts and shelf to accommodate any 1/2" or 3/4" sprinkler head All-welded construction and full length hinge Red powder coated finish Slotted for easy mounting with screws, rivets or strapping The information contained herein is produced in good faith and is believed to be reliable but is for guidance only. ARGCO and its agents cannot assume liability or responsibility for results obtained in the use of its product by persons whose methods are outside or beyond our control. It is the users responsibility to determine the suitability of any of the products, methods of use, or preparation prior to use, mentioned in our literature. It is the user's responsibility to observe and adapt such precautions as may be advisable for the protection of personnel and property in the handling and use of any of our products. FOR MORE INFORMATION CALL ARGCO AT 1-800-854-1015 OR LOG ONTO WWW.ARGCO.COM I P I I Specifications Material: .020" aluminum with removable plastic coating Sizes: 6" x 2" x 6" x 7" 9" x 7" 12" x 10" 8.5" xli" 7" Round See current catalog for a full listing of all available signs. I I L I III I Description Manufactured from .020" white coated aluminum. All sign types are screen printed with a fade resistant red ink. Each sign is shipped with a clear protective plastic coating which can be re- moved at time of installation. Each sign type meets or exceeds NFPA1 3 requirements. All signs (except 7" round) are drilled in four corners to allow for easy installation. All signs (except 7" round) may be installed with sign chain or with any fastener that is suitable for the material that the sign is being attached. The 7" round bell signs are center drilled to allow for installation directly to the bell gong assembly. Type "A" 9" x 7" Control valve signs are drilled with the same four hole pattern as Type "B" 6" x 2" signs to allow for attachment of Type "B" to Type "A". Installation Installation of aluminum signs is accomplished by several methods. The most common installation procedure is to use #16 Single Jack chain to hang the sign on the area being identified. Since all of the above mentioned signs are predrilled at all four corners, the last link of the chain can be opened and hooked through the top holes on the signs and hung on the appropriate valve or piping. The signs may also be fastened to a flat surface with fasteners appropriate to the base material. (The 9" x 7" Fire Alarm Bell sign must be drilled with a /8" hole if it is to be attached directly to the bell gong.) 3198 LIONSHEAD AVE FAX + 1800 344-3775 0 2012 Fire Protection Products, Inc. i